Beneath Words©

The Journey

William Bruce Sechrest

This book is one of a series of books published by the Center For Vibrational Studies on its website:

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

Copyright © 2018 by William Bruce Sechrest

All rights reserved.

CONTENTS¹

NOTE TO THE READER

SOME OPENING STATEMENTS – CONCERNING WORDS, SYMBOLS AND IMAGES

I. Circling Above What Lies Below

II. Humanity’s Wrong Turn

iii. Concerning The Verbal And What Lies Beneath The Verbal

IV. A New Kind Of Thinking Is Needed

V. The Point

VI. A Thought Experiment And A Few Mind/Body Exercises

VII. Four Additional Points

VIII. Some Closing Words

PROLOGUE

I. Concerning A New Kind Of Thinking

II. Concerning The Matter Of Proof

III. Concerning The Practice Of This New Kind Of Thinking.

IV. Concerning The Journey That Follows

V. Some Closing Words

THE JOURNEY

Author’s Note: Diving deep Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them is “hard work”, particularly if your mind has been trained to treat each word, each symbol and each image as just a word, symbol or image – nothing more. Along the way on this Journey, Beneath Words, you (or more particularly, “your mind”) will be introduced to many linguistic mechanics (each a linguistic tool) that I use when structuring a verbal statement. Each linguistic tool has a purpose: that being to disrupt the cadence of your “reading style” so that, instead of simply skating along the surface of the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform the verbal statement, you (or, more particularly, your mind) can dive deep beneath these “words”, “symbols” and “images” – particularly the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that are being distinguished in this manner. One example of these linguistic tools is my use of the phrase “now thought of and called”; other examples are my use of quotation marks (“ ”); bold, italic print; a series of four dots (....), some dashes (– – ) and presenting a compound sentence in a downward stair-steeping manner. An example of a verbal statement in which these linguistic tools are embedded reads as follows:

What is now thought of and called a “word” is really a sound or a mark – or, more particularly, a vibration – whose meaning is associated with something of substance (a vibration) that lies beneath “it”....

....something of substance to keep in mind as you proceed onward....

....on this Journey, Beneath Words

More will be stated about these linguistic mechanics along the way

NOTE TO THE READER

Pause for a moment to self-reflect upon the fact that when you “think” about something of substance such as an experience you are having, “your mind” is projecting upon this something of substance one or more “words”, “symbols” and “images” (a verbal statement). Further self-reflection reveals that while “your mind” is projecting upon this something of substance a verbal statement; this something of substance is being experienced/felt (sensed) as “happening” in your “body” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”.

Admittedly, teasing out this distinction between “body/brain” and “mind” is not easy. However, if you self-reflect on those moments in your life that are special, such as “seeing the sun rise or set”; “hearing the sound of music”, “smelling a rose”, “tasting chocolate”; “touching your lover”, you soon begin to grasp this distinction between the underlying something of substance that the “body” is experiencing and the verbal statement being superposed upon this “bodily experience” by the “mind” using what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Simply stated: each experience that you are having (sensing) in “your body” is occurring independent of any verbal statement that your “mind” superposes (projects) upon “it”. Keeping this distinction in “mind” will be necessary as you embark upon this Journey, Beneath Words – as “you” dive deep beneath the “words”, the “symbols” and the “images” that both create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind” into each something of substance that you sense “in your body” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”.²

More To The Point

Each act of wording superposes (projects) a “word” upon something of substance that lies beneath “it” and to which “it” points (like a sign). A similar statement applies to any act of measuring or symbolizing. The something of substance to which “the word”, “the symbol” or “the image” is pointing exists independent of any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed (projected) upon “it” or used to symbolize or measure “it.

Keeping this distinction between the verbal and what lies beneath the verbal can be difficult for “the mind” to do. Yet, keeping this distinction “in mind” is necessary if “you” are (or, more particularly, “your mind” is) to understand who “you” really are and how you “evolved” to your current state of “being”.

For a moment, allow “your mind” to self-reflect upon this distinction using the words “verbal” and “nonverbal” to “draw” this distinction, while recognizing that both of these “words” (“verbal/nonverbal”) lie in your verbal reality:³

The word, “verbal” standing in for/representing what “words”, “symbols” and “images” both create and inform – examples being “each mind”, “each verbal reality”; “each story” that a “mind” produces including each “creation story”, “worldview”, “model of reality”, “theory” or “speculative philosophy” as well as the following acts of “the mind”:

(i) each act of “thinking about”, “measuring” or “projecting” onto something of substance a “thought”, a “number” or a “name”;

(ii) each act of “producing” any “plans”, “specifications” and “designs” for something of substance that the mind can “picture” and that “its body/brain” can create....in the nonverbal.

The word, “nonverbal”, standing in for what lies beneath the verbal and all “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform it – examples being each something of substance to which the verbal points;

(i) each “body” and “each brain”;

(ii) the “underlying reality” in which each “body” and “brain” dwells upon which each “verbal reality” is superposed (projected); and,

(iii) the “source” and “substance” of “all that exists” including this “underlying reality”, each “body” and each brain”.

being no exceptions.

~~~

Yes, keeping this distinction between the verbal and what lies beneath the verbal can be extremely difficult for a “mind” to do. Yet, keeping this distinction “in mind” is necessary if “you” are (or, more particularly, “your mind” is) to really understand the potential (“human potential”) that lies in the “body/brain/mind” mechanics of each presence called “human” and Humanity as a whole since understanding

(i) how the “body” interacts with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”;

(ii) how the “body” produces “words/symbols/images” in a manner

coordinated by “its brain”; and,

(iii) how these “words/symbols/images” both create and inform “the mind” “its verbal reality” and “its stories”

is necessary if we presences called “human” are to achieve are real potential –

the real potential that lies within your “body/brain/main” being no exception.

More To The Point

Fortunately, most of we presences called “human” have “evolved” (emerged) with the potential (“human potential”) to produce what are now thought of and called “our words, “our symbols” and “our images” in an easy manner. Having easily actualized this potential, most of “us” now have the potential to verbally state the following “words” (or some other “words” to this effect):

“I exist. I am conscious. I have emerged in my current existential state having a body; a brain; words – symbols – images; a verbal reality; and, a mind in which I can produce my stories concerning whom I am, substantively, and the process by which I emerged”.

Yet, I, the writer of these words, submit to you, the reader of these words, for your consideration (or, more particularly for your mind’s self-reflective consideration) the following “words”:

Until we presences called “human” really understand in a coherent manner the true nature of our “words/symbols/images”, we will continue to float along their “surfaces” never really knowing who “we” really are, “our substantive nature” or the “process” by which “we” emerged.

Each Journey, Beneath Words, in which “you” engage has the potential of actualizing that real understanding – this Journey, Beneath Words, upon which you are now engaged being no exception.⁴

The point being that absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing could be stated in the verbal nor would the words, “verbal/nonverbal” exists; yet these “some-things of substance” would still be present no matter whether they are ultimately called a “probability wave”, a “potential”, a “vibration”, “life”, “consciousness” or named – identified as “something” more specific such as

a “wave”, a “particle”, a “string”, a “thing” (“some-thing”)

a “field”, a “system”, a “galaxy”, a “universe”, etc.

a “star”, a “sun”, a “planet”, an “ocean”

an “atom”, an “element”, a “chemical compound”

a “molecule”, a “cell”, an “organism”

a “flower”, a “fish”, a “body”

a “neural cell”, a “neurotransmitter”, a “nucleic acid” (DNA/RNA)

a “brain”, a “body with a brain”

a “word”, a “symbol”, an “image”

a “verbal reality”, a “mind”

a “story”

Thus, the real challenge to understanding this distinction between what lies in the verbal and what lies beneath the verbal is to use “words”, “symbols” and “images” in a self-reflective way so as to determine:

(i) what is the true nature of “words”, “symbols” and “images” and from whence do “they” emerge?

(ii) what is the true nature of “the mind”, “its verbal reality”, “its projections”, “its measurements”, “its thoughts” and “its stories and from whence do “they” emerge?

(iii) what is the true nature of the “body” and “its brain” and from whence do “they” emerge?

(iv) what is the true nature of “reality” and from whence does “it” emerge?

A Baby (Infant) Is Born⁵

Let’s start in this manner. Imagine you are present in the presence of a something of substance called “baby” and a something of substance called “mama” at a moment when the “baby” has not yet “sounded” or “marked” a “sound” or a “mark” called “its first word”. The “baby” performs acts of “cooing”, “crying”, “eating”, “sleeping” “urinating” and “defecating” before “maturing” into a “child”; yet, it has no words, no symbols and no images by which to say so.⁶

You, as a presence (a something of substance called “you”) observe (“see” – an act of sensing) “mama” (i.e. the baby’s mother) pointing to “herself” sounding the “sounds”, “ma”- “ma”, over and over again and again as she interacts with “her baby”. In fact, over many moments when you are in the presence of the “mother” and “her newborn/infant/baby/child”, you observe (“see/hear/sense”) this type of interacting occurring over and over again and again as “mama” (the child’s mother) points to “herself” and sounds “ma-ma” and points to another something of substance now thought of and called “cat” (i.e. either a real “cat” or a picture/image of a real “cat”) sounding “cat” (e.g. sounding “ka” “aaa” “at”).

Ultimately, the child “gets it” – associating the sound, “mama”, with the presence (its mother) thereby giving meaning to this “sound” and thereafter associating the “sound - cat” with the something of substance to which “his/her mama” has been pointing.

But Not Before

The “child” has been “learning” or its own or a “teacher” (initially “ma-ma” or “da-da”) has been teaching the “child”

(i) to shape something of substance called Vibration (also called “Sound/Light”) into a specific vibration (a specific sound or specific mark) using the mechanics of “voice” and “hand”; and,

(ii) to associate that specific vibration with something of substance to which the specific vibration is pointing.⁷

~~~

What is the true nature of words, symbols and images

From whence do they emerge

They emerge as vibrations (sounds/marks) with meaning from what is now thought of and called “the body” in a manner coordinated by what is now thought of and called “the brain”. They create and inform two vibrating existential states now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind”. And they serve as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” through which the “mind” views reality and by which the “mind” produces “its stories” about “everything”, “anything”, “something” or “nothing” including its stories of

What is Real/What is Not Real

What is True/What is Not True

What is False/What is Not False

What is the “true nature” of the “mind”, “its verbal reality”, “its projections”, “its measurements”, “its thoughts” and “its stories”?

Answer: “vibration” (or, more specifically, the underlying physical something of substance – the underlying physical presence – now thought of and called “vibration”).

The first word, the first symbol and the first image emerged in this manner as a “sound” or a “mark” (a vibration) whose meaning was associated with something of substance to which the vibration was pointing.

Although there are many presences (each a something of substance) that can produce these vibrations with meaning and have these two vibrating existential states, we presences called “human” (each a something of substance) are the only presences that call these vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images” and these two vibrating existential states “verbal reality” and “mind” and we presences called “human” are the only presences that use these vibrations with meaning in our unique way.

Yet, as for the child, it is then and only then, once the child can produce his/her first vibration with meaning that the “child” emerges with its two vibrating existential states now thought of and called “its verbal reality” and “its mind”, the latter (its “mind”) dwelling in the former (its “verbal reality”)....a verbal reality and mind in which the child (once maturing into an adult) can think about what is the “true nature” of his/her “body”, “its brain”, the reality in which his/her “body/brain” dwells and their “source and substance”.

And,

It Is Then And Only Then

That

This “child” can commence interacting (“communicating”) with other “children” and “adults” in his/her “tribe” or “community” producing and using “his/her” own vibrations with meaning (i.e. shaping his/her sounds/marks with his/her own “voice” and “hand”) in a way that is unique to him/her

Until he/she “gets it”....

That he/she must conform to the manner in which “members” of his/her “tribe” or “community” have “learned” through interacting among “themselves” and “others” to use these vibrations with meaning in their language, their collective mind, their current way of thinking and their stories....an act called “conforming” that the “child/student/adult” will continue to perform until that moment he/she has a “mind” of his/her own and “breaks” from the current kind of thinking in which he/she has been “schooled” into a new kind of thinking.

For each tribe and community

Producing a language works this way⁸

Having evolved with what is now thought of and called a “body” and a “brain” and the ability to produce “words/symbols/images”, a “member” of a “tribe” or “community” creates the first word of the “tribe” or “community” in the form of a “specific sound” or a “specific mark” (a specific vibration) by pointing to something of substance in the presence of another “member” of the “tribe” or “community” while marking this specific mark or sounding this specific sound by which this something of substance can be identified.⁹

When the “other member” of the “tribe” or “community” produces the specific mark and specific sound in his/her own unique way using his/her own unique voice or marking style, this “other member” thereby:

(i) verbally agrees that the specific mark (a vibration) and the specific sound (a vibration) best represents this something of substance

And

(ii) verbally initiates for this “tribe” or “community” what will soon become its “verbal reality”.

A “process” that will continue over and over again and again as the “tribe” or “community” develops its language, its collective verbal reality, its collective mind and its current kind of thinking to which all of its “members” must conform – each “baby/toddler/child/adolescent/student/adult being no exception until he/she/it “breaks with tradition”.¹⁰

Language

Each “language” (like each “verbal reality” and each “mind”) emerges only after these sound/mark with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge.

Each “language” of a “tribe” or “community” emerges as a “member” of the “tribe/community”) is inter-act-ing (“communicating”) with another member of the “tribe/community”) using these vibrations with meaning.

Two “members” interact with each other and produce a vibration with meaning shaped in the form of a “sound” or a “mark” for the purpose of standing in for/representing a something of substance to which both members are pointing; just like a “mother” interacts with “her child” – both the “mother” and the “child” producing a “language” of their own while pointing to something of substance and “sounding/marking” it with a vibration with meaning.

In other words, stated in a more general way, the words/symbols/images that create and inform a tribe or community’s language emerge in this manner:

(i) Something of substance (a “member” called “A”)

(ii) Interacts with another something of substance (a “member” called “B”); and,

(iii) Produces some other something of substance (called “C”);

The latter something of substance (“C”) being a vibration with meaning that both creates and informs for each of these “members” (“A” and “B”) two common vibrating existential state – a “common verbal reality” and “common mind”; each “verbal reality” and “each mind” of “A” and “B” being unique (Qualia) since each “verbal reality” and “each mind” of “A” and “B” is shaped based on “A” and “B” unique perspective of “reality”....his/her relative “spatial position” as measured in “time/space”.

And, stated in a more general way, the language of a tribe/community emerges in this manner:

“A” interacts with “B” and both “A” and “B” accept (through verbal agreement) that a specific vibration (a specific sound or mark) is the best vibration by which to describe and explain (simulate) a third something of substance (“C”); an interacting process that occurs over and over again and again resulting in a common language between each of “A” and “B” and any other “member” of “A” and B’s “tribe/community” that accept (through agreement) this common language....each common language, its syntax and its acceptable use emerging through this “process”.

The language of the “tribe” or “community” emerging through this process no matter whether the “tribe” or “community” is a real tribe or community, a “nature”, a “state” or a “province” or simply a “group”.¹¹

The Point:

Concerning Each Tribe/Community/Group

And Its Language:

Absence the presence of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, no verbal statement could be “spoken” or “written” nor would these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” exists nor would there exists any verbal language with its syntax and its acceptable way to link its words, symbols and images together.

Nor could a group of presences called “human” (or, more particularly, their collective minds) produce a “common story” in any “language”....be that “group” called a “tribe” or “community” or, more particularly, “theologians”, “physicians”, “meta-physicians”, “scientists”, “biologists”, “chemists”, “physicists” or “neurologists”.

Yet....no matter whether these groups and their common minds” have emerged or not emerged, what would have emerged previous to “their emergence” is each something of substance called a “body” and each something of substance called a “brain” and each something of substance called a “neuron cell”, a “neurotransmitter” and a “nucleic acid”. These “nucleic acids being:

“Complex biochemical compounds found in all living cells and also in viruses”. They are “complex” because they are composed of purines, pyrimidines, carbohydrates, and phosphoric acid. The two most common nucleic acids in living cells and viruses are deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA)”. See The Brain by Rob DeSalle & Ian Tattersal (Yale University Press, 2012)

The point being that lying beneath the word, “brain” and the word, “body”, lies a number of some-things of substance that prior to the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” simply existed independent of “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” (the vibrations with meaning) subsequently superposed (projected) upon them, leading to these questions:

What is the true nature of each something of substance including these some-things of substance called “the body”, “the brain” and their “constituent components”?

What is the true nature of the process by which each something of substance emerges?

In other words:

What is the true nature of the “body” and “its brain” (and its constituent components”) and from whence do “they” emerge?

What is the true nature of the “reality” in which each “body/brain” dwells and from whence does “it” (this “reality”) emerge?

The answer (an answer to which all vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and all vibrating existential states called “verbal realities” and “minds” are pointing) is Vibration; the letter “v” being capitalized in honor of this underlying something of substance – this underlying physical presence – called vibration being the “source and substance” of “all that exists”.¹²

Substance

However, the question really becomes: Do you “get it”? Do you really understand (really sense) that the substance of each something of substance is an underlying physical phenomenon – an underlying physical presence – called Vibration and that each specific sound and each specific mark that is “a word” is really pointing to an expression of Vibration (i.e. “the word” being a vibration that is expressed through the physical mechanics of “Sound” and “Light” and whose meaning is associated with a vibration that lies beneath it).

Do you really understand (really sense) that each something of substance is a vibration, having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified/names using these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Do you really understand (really sense) that the interacting that is occurring between or among any two or more somethings of substance (each a vibration) is really a vibrating interacting process that is always occurring, vibrationally, between and among these some-things of substance (no matter what their name, number or species may be); examples the vibrating interacting occurring between or among any two or more somethings of substance called “waves”, “strings”, particles”, “things”, “some-thing” or “any-thing”.

Believe it or not: “your body” understands as does “your brain” – beneath any “words/symbols/images” that create and inform “your mind”....the ultimate challenge for “your mind” being to really understand through an act of “self-reflecting” what “your body/brain” knows and express this understanding, coherently, through the uses of these vibrations with meaning that both create and inform it.

Simply stated:

Substance And Process: The “source and substance” of “all that exists” is an underlying physical phenomenon – a something of substance called Vibration that really is vibrating and that really acts upon “itself” through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process pursuant to which each expression of “all that exists” emerges as a vibration from Vibration....and, thereafter, is always interacting (“communicating) and interconnecting, vibrationally, with each other vibration (a presence) in “its surrounding” for as long as it exists.

The Process: The “key word” is the word, interacting. In other words, the “key” to understanding the creative process by which “life”, “consciousness” and each of we presences called “human” emerge (and continues to emerge) is really understanding what it means for something of substance (a vibration) to interact with a second something of substance (a vibration) and produce a third something of substance (a vibration). Using “words/symbols/images” to create and inform a “picture” (a “diagram”), something of substance (“A”) interacts with something of substance (“B”) and produces something of substance (“C”):

“A” <> interacting <>”B -----yields-----> “C”

The Process – A Vibrating Interacting Process: This something of substance called Vibration acts upon itself and “all” that it creates pursuant to a vibrating interacting process that is frequently called a natural selecting process (“evolution”) and less frequently (more accurately) called a natural process of renormalizing whereby the Potential (Infinite Potential) of Vibration (represented by what is now thought of and called a “probability wave”) is actualized; this vibrating interacting process being frequently called an interactive force (e.g. “strong, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” or “gravitational (both “quantum” and “classical”), depending upon the “verbal reality” and “mind” involved.

It is as simple as that

Yet, what has been verbally stated in this Note, to “you”, the listener/reader of these vibrations with meaning is only “The Beginning” since there always emerges the matter of “proof” – isn’t there?

Of “proving true” to a “mind” that emerged

From “its body” and “its brain”

Something Of Substance

That “the body” and “its brain”

Already knows

What If I Were To Tell You

What if I were to tell you that (although it can never be captured “whole” since “everything” emerges from it and is a part of it) this something of substance that is the “source and substance” of “all that exists” (although called by many names – examples being “nothing”, “something”, “the all”, “the one”, “the way”, a “deity”), the best name – the best “word” – by which to simulate it is the “the word”....or, more particularly, the sound/mark/vibration)...Vibration.

Would you: _____agree _____not agree?

What if I, the writer of these words, were to tell you, the reader of these words, that Vibration acts upon itself pursuant to a vibrating interacting process (frequently called “evolution”); a natural process of renormalizing – a natural selecting process – by which the Potential of Vibration is actualized....by which what lies within a probability wave (“quantum state”) becomes “real” (in a “classical sense”).

Would you: _____agree _____not agree?

What if I, the writer of these words, were to tell you, the reader of these words, that “your body”, “your brain”, “your verbal reality” and “your mind” are vibrating existential states (vibrations) that emerge through this vibrating interacting process;

“Your words”, “your symbols” and “your images” having emerged from “your body” in a manner coordinated by “your brain” but only after you could

(i) Shape Vibration called “Sound” and Vibration called “Light” into a specific vibration (a specific sound or a specific marks) using mechanics of “voice” and “hand”; and,

(ii) Associate the specific vibrations with a vibration (something of substance) that lies beneath it and to which that it is pointing.

Would you: _____agree _____not agree?

What if I were to tell you that the only way to “prove true” any verbal statement made by a presence (e.g. “me”) called “human” to another presence called “human” (e.g. “you”) or two or more presences called “human” (e.g. a “tribe/community/group”) is for these presences called “human” to verbally agree in their “individual minds” and “collective mind” that the verbal statement is “true”.

Would you: _____agree _____not agree?

So, what if I were to tell you that within these two vibrating existential states called “your verbal reality” and “you mind”, these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as vibrating linguistic lenses called “thoughts”, “measurements” and “projections” through which each “mind” views reality and produces its “stories” concerning reality.

And, what if I were to tell you that anything stated in the positive within any verbal reality and any mind can be stated in the negative in all verbal realities and all minds – examples being “0/1”, “+/- ”,“true/not true”.

Sounds/appears complicated, doesn’t it?

It’s Not

Beneath these vibrations with meaning (called “words/symbols/images”) each vibration (a something of substance – presence) interacts with each other vibration (a something of substance – presence) in its “surroundings” with no “thought” given to “the word”, “the symbol” or “the images” since there are none:

Each vibration being a part of a vibrating reality emerging from Vibration;

Each vibration having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified (“Qualia”); and

Each vibration “moving”, vibrationally, in relation to each other vibration (Relativity”)

However, once these vibrations with meaning (called “words/symbols/images”) emerge, what was only a specific vibration (a specific something of substance) that could only be distinguished, vibrationally, from other specific vibrations ultimately was identified by a “word/symbol/image” (a sign – a name) with many other vibrations with meaning (“words”, “symbols” and “images”) superposed (projected) on it.

It is in this manner that a specific vibration becomes associated with “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image”....for example the word/sound/mark/vibration, “cat” being associated with/representing the vibration to which it points.

For any presence called “human” that has the benefit of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, it is difficult to tease out this distinction between the vibrating verbal reality in which his/her “mind” dwells and the vibrating realty in which his/her “body/brain” dwells....to tease out this distinction between the word, “cat” and the vibration (the something of substance) that is the real cat.

Yet, for a man/woman with no vibrations with meaning, there are only vibrations with which he/she is interacting. To be sure, what he/she has can now be thought of and called a “body” and a “brain” and to be sure his/her “body/brain” is interacting, vibrationally, with other vibrations in his/her “surroundings”;

However, he/she (just like a new born baby) has “no verbal reality”, “no mind”, “no language” and no way of “thinking”, “measuring”, “projecting” or “telling stories” – until “he/she gets it” and is able to superpose (project) a vibration (a vibration with meaning) upon a vibration (something of substance)

In this way, what is only a specific vibration having vibrating Characteristics unique to it becomes

a “flower”, a “cat” or a “dog” (nouns)

“you” and “me” (pronouns)

A “sky” (noun) called “blue” (adjective)

A “sun” (noun) “setting” (adverb)

A “moon” (noun) “rising” (verb)

Each specific vibration being subject to further “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting” within a “mind” using a language that is unique to it; each language being both created and informed (dependent) upon the vibrations (the “sounds” and the “marks”) with meaning that inform the language’s “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

It is as simple as that;

Yet there is always the matter of “proof”;

Of proving true to “the mind”

The verbal statements previously made in this Note

To you, the “listener/reader”.

Verbal statements that “your body” knows is “true”

Once you “listen” to “it”.¹³

Welcome to this Journey called Beneath Words, a journey on which you have now embarked – it being a “journey” that you can now take on “your own” or by continuing reading this book or by exploring the website

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

Or, by moving on to other books exploring these distinctions:

(i) the distinction between verbal interacting/communicating and nonverbal interacting/communicating;

(ii) the distinction between what is now called “the body” and what is now called “the mind”;

(iii) the distinction between what is now thought of and called “energy” and what is now thought of and called “mass” ( E=MC2 );

(iv) the distinction between what is called “the classical model of reality” and what is called “the quantum model of reality”;

(v) the distinction between the word, “sound” and “the vibration (the real something of substance) that is “sound” and informs the word, “sound” and all “spoken words”;

(vi) the distinction between the word, “light” and “the vibration” (the real something of substance) that is “light” and informs the word, “light” and all “written words”;

(vii) the distinction between “what is real” and “what is not real”; or,

(viii) the distinction between what is now thought of and called “the physical” and what is now thought of and called the “meta physical”.

Until you, ultimately, get the fact that it is only in the verbal that there exists this distinction between

what is verbal/what is nonverbal

what is false/what is not false

what is true/what is not true

what is real/what is not real

what is/what is not

Beneath the verbal there is only vibration

~~~

Or you can explore the real interacting/communicating that is always occurring, vibrationally, among what is now thought of and called “the body”, “its brain” and “its mind” no matter whether what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “Images” are

“absent” or present;

it being “your choice” – a selection that you can naturally “actualize” by acting upon your potential (i.e. “your human potential”) just like this underlying phenomenon called, Vibration, acts upon its Potential and produces “all that exists” including these something of substance (i.e. vibrations) called “you” and “me”.

As weird or bizarre as these “words”

May now “sound” or “appear

To “you”, the “listener”

And the “reader”.¹⁴

Diving Beneath Words, and the symbols and images that accompany them is “hard work” (a comment that will be stated over and over again and again) particularly if you have been educated to “think” using a current kind of thinking that only focuses on “the word”, “the symbol” and “the images”, ignoring what lies beneath “them”.

It takes practice to “break through” this current kind of thinking just likes it takes practice to “break through” an “habit” that emerged in “your life” or to “move” in a manner different than what you are used to.

Fortunately, we presences called “human” are not limited to only “thinking” in “our minds” – “we” can also use “our minds” to “think” about “thinking” in a self-reflective manner and, in the process of this “thinking on thinking” produce a new way of thinking – a new kind of thinking that embraces not only “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” but also what lies beneath all “words”, “symbols” and “images”....that being something of substance to which all words, symbols and images are pointing (as signs).

So, if you choose (i.e. select) to move on in this Journey, Beneath Words, by simply “turning the page”, what you will find is a lot more “words”, “symbols” and “images” about what has just been stated....the table of contents (labeled Contents) being a simple “map” of the “journey” that follows....the substance of these words, symbols and images point to my “proof” that what has just been stated in these opening pages is “true”....

It being “true”

That there is always this matter of “proving true” to each “mind”

In the verbal

What the “body” and “its brain” already knows

Beneath the verbal

SOME OPENING STATEMENTS

CONCERNING WORDS, SYMBOLS AND IMAGES

If you are really “seeing” something of substance,

You are really sensing a vibration that is being experience

By “the body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”

In order for your “body/brain” to survive and to thrive.

A similar statement applies when you are really “hearing”, “smelling”,

“tasting” and “touching” something of substance.

When you sense something of substance,

Know that what your brain is doing is orchestrating

Your sensing (a vibrating act) of a vibration

A vibration (a something of substance) that is

Exhibiting vibrating characteristics

That are unique to it and by which it can be sensed (identified) as unique.

It is only after this vibratory sensing occurs

That one or more “words”, “symbols” or “images”

Can be superposed upon

This vibration

And

It vibrating characteristics by a “mind” both created and informed

By words, symbols and images

Example Being:

A “vibrating pattern”, a “vibrating string”, a “wave”, a “particle”

A “field”, a “system”, a “bit of information”

Thereby allowing the “mind” within its verbal reality to produce

A “story” about this vibratory experience.

Problem is: There are many “verbal realities” in which each “mind” can exists

And many stories each “mind” can “tell”,

Leading to the challenge of “proving true” each “story” including

Any “creation story”, “world view” or “model of reality”

A Matter of Proof To Which This Opening Statement Points

I. Circling Above What Lies Beneath

Absent the presence of words, symbols and images, nothing could be stated verbally about anything. Presence the presence of words, symbols and images, anything can be state verbally about anything. Therefore, it seems relevant to ask the question:

From whence comes words, symbols and images?

Unfortunately, if you seek to answer this question, you soon find yourself facing the fact that your answer must be formulated using words, symbols and images. In other words, you find yourself embedded in the same conundrum that all we presences called “human” find ourselves embedded in when seeking an answer to any question.

The question can only be answered using words, symbols and images.

A similar problem exists when seeking the meaning of a word, a symbol or an image. Consult any dictionary or glossary of terms and what you discover is that the meaning of each word, symbol or image set forth therein is defined in terms of other words, symbols and images. Even more to the point, if you seek the meaning of a specific word, what frequently happens is the specific word is defined in terms of another word whose definition ultimately leads you back to the first word whose meaning you were seeking.

In other words, what you find “yourself” doing when seeking meaning in the verbal is constantly circling in the verbal when, in fact, the real meaning of each word, symbol or image informing the verbal is associated with something of substance that lies beneath the word, the symbol or the image and to which the word, symbol or image is pointing.

Ironically, a similar conundrum occurs when you or any two or more presences called “human” are striving to prove any verbal statement true. What you find “yourselves” doing is constantly circling in the verbal seeking this proof when, in fact, the real proof lies in the something of substance that is “happening” beneath the verbal.

II. Humanity’s Wrong Turn

“Words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as a hierarchical bridge between the verbal and what lies beneath the verbal. Beneath words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany them, there exists “the body” and “its brain”. Above words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany them, there exist “the mind” and “its verbal reality”.¹⁵

This circling above what lies below – this circling above true meaning and real proof – is a result of a “wrong turn” Humanity selected along the way in its evolutionary process – that “wrong turn” occurring in that moment when we presences called “human” began treating the “mind” as dominant and the “body/brain” as subservient.¹⁶

Having a “mind”, you, the reader of these words, can “think” of this hierarchical bridge in this manner:

First, through a natural selecting process now thought of and called “evolution”, the “body” and “its brain” emerged but only after the conditions supporting “life” had “evolved” in a similar manner.

Then, came “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” but only after “the body” in a manner coordinated by its “brain” could produce “them”.

Then, and only then came “the mind” and “its verbal reality”.¹⁷

Simply stated:

Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “them” lies the “body” and “its brain”. Above Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “them” lies the “mind” and “its verbal reality”. What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as a bridge between an underlying reality (UR) in which the body/brain dwells and a verbal reality (VR) in which “the mind” dwells. Humanity’s wrong turn occurred when it forgot about UR and focused only upon VR.

The role of this writing is to focus on both UR and VR as well as their true nature.

More To The Point

Using Words, Symbols And Images

Each word, each symbol and each image that emerges from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” serves as a bridge between UR and VR – between (using “words”, “symbols” and “images”):

What can be thought of and called “the nonverbal” (i.e. the domain of “the body”, “its “brain”, the “underlying reality” in which the “body/brain dwells” and “their source and substance”); and

What can now be thought of and called “the verbal” (i.e. the domain of “verbal reality”, “mind” and their “creations” including “plans”, “specifications”, “designs”, “inventions”, “governments”, “constitutions”, “religions”, “sciences”, “schools” and “stories” – the latter emerging in the form of “creation stories”, “models of reality”, “theories of everything” and “speculative philosophies”).

The role of this writing is to embrace, collectively, both the nonverbal (UR) and the verbal (VR) for the purpose of determining the true nature of each something of substance that dwells there – what are now thought of and called “strings”, “waves”, “particles”, “atoms”, “molecules”, “cells”, “bacteria”, “viruses”, “organisms”, “bodies” “brains” “minds” and “stories” being no exceptions.¹⁸

III. Concerning The Verbal And What Lies Beneath The Verbal

Each of we presences called “human” live in two realities:

A verbal reality (VR) comprised of his/her words, symbols and images;

An underlying reality (UR) that lies beneath this verbal reality (VR).

It is within this verbal reality (VR) that the “mind” of each presence called “human” dwells; it is within this underlying reality (UR) that the “body” and the “brain” of each presence called “human” dwell.

Although there is only one underlying reality (UR) in which each “body/brain” dwells and one single source and substance from which this single underlying reality (UR) and each “body/brain” emerges, there are, potentially, an infinite number of verbal realities (each a VR) in which a “mind” can dwell and in which a “mind” can construct its “verbal stories” including “stories” concerning the true nature of these realities (both this single UR and each VR).

Thus, the challenge for each of we presences called “human”, individually, and all of we presences called “human”, collectively, is to use our “individual minds” and our “collective mind” to produce that one “verbal story” that best simulates within a single verbal reality (VR) this single underlying reality (UR) and its single source and substance.

That challenge not being an easy challenge for those of we presences called “human” to meet, particularly for those of “us” whose “minds” have been educated in a current kind of thinking that simply “skates along the surface” of words, symbols and images embracing each verbal reality (VR) as real.

~~~

Yes, it is “true” that in “the beginning” there was “the word”; yet, that “beginning” applies only to each verbal reality (VR) in which each “mind” dwells.

Prior to that verbal beginning there existed this single underlying reality (UR) in which each “body” and each “brain” dwelled and there existed this single source and substance out of which this single underlying reality (UR) and each “body” and each “brain” emerged/evolved.

In fact, this single underlying reality (UR) and its single source and substance still exists beneath the verbal.

It is to the true nature of this single underlying reality (UR) and its single source and substance to which all words, symbols and images are pointing; it being their true nature that give real meaning to each something of substance that lies beneath the verbal including this something of substance called “life”.

~~~

And yes, it is “true” that “the beginning” of each verbal reality commences with the emergence of that first word/symbol/image that informs the “mind”; yet, currently there are many “minds” and “verbal realities” in conflict, leading to both verbal and physical fights – conflicts and fights that will continue (despite any efforts at “peace”) as long as the current kind of thinking in which each “mind” is “schooled” remains embedded only in what are thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”....as long as Humanity fails to “course correct” their wrong turn.

A new kind of thinking is needed; one that dives beneath words, symbols and images into this single underlying reality (UR) and its source and substances with its goal being (i) to end our “ongoing conflict” and (ii) to actualize our true potential.

A new kind of thinking is needed; one that dives beneath words, symbols and images for the purpose of identifying our true nature and the true nature of all that we presences called “human” produce/create – the true nature of “our bodies”, “our brains”, “our words/symbols/images”, “our verbal realities/minds” and “our stories” being no exceptions.

A new kind of thinking is needed; one that produces a new story that explains, describes (simulates) who we presences called “human” really are; what it really means to be “alive”; and, what is the true potential of “our bodies/brains/minds” – both individually and collectively.

IV. A New Kind Of Thinking Is Needed

A new kind of thinking is needed: one that embraces both this underlying reality in which the “body/brain” dwells and this verbal reality in which the “mind dwells

A new kind of thinking is needed, one that first dives beneath all words, symbols and images including the words

“word”

“symbol”

“image”

for the purpose of understanding their true nature while embracing the fact that

This underlying reality (UR) in which the “body/brain” dwells is evolving present moment to present moment through an interacting process as is “the body” and “its brain”.

This interacting process lies beneath any “words”, “symbols” and “images” and any verbal reality (VR) or “mind” superposed upon it.

Although this underlying reality (UR), its source and substance and this interacting process can never be captured “whole” through the use of “words”, “symbols” and “image”, this underlying reality (UR), its source and substance and this interacting process, can be simulated using “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

A new kind of thinking is needed; one that embraces the following verbal statements as “true”:

1

Words, symbols and images are vibrations express in the form of what are now thought of and called “sounds” and “marks”; their true meaning being associated with (pointing to) a vibrating reality and a vibrating “source and substance” (best simulated by the word, Vibration).

2

More particularly, what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are vibrations with meaning that emerge out of “the body” but only after the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can shape a Vibration called “Sound” and/or a Vibration called “Light” into specific vibrations called “sounds” and “marks” using the mechanics of “voice” and “hand” (the latter aided by a “marking tool” applied to a “smooth surface”.

3

These sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning....once emerging out of “the body” in a manner coordinated....bring forth (manifest) in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal.

4

More particularly, These sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning....once emerging out of “the body” in a manner coordinated....bring forth (manifest) in a “verbal reality” in which the “mind” dwells; each “verbal reality” and each “mind” associated with a “body/brain” being a vibrating existential state both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning.

5

Although many presences not called “human” interact (communicate) using vibrations with meaning expressed in the form of “sounds” and “marks” and exhibit these vibrating existential state; we presences called “human” are the only presences that call these vibrations with meaning – these sound/marks with meaning – “words”, “symbols” and “images” and we presences called “human” are the only presences that call these two vibrating existential states “verbal reality” and “mind”

6

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, no presence called

“human” could be called a presence or “human” or be described/explained (simulated) as having a “body”, a “brain”, a “verbal reality” or a “mind”.

7

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning no presence called “human” would have these two vibrating existential states called a “verbal reality” and a “mind”.

8

In fact, absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, I, the writer of these words, could not have written the “words” you are now reading nor could you be reading these words I have previously written.

9

Indeed, absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, the “I” that is “you” and the “I” that is “me” could not be verbally interacting (communicating) in any manner nor could any of we presences called “human” be verbally interacting (communicating) about “anything”, “everything”, “something” or “nothing”.

10

Yet....from present moment to present moment....we presences called “human” would still exist and we presences called “human” would still be interacting (communicating), vibrationally, with all other presences in “our surroundings” just like all other presences in “our surroundings” are always interacting (communicating), vibrationally, with “us”.

Yet,

That is only

“the beginning”

Recall the hierarchical bridge constructed with words, symbols and images. The mind and its verbal reality – each being both created and informed by words, symbols and images – lies above “them” and above what lies below “them”.

The current kind of thinking in which Humanity is now being “schooled” is stuck in words, symbols and images and the multiple “verbal realities” and “minds” created and informed by “them”....leading to many conflicts over what is true/not true....what is real/not real.

This new kind of thinking to which you, the reader of these words, have now been introduced dives deep beneath all words, symbols and images including the words – word/symbol/image – for the purpose of understanding what lies there.

More particularly, this new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced allows “your mind” – through an act of self-reflecting using “your words/symbols/images – to observe that the words, symbols and images that now create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind” (the verbal – VR) are actually sounds/marks/vibrations that emerge from “your body” in a manner coordinated by “your brain” and point to an underlying reality (UR) with which “you” are always interacting in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”.

More To The Point

Both the current kind of thinking in which you have been educated and the new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced emerges in what is now thought of and called “your mind” – a “mind” that dwells in a “verbal reality” that emerges only after what is not thought of and called “your body” has actualized “its potential” to produce what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

The difference between these two kinds of thinking (these two ways of thinking) lies in the fact that:

(i) the former (current kind of thinking) treats what is now thought of and called a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image” as, simply, a word, a symbol or an image....and nothing more.

(ii) the latter (new kind of thinking) treats what is not thought of and called a “word”, a “symbols” or an “images” as “something of substance” that is much, much more than simply a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”....a something of substance that is expressed in the form of a vibration and is always pointing to a vibration that lies beneath it.

Truth is anything verbally stated or verbally “thought”, “measured” and “projected” can only be verbally stated or verbally “thought”, “measured” or “projected” using “the word”, “the symbol” and/or “the image.

Take away all words, symbols and images, there would be no verbal reality and no mind yet what is now thought of and called (in the verbal) would exists and will continue to exists independent of any “words”, “symbols” and “images” or any “verbal reality/mind” superposed upon “them”

The real challenge for the mind lies not in answering only the question:

From whence comes “the word”, “the symbol” or “the image”?

The real challenge for the mind lies in the “mind” using “words”, “symbols” and “images” for purpose of answering these questions:

What is the true nature of “words”, “symbols” and “images” and what is the true nature of each something of substance to which these “words”, “symbols” and “images” are pointing....

....the something of substance called “the body”....

....the something of substance called “the brain”....

....the something of substance called “reality”....

....the something of substance called “the source and substance of all that exists” ”....

being no exceptions.

~~~

Yet, there is always the matter of “proof”, isn’t there?

Of “proving” to a “mind” both created and informed

By “words”, “symbols” and “images” that

Each of these verbal statements is

“True”

Of “proving true” to the “mind” the real meaning of “life”

And its potential.

Of “proving true” to the “mind” that the “real proof” of any verbal statement

And the “true meaning” of this something of substance called “life”

Lies in the underlying reality (UR) to which

each verbal reality (VR) and its

Words, symbols and images

Are

Pointing.¹⁹

V. The Point

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really vibrations with meaning that emerge from “your body” once “your body” in a manner coordinated by “your brain” can produce its first vibration with meaning using “voice” and “hand” mechanics. Once emerging, they (these vibrations with meaning) serve as signs. They (these vibrations with meaning) point to an underlying reality in which “your body/brain” and these vibrations with meaning dwell. And, they (these vibrations with meaning) point an underlying source and substance of which “you” and these “sounds” and “marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are a part.

In this sense, although you can never use words, symbols and images to capture whole, this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance in which your body/brain and your words, symbols and images dwell, you can use words, symbols and images to simulate in the verbal, this underlying reality and its source and substance.....a verbal activity that theoretical physicists and applied physicists are

Striving to do using their sense enhancing equipment and their mathematics (symbols) to do so

Yet, will fail to do as long as their “minds” remain embedded in the verbal.

~~~

To find the real meaning to “life” requires “you” – or, more particularly, “your mind”:

(i) To dive beneath all words, symbols and images using words, symbols and images to do so; and,

(ii) To know that you are doing so (act of self-reflecting).

The first step lies in having “your mind” accept (through this act of self-reflecting) the fact that what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really sounds and marks whose meaning is associated with something of substance that lies beneath them and to which they are pointing.

The second step lies in having “you mind” accept (through this act of self-reflecting) that these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really emerging from “you” but only after “your body” in a manner coordinated by “your brain” can produce them.

The third step lies in having “your mind” accept (through this act of self-reflecting) that each specific sound with meaning and each specific mark with meaning is a vibration with meaning: a vibration whose meaning is associated with something of substance that lies beneath it and to which this vibration with

meaning is pointing – in this sense at their most fundamental level of existence, there being no difference among “words”, “symbols” and “images, each being a vibration with meaning.

The fourth step lies in having “your mind” accept (through this act of self-reflecting that “it” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells are really vibrating existential states in which these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as vibrating linguistic lenses through which “it” (“your mind”)

Views this underlying reality in which “your body/brain” dwells;

Views the “source and substance” of this underlying reality and “your body/brain”

And

Produces “stories” concerning what is “happening” Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany them – “stories” concerning what is real/not real – “stories” called “creation stories” or “models of reality” depending upon the “verbal reality” (the vibrating linguistic lens) that “your mind” is using – “stories” concerning this “underlying reality” in which “your body/brain/mind” dwells and their “source and substance”.

The fifth step lies in having “your mind” accept (through this act of self-reflecting) that “your body” is always interacting with its surrounding reality in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

From there, it is a quest – a quest of “the mind” to seek

The best word by which to simulate the true nature of each expression of “all that exists” including “the mind” and “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” that inform it and its verbal reality....a quest that ultimately leads to selecting the word, Vibration as the best word by which to simulate the underlying physical phenomenon....the underlying physical presence – that is the source and substance of all that exists (the letter “v” being capitalized in honor of Vibration being the source and substance of all that exists

The best word by which to simulate the interacting (communicating) that is always occurring in the verbal and beneath the verbal....a quest that ultimate leads to selecting the word, vibrating as the best word by which to simulate the interacting process by which Vibration acts upon itself and through all that emerges from it.²⁰

VI. A Thought Experiment And A Few Mind/Body Exercises

Imagine that there are no words, symbol or images available to you or any presence called “human”. In other words, imagine each presence called “human” is like a “new born baby”:

Making “sounds” (“cooing” and “crying”) and making “marks” (urinating and defecating) just like other species (e.g. lion, wolf, cat, dog) do;

Yet, just like these other species, having no “sounds” and “marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” at his/her disposal.

How would “you” be interacting with the other presences in “your surroundings”. Would you be using the “sounds” and “marks” you can make? Before formulating your answer, note how a “toddler” (having no words, symbols and images at his/her disposal) interacts with the other presences in its surroundings using “sounds” and “marks”. Note how “you” communicate with those presences in “your surroundings” now thought of and called “your pet” (e.g. a “cat”, “dog” or “bird”).

At some present moment, prior to any presence now called “human” having at his or her disposal what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, some presence associated a “sound” or “mark” that “it” could produce with something of substance that existed in “its surroundings”.

If these previous statements seem incomprehensible to you, take a moment to go walking in the trees or among flower and as the word “tree” or “flower” comes forth in “your mind”, simply bat it away and consider the “tree” or the “flower” as something of substance called “tree” or “flower”.

Or perform the same exercise while looking in the mirror at “your body” – batting away the word, “body” as you view this something of substance that is “you”....a something of substance that lies beneath any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed on “you”....including the word, “you” or “me” or “I” or “it”.

~~~

In “the beginning” of the “verbal”, the first “words/symbols/images” were express as vibrations in the form of “sounds” and “marks”. The “sound” or “mark” emerged from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” and that “sound” or “mark” was associated by “the brain” with something of substance.

For example, the first word/symbol/image most likely did emerge when something of substance (a presence now thought of and called a “predecessor”) produced what is now thought of and called a “mark” (“X”) for the purpose of identifying something of substance (a presence now thought of and called a “toxic substance” – “poisonous”) to another something of substance (another presence similar to the “predecessor” – most likely, being of “the same species”).

Thereafter, there emerged the many “words/symbols/images” from many “bodies/brains” – four being the words, “Sound”, “Light”, “Vibration” and “Human”.

Now, performing the same “batting away exercise” as you did before, bat away the word, “Sound” and, as you do so, remain “aware” that there is something of substance beneath the word, “Sound” that exists independent of the word, “Sound”....just like there is something of substance that exists beneath the word, “you” or the word, “Human”.

Then take a moment to “reflect” on the fact that this something of substance now thought of and called “Sound” is the same something of substance that allows “you” and another presence similar to “you” not only to produce “words/symbols/images” using “your voice” but also

(i) To interact (“communicate”) verbally with another presence in “your surroundings” concerning what is “happening” (“something happening here”) in “your surroundings” and what is happening in the other presence’s surroundings; and,

(ii) To superpose on “something happening her” a common “sound” that each of “you” can produce in your own unique manner using “your voice”.

Now, perform the same exercise with respect to the word, “Light” and, as you do so, know that there is something of substance existing beneath the word, “Light” just like there is a something of substance that exists beneath the word, “Sound”.

Then take a moment to “reflect” on the fact that without “Light” there would be only “Dark”, meaning that in the absence of this something of substance called “Light” there would be “no way” to produce a mark by distinguishing the mark from “its surroundings”.

Now, perform the same exercise with respect to the word, “Vibration”, remaining “aware” that but for the something of substance that lies beneath this word, “Vibration”, there would be no such physical phenomenon – no such physical presence – called “Vibration”.

~~~

Diving Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “words” into any something of substance that lies beneath “them” is “hard work” – and remains “hard work” until – through a series of these “dives” – you accept the fact that “Sound” and “Light” and the specific sounds/marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” have in common – a something of substance now thought of and called Vibration.

For it is then....and only then....that “your mind” (through an act of self-reflection) accepts the fact that each expression of all that exists (each presence – not matter what its “name”, “number” or “species”) is a vibration that is always emerging from this something of substance called Vibration

Each “word/symbol/image” being a vibration expressed in the form of a vibration (a specific sound or specific mark) whose meaning is associated with the specific vibration (the specific something of substance) that lies beneath “it” and to which “it” is pointing.

Yet, there is always this matter of proof – isn’t there?

A verbal matter of “proving true” to a mind both created and informed by the word/symbol/image

What this vibration called “your body” and this vibration called “your brain”

Already knows is “true”.

~~~

More To The Point
A Point of Clarification

Through this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalization – that is really a vibrating interacting process, we presences called “human” have “evolved” to our present existential state having what is now thought of and called a “body”, a “brain”, a “verbal reality” and a “mind” as well as a “story” be it called a “creations story”, a “worldview” or a “model of reality”. It is through this vibrating interacting process (frequently called “evolution” but also sometimes called “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or simply “mimicry” depending upon the “story” you select) that each expression of all that exists emerges from an Underlying Physical Phenomenon – an Underlying Physical Presence – an underlying something of substance best simulated by the word, “Vibration” – an Underlying Physical Presence that is not only best simulated by the word, Vibration but also really is Vibration – a something of substance that is really vibrating and can really be measured as Vibration/Vibrating....what is sometimes referred to as “the Zero Point Field” or an Oscillating Zero Point Field or a “Point of Singularity (that is really not a “point”).

What is now thought of a “evolution” or “creationism “ or “mimicry” (in a form) did occur; yet, it occurred through a vibrating interacting process frequently called an” interacting force” – expressed as what can be thought of and called “strong”, “weak”, “electo”, “magnetic” or “gravitational” (both “classical” and “quantum”. When you cut through all of the “words/symbols/images that “cloud” these “facts”, it is “as simple as that”.²¹

Four Additional Points

1

This Underlying Physical Phenomenon – this Underlying Physical Presence – called Vibration is the Something Of Substance that is the “source and substance” of “all that exists.

2

Vibration exists in an in potentia vibrating state best thought of and called Potential or Infinite Potential until it acts upon itself pursuant to a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process. It is pursuant to this vibrating interacting process that

Vibration produces other vibrations:

Each having the potential to act upon itself pursuant to the same vibrating interacting process;

Each vibration having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and allow it to be identified as a something of substance – what is now thought of and called “body” and “brain” being no exceptions;

Each vibration expressing vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified, meaning

It can be sensed in the body in a manner orchestrated by its brain

It can be brought forth (manifested) in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” once the “body” can produce these vibrations with meaning in the form of what are called “sounds” and “marks” using “voice” and “hand” mechanics.

3

All vibrations have emerged in this manner – what are now thought of and called “waves”, “particles”, “atoms”, “molecules” and “cells” being no exceptions.

4

What is now thought of and called “life” and what is now thought of and called “reality” has evolved and is continuing to evolve in this way. And what is now thought of and called a “verbal reality” and a “mind” has evolved and is continuing to evolve in this way.

It is as simple as that

Yet, it is not that simple

Since there is always the matter of “proving true” to each “mind”

Both created and informed by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”

What the “body” and “its brain” already knows.

The challenge for we “presences” called “human” being to produce and then accept through verbal agreement that one “story” that best (most coherently) simulates this evolving “life” and this evolving “reality” of which we presences called “human” and our “creations” are a part:

(i) Our vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images”

(ii) Our vibrating existential states called “verbal reality/mind”;

(iii) Our “stories”; and,

(iv) All that we “create” using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and such “things” as “plans”, “specifications”, “designs”, “constitutions”, “laws”, “republics”, “money”, “wealth”

Being No Exceptions²²

Some Closing Words

What follows is a Prologue and then a Journey. The Prologue elaborates on what has been set forth verbally in this Opening Statement. The Journey actually dives much deeper into what has been set forth verbally in this Opening Statement and what will be set forth in Prologue.

You now have many choices that are available to you, one of which you can now choose (act of selecting) – some of these “choices” being:

(i) You can stop reading and move on to “something else”.

(ii) You can stop reading now and simply “observe” each something of substance upon which “you” are superposing a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”, knowing that “you” and each something of substance with which “you” are interacting/communicating are really vibrations having vibrating characteristics that are “unique” to “you/it” (Qualia) and by which “you” are identifying (vibrationally sensing) “it” and “it” is identifying (vibrationally sensing) “you”:

“You/it” always moving in relation to each other (Relativity)

“You/it” always interconnecting through Vibration as your/its “source” and “substance” for as long as “you/it” exists.

“You” never being able to disassociate from “it” for the purpose of observing “it” whole since “you” and “it” are, vibrationally, a part of the “whole” (“entangled” – leads to “observer/observed effect”.

(iii) You can continue reading, moving on to the Prologue that follows: a “choice” you can select by simply “turning the page”.

PROLOGUE

I

Concerning A New Kind of Thinking

If you, the reader of these words, consult a dictionary or a glossary of terms seeking the verbal meaning of a word, the verbal meaning of the word will be defined in terms of other words. A similar statement applies to a symbol or an image whose meaning you seek; the symbol/image being defined, verbally, in terms of other words, symbols and images. Since the current kind of thinking in which you have been educated is informed by words, symbols and images, consulting the dictionary or glossary of terms for their verbal meanings makes sense.

However, if you consult most dictionaries written in the English language, you will discover that words, symbols and images are also being used to define each letter of the alphabet. For example, if you consult Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary and seek the definition of the ninth letter of the alphabet, you will find a lot of words, symbols and images including the following:

I the ninth letter of the English alphabet

the one who is speaking or writing

someone aware of possessing a personal individuality: SELF

~~~

There is a certain kind of wisdom embedded in the fact that each letter of the alphabet is defined in terms of words produced using these “letters”....a certain kind of circularity in “thinking” that emerges once your “mind” grasp the fact that absent the “letters”, there would be no way to produce any word or give that word (or any “letter” informing that “word”) its verbal meaning.

Yet, that is the way of words and the symbols and images that accompany words.

They are always circling above and pointing to something of substance from which they emerged....something of substance that lies beneath them and gives them their real meaning.

The Point

The word, “I” is not “you”. The word, “I” is standing in for/representing (symbolizing) the something of substance that is “you” and exists independent of any word, symbol or image superposed upon “you”.

Yet, diving beneath the words, “I” or “you” for purposes of understanding the true nature of this something of substance called “you” is not that easy since

Absent the presence of words, symbols and images nothing could be stated about “you” or this something of substance that you are

Present the presence of words, symbols and images you are destined to circle round and round seeking meaning.

Similarly, the word, “reality” is not the something of substance in which the “I” that is “you” dwells. The word, “reality” exists in the verbal; this real something of substance in which the “I” that is “you” dwells lies beneath any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed on it.

In fact, a similar statement can be made for any “word”, “symbol” or “image” representing the something of substance that is the source and substance of all that exists.

~~~

It is not easy to dive deep beneath the words, symbols and images that inform your “thinking” while using words, symbols and images to do so:

Particularly, if what you are striving to do is understand your true nature as well as

(i) the true nature of this single underlying reality in which “you” dwell; and,

(ii) the true nature of this source and substance of all that exists including “you” and this reality in which “you” presently exist;

Particularly, if “you” have been “trained” to use a way of thinking in which all presences called “human” are now being “schooled”— a current kind of thinking that is

Simply skating along the surface of the words, symbols and images that inform “it”

Rather than diving deep beneath these words, symbols and images into what lies beneath “them”

A new way of thinking is needed: a new kind of thinking that is embedded

Not only in the verbal reality created and informed by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”

But also in what lies beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

A New Kind Of Thinking

One of the roles of The Center For Vibrational Studies (the publisher of this book) is to introduce “you”, the reader of these words, to a new way of thinking – a new kind of thinking that embraces each something of substance that lies beneath “the word”, “the symbol” or “the image” superposed upon it.

In other words, as “you” are “projecting” (superposing) “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image” on something of substance, the role of this new kind of thinking is to have “you” remain aware (act of self-reflecting) that:

(i) you are doing so; and,

(ii) when you are “projecting upon”, “measuring” or “thinking about” a something of substance using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”, “you” are doing so for the purpose of explaining/describing (simulating) this something of substance.

Admittedly, maintaining this awareness is not easy.

Therefore, in order to make the maintaining of this awareness easier, certain linguistic mechanics (each a linguistic tool) are being used in this writing and the other writings appearing on the Center For Vibrational Studies website:

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

One example is the multiple use of the phrase “now thought of and called”, a phrase that produces an awareness that

What is now thought of and called “you” is really a something of substance that lies beneath the word, “you” (or similar words such as “I”, “me” or “your name”)

What is now thought of and called a “wave, “particle”, “atom”, “molecule”, “cell”, “bacteria”, “organism”, “flower”, “lion”, “wolf”, “ma-ma”, “da-da”, “planet earth”, “field”, “force” “universe”, “multi-verse” and “source” is really a something of substance that lies beneath any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed on it.

Another example is simply substituting for this phrase, now thought of and called,

the word, “called” or substituting for the word “called” other linguistic tools – two of which should now be obvious to “you”:

One being the multiple use of quotation marks (“ ”);

The other being the use of different forms of print such as bold, italic or bold italic print.

Other examples of these linguistic tools include the use of “dots” ( .... ), “dashes” ( – – ), forward facing slants ( / ) and footnotes.²³

And, then there is this linguistic tool by which a complex, compound sentence is divided into multiple layers of words, symbols and images descending downward, indicating that what is occurring is a deeper dive beneath the words, symbols and images being used;

each layer and each word/symbol/image that comprises it

serving as a sign pointing to single underlying reality

and a single source and substance

that lies beneath

Each sign drawing your awareness to the fact that there is always something of substance that is lying beneath every “word”, “symbol” and “image”; the word, “word” being no exception.²⁴

Even More To The Point

The current kind of thinking in which “you” have been “schooled” typically stops at “the word”. In other words, the current kind of thinking in which “your mind” has been “schooled” trains “your mind” to “think” of words as being only “words” and “nothing more”.

For example, this current kind of thinking has trained “your mind” to think of “you” as being nothing more than the word, “I” or “me” or “your name” or a composite of other words (i.e. “particles”, “atoms”, “molecules”, “cells”, etc.)

....rather than training “your mind” to think in terms of “you” and each “particle”, “atom”, “molecule” or “cell” that comprises “you” being something of substance that lies beneath each of these “words”.

This new kind of thinking commences once “your mind”, through an act of self-reflecting – becomes aware that “each word” including the word, “word” (and each “symbol” and “images” that accompany “it”) is really:

A vibration expressed as a sound (function of Vibration called “Sound” or a mark (function of Vibration called “Light”) – the latter not being that apparent until you become aware that absent “light” there is only “Dark”.

A specific vibration (expressed in the form of a specific sound or a specific mark) whose meaning is associated with the something of substance that lies beneath it and to which it is pointing....a vibration with meaning.

A vibration with meaning now thought of and called “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image” that brings forth (manifest) in the verbal the something of substance to which it is pointing.

However, once having adopted this new kind of thinking in which “words”, “symbols” and “images” are embraced as vibrations with meaning, “your mind” does not stop there.

Rather, it is then....once “your mind” has embraced this new kind of thinking and begins treating “each word”, “each symbol” and “each image” as a vibration with meaning...that “your mind” begins to embrace the fact that:

The “source and substance” of “all that exists” is Vibration

Or, more accurately stated in the verbal using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”:

The “source and substance” of “all that exists” is an Underlying Physical Phenomenon – an Underlying Physical Presence -- best simulated by the word, Vibration

Vibration being the best vibration with meaning by which to bring forth (manifest) in the verbal this Underlying Physical Phenomenon – this Underlying Physical Presence – this Something of Substance – that is the source and substance of “all that exists”.

Meaning that the true nature of each something of substance is vibration; a fact to which all vibrations with meaning are pointing.

~~~

Simply stated,

Using This New Kind Of Thinking:

1

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really vibrations with meaning that serve as signs pointing to something of substance called a single underlying reality in which all presences dwell (no matter what “their name”, “their number” or “their species”)

The sounded/spoken “word” emerging from “the body” once “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can shape Vibration called “Sound” into a specific vibration (a specific sound) using the mechanics of voice/vocal chords.

The marked/drawn/written “words” emerging from “the body” once “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can shape Vibration called “Light” into a specific vibration (a specific mark) using the mechanics of hand/fingers/tendons.

The meaning of each specific vibration (each specific sound/mark) emerging once “the body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” associates the specific vibration with a specific vibration that lies beneath it – i.e. a specific vibration (word/symbol/image) superposed on a specific vibration (a something of substance).

It being “true” that, at the most fundamental level of their vibratory existence, there is really no difference among “words”, “symbols” and “images” – each being a vibration with meaning.

2

The source and substance of all that exists is an underlying something of substance best simulated by the word, Vibration, since all vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “words/symbol/images” and all “verbal realities” and “minds” informed by them are always pointing to this underlying something of substance as being the source and substance of all that exists including all “bodies/brains” out of which all “words/symbols/images” and all “verbal realities/minds” emerge.

~~~

It is as simple as that;

Yet, it is not that simple.

Since

There is always the matter of “proof” – isn’t there?

Of proving “true” to “the mind” what “the body” already knows.

Of having to use “words”, “symbols” and “images” to prove

These verbal statements and any verbal statement “true”

To a “mind” both created and informed by

The words/symbols/mages

That emerge from

The “body”

How Ironic²⁵

II

Concerning The Matter Of Proof

Proving any verbal statement “true” is a verbal exercise. Absent the presence of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, there would be no way for “me” to make any verbal statements using them or to “prove” any of “my” verbal statements “true” using them including the verbal statement:

The word, “I” is not “you”; the word, “I” is standing in for/representing the something of substance that is “you” and exists independent of any word, symbol or image superposed upon “you”.

Nor could you now be reading my verbal statements and agreeing/not agreeing with my verbal statements including this verbal statement:

The word, “I” is not “you”; the word, “I” is standing in for/representing the something of substance that is “you” and exists independent of any word, symbol or image superposed upon “you”.

Yet, “you” and “I” would still exist as something of substance beneath any “name” or “number” superposed upon “you” or “me” or any verbal statement superposed upon “you” and “me” (e.g. we presences called “human”).

Meaning, each of our “bodies/brains” would still exist as something of substance:

Just like the “body/brain of a “new born baby” exists as something of substance (a presence called “baby”) independent of any “words”, “symbols” and “images” superposed on it;

Just like the “body/brain” of a “new born baby” emerges with the potential (the human potential) to produce what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”,

But only after this potential has been actualized – only after “its body” has “learned” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” to produce its first word as a “sound” or a “mark” – a vibration – using “voice” or “hand” mechanics.

~~~

The “body/brain” of a new born, healthy “baby”, once birthed, makes “sounds” (e.g. acts of “cooing” and “crying”) and makes “marks” (e.g. acts of “urinating” and “defecating”) – yet, it has no sounds/marks with meaning – no vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” at its disposal to say so.

However, soon, the “body” of this new born, healthy “baby” learns to “thrust”, “turn over”, “crawl” and “stand/walk” – each in a manner coordinated by “its brain”, thereby allowing its “voice” to project its unique “sounds” outward and upward and its “hands” to produce its unique “marks” (with the aid of a marking tool applied to a smooth surface).

Soon thereafter the “body” of this new born “baby” (now thought of and called a “toddler” or a “child”) learns in a manner coordinated by “its brain” not only to produce its first word but also multiple “words”, “symbols” and “images”:

Each “word”, “symbol” and “image” being expressed as a “sound” or a “mark” – a vibration – whose meaning is associated with something of substance that “its body” is sensing as its “body” is interacting with “its surroundings” (the reality of which “it” is a part) in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

Each “word”, “symbol” and “image” produced by “its body” being a sound with meaning – a mark with meaning – or, more particularly, a vibration with meaning.

Each of these vibrating with meaning (as it is emerging from “its body” present moment by present moment) creating and informing two unique vibrating existential states now thought of and called “its mind” and the “verbal reality” in which “its mind” dwells.

Ultimately, as the “toddler/child” develops into a “student”, his/her “mind” both learns on its own and is trained (taught/educated/schooled) in a way of thinking that is unique to the “tribe/community/group” into which he/she has been birthed and of which he/she is a part; a kind of thinking embedded in “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” that both create and inform the “collective mind” and “collective verbal reality” of the “tribe/community/group”.

Nothing wrong with that as long as “the mind” within “its verbal reality” accepts through an act of self-reflecting that “it” and “its verbal reality” are really two vibrating existential states that are always being created and informed by these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – as “they” emerge present moment to present moment.

Yet, usually (not always) the kind of thinking that is adopted by the “student” and the “group/tribe/community” of which he/she is a part is a current kind of thinking that is embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” with “no thought” given to how these “words/symbols/images” emerge.

And, just like the current kind of thinking in which his/her “mind” has been “schooled” is only embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” (in the verbal) with “no thought” given to how these “words/symbols/images” emerge; the matter of “proving” any verbal statement “true” using this current kind of thinking is usually (not always) only embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” (in the verbal) in a similar manner (i.e. with “no thought” given to how these “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge).

The Matter Of Proof

Using A Current Kind Of Thinking

Embedded Only In The Word/Symbol/Image

Works This Way:

A verbal statement is made by the “speaker/writer” of the verbal statement and the verbal statement is either verbally accepted or not verbally accepted by the “listener/reader” of the verbal statement; a verbal acceptance confirming “proof” that the verbal statement is “true” as between the “speaker/writer” and the “listener/reader”.

Or More Particularly

A presence called “human” (the “speaker” or “writer”) seeks to “prove” a verbal statement “true” to another presence called “human” (the “listener” or “reader”) using “words”, “symbols” and/or “images” to do so:

The “speaker” or “writer” presents the verbal statement to the “listener” or “reader” (a “verbal offer”).

The “listener/reader” verbally accepts the verbal offer.

Each of these presences called “human” thereby verbally agree that the verbal statement is “true”....proved true by their verbal agreement.

In fact, similar verbal statements can be made with respect to any presence called “human” presenting a verbal statement to two or more presences called “human” (e.g. a “group”, a “tribe”, a “community”); each verbal statement being proved true only after the “group”, the “tribe” or the “community” accepts (through verbal agreement) that the verbal statement is true.

Leading to the conclusion that, within the context of the current kind of thinking in which the “minds” of we presences called “human” have been schooled – a way of thinking that is embedded only in the verbal rather than what lies beneath the verbal -- the matter of proving any verbal statement “true” among any two or more presences called “human” requires only that the verbal statement be accepted (through verbal agreement) as “true” – nothing more.

However, In Fact

The Matter Of Proving Any Verbal Statement True

Works This Way

A verbal statement is made by a something of substance called “human” (a presence called “human”) using these “vibrations with meaning” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called his/her “verbal reality” and “mind”:

This presence called “human” having to initially use his/her “body/brain” to produce the vibrations with meaning that both create and inform his/her “verbal reality/mind”.

This presence called “human” thereafter learning on his/her own or being taught “to think”, “to “measure” and “to project” using “his/her verbal reality/mind”.

This presence called “human” thereafter having the potential to produce an infinite number of verbal statements concerning “everything”, “anything”, “something” or “nothing” including each something of substance he/she is sensing as his/her “body” is interacting (communicating) with “its surroundings (its reality) in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

This presence called “human” (“speaker/writer) thereafter actualizing his/her potential to produce (speak/write) a verbal statement and offer that verbal statement to another presence called “human” (listener/reader) for the purpose of determining whether (or not) this other presence called “human” accepts (through verbal agreement) either orally (voice) or in writing (hand) that the verbal statement is “true” -- thereby proving this verbal statement is “true” as between these two presences called “human”.

In fact, (just as verbally stated previously) similar verbal statements can be made with respect to any presence called “human” presenting a verbal statement to two or more presences called “human” (e.g. a “group”, a “tribe”, a “community”); each verbal statement being proved true only after the “group”, the “tribe” or the “community” accepts (through verbal agreement) that the verbal statement is true.

Leading to the conclusion that, within the context of any kind of thinking – be it the current kind of thinking embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” or a new kind of thinking embedded in these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” -- the matter of proving any verbal statement “true” among any two or more presences called “human” requires the “mind” to accept (through verbal agreement) that the verbal statement is “true” – nothing more.

~~~

However, once “a mind” adopts this new kind of thinking in which what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are embraced as vibrations with meaning; “the mind” – through an act of self-reflecting – begins to accept the fact that “it” and the “verbal reality” in which “it dwells” are actually vibrating existential states both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that emerge from the “body/brain” with which “it” (“the mind”) is associated.

Thereby opening up “the mind” to exploring what is the true nature of

(i) “its body”;

(ii) “its brain”;

(iii) the “reality” in which “its body/brain” exists; and,

(iv) the “source and substance” of “all that exists”.

Thereby opening “the mind” to diving deeper and deeper beneath these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” into this single reality and single source and substance in which all presences exist and out of which each presence emerges (no matter by what “word/symbol/image/name/number/species” this presence is called, verbally).

Thereby opening “the mind” to moving out of “its comfort zone” and the “comfort zone” of the “collective mind” of “its tribe” or “community” into a new way of thinking that embraces both the verbal and what lies beneath the verbal....a new kind of thinking that embraces the fact that

....What is proved “true” to “the mind” in the verbal

....May not be “true” beneath the verbal.

The Point

Proving a verbal statement “true” (or “not true” – “false”) is relatively easy as long as “your mind” has been trained to accept the “verbal reality” that your “tribe” or “community” or “group” has previously accepted (through verbal agreement) as “true”.

Conversely, proving a verbal statement “true” (or “not true” – “false”) is quite difficult if “your verbal reality” and this verbal statement that “you” are making are not consistent with the verbal reality and verbal statements that your “tribe” or “community” or “group” has previously accepted (through verbal agreement) as “true”.

This Journey, Beneath Words, involves “you” accepting (through verbal agreement) a series of verbal statements that may not be consistent with the way you have been trained to “think”.

More particularly, this Journey, Beneath Words, involves “you” accepting (through verbal agreement) a new kind of thinking that, most likely, is not consistent with the current kind of thinking in which “you” have been educated.

Specifically, inter alia, this new kind of thinking involves “your mind” accepting (through verbal agreement) the following “thoughts”:

1

“Words”, “symbols” and “images” both create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind”; “your mind” dwelling in “your verbal reality”. Although there are, potentially, an infinite number of “verbal realities” and “minds”, there is only one reality in which all presences dwell – each of we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

2

The “words/symbols/images” that both create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind” (as they emerge from present moment to present moment) are really vibrations with meaning expressed as “sounds” (using “your voice”) and “marks” using “your writing hand” – aided by a “marking tool” (“stick”, “stone”, “pencil”, “pen”, “keyboard”) applied to a “smooth surface (“sand”, “dirt”, “parchment”, “paper”, “computer screen”).

3

These “sounds” and “marks” emerge from “your body” in a manner coordinated by “your brain” as “your body” is interacting with “its surroundings in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”; the meaning of these “sounds/marks” – these vibrations – emerging once these sounds/marks/vibrations are associate with something of substance that lies beneath.

4

The true nature of each something of substance that lies beneath each

“word/symbol/image” is vibration; each something of substance expressing itself as a vibrating pattern (also called a vibrating field and vibrating system depending upon the verbal reality you have adopted).

Each something of substance emerging from an Underlying Physical

Phenomenon – an Underlying Physical Presence – best brought forth (manifested) in the verbal as Vibration;

The letter “v” being capitalized in honor of vibration being the source/substance of all that exists.

5

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing could be stated verbally about anything nor could any verbal statement be made nor could “the mind” use these “vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses (called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”)

Through which “the mind” views this single vibrating reality in which each of its body and its brain dwell as vibration having vibrating characteristics – vibrating patterns – unique to it

By which “the mind” produces its “stories” concerning

What Is Real/Not Real
What Is True/Not True

What Is False/Not False

6

Although there are an infinite number of views that can emerge within the mind of each presence called “human” and an infinite number of stories that can be told by each presence called “human”, there is only one “story” that best simulates “what is real”: that being “the story” summarized in these five (5) thoughts; each thought being embedded in this new kind of thinking to which “you” have now been introduced.

More To The Point

The “body” emerges first with “its brain”, then comes these vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images”, then comes these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” with its verbal statements that inform the “stories” that “the mind” produces within the “verbal reality” in which “it dwells.

The “body” emerges first with “its brain”, a product of a natural selecting process called “evolution” that can also be thought of and called a natural process of renormalizing but is really a vibrating interacting process by which the source and substance of all that exists best by the word, Vibration (V) acts upon itself and all that exists....the “body”, “its brain”, the vibrations with meaning, these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” and the verbal statements and stories that each “mind” produces being no exceptions

Facts that can soon can be forgotten when applying a current kind of thinking embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Facts that do become apparent once this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader have now been introduced is embraced by you, the listener/reader....an embracing that takes “practice”, “practice”, “practice”.

III

Concerning The Practice Of This New Kind Of Thinking

Recognize that “diving deep” beneath these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” is “hard work”. It takes practice.

And, although “your mind” can “think” of this “practice” as being only “meditative” or “spiritual”, it really is a “practice” of connecting the “mind” to its “body/brain” in a manner identical to the way you can now actualize “your human potential” to perform any “physical/mental movement”

First, training “your mind” to produce a mental image (a simulation) of the movement in “your verbal reality”....“learning” on your own or being “taught” to do so by a “teacher/coach/trainer”

Then, training body/brain to move in a matter identical to that mental image.

An actualizing of “your human potential” that could only be done present these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

More To The Point

Concerning This Practice

As you, the reader of these words, will soon discover, “diving deep” Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them is “hard work”. As with any “act of learning”, it takes a lot of physical agility (body/brain) and a lot of mental agility (mind) to learn how to dive deep Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them....particularly when you have been trained to “think”, “measure” and “project” by simply “skating along” the “surface” of “words”, “symbols” and “images” rather than diving deep beneath “words”, “symbols” and “images” into the “sounds” and “marks” that lie there....and even deeper into the vibrations that lie there.

In other words, “think” of this “diving deep” as both a physical activity and a mental activity that requires a lot of practice – just as it takes a lot of practice both physically and mentally to perform any artistic movement well.

For example, when “learning” a “physical exercise” (e.g., “golf”), you can just go out and physically “swing at it”. However, it is best to “learn” to position “your body” in a way that allows you to (artistically) perform the “golf swing”, being mindful of this positioning as “your brain” coordinates “your body’s” movement. In this way, “gripping” the “golf club” becomes an “art form” as does the positioning of “your feet” and the “movement” of “your body”.

In other words, it takes both mental concentration and physical concentration to learn to perform at the “highest level” – that level when you are experiencing “being in the zone” – automatically at one with “your surroundings” as you “perform your art”....in this example “golf”. This is “true” in any physical “sport”.

And, it is “true” in any mental exercise; an example being “mathematics” in which “you” must first learn as a “child” to make “marks” called “numbers” (symbols) while learning to move “your writing hand” (“your body”) in a manner coordinated by “your brain” before “your mind” gradually advances from “learning your numbers” to learning “arithmetic”, “algebra”, “geometry”, “trigonometry”, “calculus”, etc. until you have those moments when “you” are performing “mathematics” with the “best” of “performers” – in certain moments while being “in the zone”.

Thus, as you move forward in this Journey, Beneath Words, be mindful that what you are doing is learning to use “your mind” (mental exercise) as well as “your body/brain (physical exercise) for the purpose of diving deep

Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them and inform the current way of thinking – the current kind of thinking – in which you have been “taught”

Into the sounds with meaning – the marks with meaning – the vibrations with meaning – that inform a new way of thinking....a new kind of thinking....that complements this current kind of thinking in which you are now engaged.

~~~

Just as learning a physical exercise (golf) or a mental exercise (mathematics) requires both physical and mental agility that must be learned through practice, learning this new kind of thinking takes practice.

The “act of learning” a physical discipline or a mental discipline is a “process”. It takes practice to perform the discipline at the “highest levels” of “your potential” – requiring you to perform over and over again and again a particular movement until the movement becomes natural. “Learning” this new kind of thinking is no different; it takes practice (lots of practice) for “your mind” to learn its discipline and, thereby, perform its discipline at the “highest levels”.

As with any “act of learning”, this new kind of thinking can be “learned” on its own. However, it is “best practice” to have a “trainer/teacher/coach” teaching you by introducing different ways of learning both physically (through mimicry) and mentally (verbal instruction)....some ways being similar but not identical to what has previously been conveyed.

And, just as the “learning process” requires repetition, the “teaching process” requires repetition, particularly the verbal coaching (involving words, symbols or images)....the coach typically using similar (but not identical) words, symbols and images for the purpose of “getting his point across”.

“Teaching this new kind of thinking to any “mind” (including “your mind”) is no different. It takes “practice/practice/practice” and a lot of “words”, “symbols” and images” to get “its point” across.

~~~

So, my request is “be patient” with the repetition that follows as you, the listener/reader of these sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning encounter many combinations of “words”, “symbols” and “images” that seem repetitious. This repetition is my way of introducing you to a new kind of thinking that links what is now thought of and called your “body/brain/mind” and “your verbal reality to the source/substance of this underlying reality in which “you” dwell; these many combinations of “words”, “symbols” and “images”) that you will soon be encountering having a purpose....that being to provide you with a linguistic/verbal path into “your body” and an illustration of how “your body”, “your brain” and “your mind” is always interconnecting/interacting (communicating), vibrationally, with “all that exists”.

Recognizing That:

This version of this Journey, Beneath Words – the version presented in this book – is only one version of many versions that appear on the Center For Vibrational Studies website

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

Each version being a linguistic mechanic which is offered for the purpose of allowing you to experience what it is like to dive deep, Beneath Words, and the symbols and images that accompany them into the underlying reality and underlying source and substance that lies there -- using “words”, “symbols” and “images” to do so.

IV

Concerning The Journey That Follows

(Some Additional Points)

A. First Point

Once a “mind” accepts (through verbal agreement) the fact that “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really vibrations with meaning that emerge out of the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” and point to the reality with which the “body” is interacting in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”, it becomes relatively easy for that “mind” – through an act of self-reflecting to accept (through verbal agreement) the fact that “it” and “its verbal reality” and are really two vibrating existential states both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning.

However, since it is not that easy for a “mind” to accept (through verbal agreement) these facts (particularly if that “mind” has been schooled “to think” of a “word” as only a “word”....nothing more), the first three segments of this Journey, Beneath Words, are presented to “your mind” primarily for the purpose of convincing “your mind” of these facts and the fact that each of these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses (now thought of and called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”)

Through which “your mind” views this single vibrating reality

And,

By which “your mind” produces its “stories” concerning

What Is Real/Not Real
What Is True/Not True

What Is False/Not False

What Is Fact/Not Fact

What is Fiction/Not Fiction

What Is Really Happening/Not Really Happening

Each “story” being comprised of verbal statements arranged in a particular order.

B. Second Point

The primary purpose of the first three segments of this Journey, Beneath Words, is to open “your mind” to these facts and to the fact that buried beneath these vibrations with meaning called “your words/symbols/images” that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “your verbal reality” and “mind” is an underlying reality that is always emerging from an underlying “source and substance”.

Yet, opening up “your mind” to these facts – having “your mind” accept (through verbal agreement these facts – is relatively easy when compared to accepting (through verbal agreement) these facts:

1

That the underlying physical phenomenon now thought of and called vibration is

the true nature of all that exists.

2

That “your brain” is orchestrating, vibrationally, your sensing of the unique vibrating characteristics of each vibration with which “your body” is interacting; vibrating characteristics that allow “your mind” to identify within “its verbal reality” each vibration by a vibration with meaning called “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image” (but only after the “body” can, vibrationally, produce these “words”, “symbols” and “images” in a manner coordinated by “its brain”.

3

And, that all of this vibratory activity is occurring pursuant to a natural selecting process (frequently called “evolution”) that is really a natural process of renormalizing – or, more particularly, a vibrating interacting process by which the source and substance of all that exists (an underlying physical phenomenon best simulated by the word, Vibration) acts upon itself.

C. Third Point

Indeed, it is these “facts” that are the hardest for “your mind” to grasp since grasping these fact requires “your mind” to dive deeper and deeper beneath the verbal and all stories presented in the verbal into what lies beneath the verbal – definitely not an easy task particularly if “you” have been trained “to think” of “the word” as just “a word”....nothing more.

D. Fourth Point

Recognizing this “fact”

That the true nature of all that exists is that underlying physical phenomenon now thought of and called Vibration is the hardest fact for any “mind” to grasp

all segments of this Journey, Beneath Words, and each version of this Journey, Beneath Words, set forth on the Center For Vibrational Studies website are presented for the purpose of proving this fact – for the purpose of striving to convince “your mind” to accept (through verbal agreement) in “story form” this fact:

That the true nature of all that exists is that underlying physical phenomenon now thought of and called Vibration; the letter “v” being capitalized in honor of this underlying physical presence called vibration being the “source” and “substance” of “all that exists”.

E. Fifth Point

This Journey, Beneath Words, is a verbal journey, a verbal story comprised of many verbal statements. The many verbal statements that comprise this Journey are arranged – using “words”, “symbols” and “images” – in such a way so that “you”, the listener/reader, can have the sensation (the vibratory sense) of “diving deep” beneath “all words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform “the mind” into the sounds with meaning -- the marks with meaning – the vibrations with meaning that both inform “them” and point to:

Not only the “body/brain” that lies beneath “them”;

But also the “underlying reality” in which the “body/brain” dwells and their “source” and “substance”.

In this sense, it is a journey that starts with the mind and the current kind of thinking in which it has been schooled and moves on from there, exploring first what is the “true nature” of “the mind” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells before exploring the “true nature” of the source and substance of each expression of “all that exists” including:

(i) What are now thought of and called the “body” and its “brain”;

(ii) What are now thought of and called the “mind” and its “verbal reality”; and,

(iii) What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” – the sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning that connect “body/brain” with its “verbal reality/mind”.

F. Sixth Point

There are many different version of this Journey, Beneath Words, that can be constructed and there are many verbal paths that can be taken by “you” if “you” choose (act of selecting) to explore what lies Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them....rather than simply skate along the surface of “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

This book sets forth only one version. In fact, there are many other versions set forth on the Center For Vibrational Studies website:

Each version being another path – another way – that you can select in order to explore what lies Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them;

Each path/way being comprised of a series of verbal statements that is different....yet points to the same “underlying reality” and same “source and substance” to which all versions point.

G. Seventh Point

As to this book and this particular Journey, Beneath Words, that it presents....as with most books....it starts with a Table of Contents (Contents) that “your mind” can “think” of as an Itinerary; an itinerary for this particular Journey, Beneath Words, that follows. In fact, the Table of Contents is labelled “Your Itinerary”:

This Journey, Beneath Words, being a journey designed specifically for “you”, the listener/reader.

Your Itinerary providing a general description of the “verbal territory” through which “your mind” will be traveling as it moves onward through this Journey, Beneath Words, Segment by Segment.

Please take a moment or two to allow “your mind” to review Your Itinerary when it appears.

Then, once “your mind” has reviewed your itinerary, then consistent with your itinerary, gradually allow “your mind” to proceed onward from there, moving through a Preamble, a Foreword and an Introduction before commencing the actual Journey (set forth in Five Segments and multiple Appendices).

The purpose of the Preamble being to provide “your mind” with a bit more information on what “your mind” will be encountering as you proceed onward in this Journey.

The purpose of the Foreword, through its Preface, being to introduce “your mind” to this question:

From when comes

The words, symbols and images

That both create and inform “your verbal reality”

And “your mind”?

And then, as “you” move (or, more particularly, as “your mind” moves) onward through this Foreword, “you” ultimately come to the Precis and its verbal statements concerning Humanity’s most pressing challenge; that being:

Course Correcting Humanity’s Wrong Turn.

Thereafter, “you” encounter a few words of Introduction concerning this particular book and its “author” (i.e. the writer of these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – now thought of and called words, symbols and images – that you are now encountering and will be encountering along the way).

Then and only then do “you” enter the First Segment of this Journey Beneath Words and move on from there, pausing for a moment on two occasions to consider what is presented in two Brief Interlude authored by the writer of these words:

The first brief interlude being styled An Act of Self-Reflecting;

The second brief interlude being styled A Closing Note.

~~~

So, now, as you proceed onward in this book and the journey its verbally depicts, allow me, the writer of these words, to offer this suggestion to you, the reader of these words, as a way to move onward.

Pause for a moment to consider the implication of the following statement; a statement that is embraced by this new kind of thinking:

A “word”, a “symbol” or “an image” is really a vibration that emerges from “a body” in a manner coordinated by “it brain”: the vibration being expressed in the form of a “sound” or a “mark”; the “sound” or “mark” pointing to a vibrating something of substance upon which it is superposed – a vibrating something of substance that gives the sound or mark its meaning.

Then, after pausing for this moment consider these few words concerning The Word, Vibration before moving on:

__________

There is something about the word, “vibration”, that seems to put a physicist in a “spin”. Seems that the word, “vibration” is suspect, carrying with it a certain “historical bias” against its “scientific use” due to its being associated with “the “the spiritual”, the “voodoo”, etc. (i.e. this word, “vibration” being a bit to “metaphysical” to be accepted, by verbal agreement, as the source and substance of all that is physical). Better to state a “thing” is “vibrating” (e.g. a “string”) than to state that this “thing” is a “vibration” (e.g. a vibration called a “string”). And, in most cases it is best to use the word, “oscillating” since “oscillation” (or more particularly, it’s “to and fro” motion) just “sounds/appears more “scientific” – “scientifically speaking”.

However, as with all words, the word, “vibration” stands in for/represents something of substance that lies beneath it – something of substance that is brought forth (manifested) in the verbal through the use of that word. It is Vibration – or, more particularly something of substance called Vibration – that this new kind of thinking embraces as the source and substance of all that exists. (When the letter “v” is capitalized, it is a way of honoring “vibration/Vibration” as being the source and substance of all that exists.)

There are many other words, symbols and images that can and have been selected as being “the best word” to identify this source and substance of all that exists. Yet, what this new kind of thinking adopts is the “thought” that “the best word” – the best sound/mark with meaning – the best vibration with meaning by which to bring forth (manifest) in the verbal this something of substance that is the source and substance of all that exists is Vibration (the letter “v” being capitalized for the purposes previously stated).

Within the context of this new kind of thinking, each expression of “all that exists” is a vibration – a vibe – a “bit of data” that can be identified by its own unique vibrating characteristics and that can combine with other vibrations – vibes – “bits of data” through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process.

It is through this vibrating interacting process that all “deep learning” occurs: the “deep learning” associated with “body/brain mechanics” and the “deep learning associated with “machines” (Artificial Intelligence) being no exceptions; each form of “deep learning” involving the assembly of this “data” – these vibes – into information of ever-increasing complexity, thereby providing a deeper and deeper learning experience.

What are called (measured vibrationally as) “waves” – what are called (measured vibrationally as) “particles” – what are called (measured vibrationally as) an “atoms”, “molecules”, “organisms” or a “presence” is at its most fundamental level of expression a vibration – a vibe whose complexity is determined by the combination of vibes that inform it....

Each combination of vibes emerging through this vibrating interacting process – it being “The Master Algorithm” about which a few “presences” called “human” are writing.²⁶

It is as simple as that;

Yet, it is not that simple since there is always the matter of proof,

Isn’t there?

V.

Some Closing Words

Assuming you have now read both the Opening Statement and this Prologue, you, the listener/reader of these “words”, “symbols” and “images” you are now “hearing/seeing” have similar choices to the choices you had upon completing “your listening/reading” of the Opening Statement including these choices:

(i) You can stop reading and move on to “something else”.

(ii) You can stop reading now and simply “observe” each something of substance upon which “you” are superposing a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”, knowing that “you” and each something of substance with which “you” are interacting/communicating are really vibrations having vibrating characteristics that are “unique” to “you/it” (Qualia) and by which “you” are identifying (vibrationally sensing) “it” and “it” is identifying (vibrationally sensing) “you”:

“You/it” always moving in relation to each other (Relativity)

“You/it” always interconnecting through Vibration as your/its “source” and “substance” for as long as “you/it” exists.

“You” never being able to disassociate from “it” for the purpose of observing “it” whole since “you” and “it” are, vibrationally, a part of the “whole” (“entangled” – leads to “observer/observed effect”.

(iii) You can continue reading, moving on to the Journey that follows: a “choice” you can select by simply “turning the page”; or

(iv) You can chose to move on to the Center For Vibrational Studies website

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

and participate in the multiple versions of this Journey, Beneath Words, that dwell there

THIS JOURNEY, BENEATH WORDS©

YOUR ITINERARY

PREAMBLE

ABOUT THIS JOURNEY – A FOREWORD

Nonfiction/Fiction?

Preface

A Question

Précis

ABOUT THIS JOURNEY – AN INTRODUCTION

A Series of Books

About This Book

Introducing Some Linguistic Mechanics

My Apology – An Acknowledgement

SEGMENT ONE – THIS JOURNEY, BENEATH WORDS

A Starting Point

An Opening

Only “The Beginning”

A New Kind Of Thinking Is Needed

More To The Point

BRIEF INTERLUDE – AN ACT OF SELF-REFLECTING

SEGMENT TWO – A NEW WAY OF THINKING

PART ONE – THE JOURNEY

PART TWO – A MAP

PART THREE – A SERIES OF STEP

PART FOUR – FIVE THOUGHT EXPERIMENTS

PART FIVE – AN ABSTRACT

SEGMENT THREE – EMBRACING BOTH THE VERBAL AND WHAT LIES BENEATH THE VERBAL

SEGMENT FOUR – DIVING DEEPER

Author’s Note

A New Kind Of Thinking Concerning

Humanity’s Challenge

Humanity’s Wrong Turn

Humanity’s Starting Over

The Matter of Proof

Territories And Our Journeys Through Them

The Maps And Stories That Guide Us

SEGMENT FIVE: A NEW MODEL OF REALITY

A CLOSING NOTE

THE APPENDIX

Appendix A:

Appendix B:

Appendix C:

Appendix D:

Appendix E:

Appendix F:

Appendix G:

Appendix H:

Appendix I:

This Journey, Beneath Words, is best made Segment by Segment (Step by Step). For that reason, each Segment of the Text and each of the Appendices attached to the Text stands on its own, a journey unto itself whose parts should be read in the order in which they are presented.

The Text introduces you, the reader of these words, to a new way of thinking – a new kind of thinking that embraces what lies beneath all “words”, “symbols” and “images” and the “verbal realities” and “minds” that they create.

More particularly, the Text introduces you to a new kind of thinking that treats

“Each word”, “each symbol” and “each image” as a vibration with meaning that emerges from the body in the form of a “sound” or a “mark”

Each “verbal reality” and “mind” as a vibrating existential state created and informed by these vibrations with meaning.

And

Each “something of substance” that lies beneath these vibrations with meaning as a “vibration” emerging from a source and substance best simulated by the word, “Vibration”.

Each of the Appendices elaborates upon this new kind of thinking by providing examples of what it means to dive deep beneath “words”, “symbols” and “images” into the vibrating reality that lies there and its source/substance.

The “Cliff Notes” version set forth in Appendix A is a summary of the Journey; a summary which you, the listener/reader, can turn to should you get lost in the “sounds” and “marks” that inform an Appendix.

PREAMBLE

Absent the presence of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, we presences called “human” could not produce any verbal statement nor could we produce any “creation story”, “worldview” or “model of reality” nor could “we” call ourselves “human”. The statement, “In the beginning was the word” (or words to that effect) is “true”. However, that statement applies only to the “verbal reality” each “word”, “symbol” or “image” creates.

In fact, the characteristic (vibrating characteristic) that distinguishes we presences called “human” from all other presences existing in our surroundings is our ability to actualize our human potential by shaping Vibration called “Sound” and Vibration called “Light” into specific sounds and specific marks (specific vibrations) and associate those specific sounds and specific marks with meaning; the meaning emerging from what lies beneath these specific vibrations.

Through actualizing our human potential in this manner, we presences called “human” manifest in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal; thereby allowing us to communicate, vibrationally, about what are now thought of and called “our bodies”, “our brain”, “our minds” as well as (i) the “underlying reality” in which “we” dwell and (ii) “its source and substance”.

If you “think” of “yourself” as only having a “body”, a “brain” and a “mind”, then “you” are simply dwelling in a “verbal reality” that you have brought forth (manifested) with “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images”. You are not engaged with the “reality” in which you dwell; you only “think” you are.

More To The Point

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are vibrations with meaning; “sounds” and “marks” that (if not careful) will obfuscate your “true nature”, the “true nature” of all that exists and the “true nature” of their “source and substance”.

These vibrations with meaning both create and inform two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”; vibrating linguistic lenses

Through which we presences called “human” view the “underlying reality” in which we “dwell”

And

By which we presences called “human” produce “our stories” concerning the “true nature” of this “underlying reality” and “its source and substance”.

These vibrations with meaning are “bits of information” linking (i) an underlying reality (UR) in which the “body” and “its brain” dwells with (ii) a verbal reality (VR) in which “the mind” dwells through (iii) a common source.

Although “we” will never be able to capture this “underlying reality” and “its source and substance” whole using these vibrations with meaning; “we” can simulate the “true nature” of this “underlying reality” and “its source and substance” by selecting from a menu of all possible vibrations with meaning, that one best vibration with meaning that does so.

What follows is a Journey, a journey brought forth (manifested) in the verbal in five Segments, the Journey culminating with Segment Five and its presentation of a Model of Reality based upon the word, Vibration, being the best word -- the best vibration with meaning – upon which to base any “creation story”, “worldview”, “model of reality” or “theory of everything.

What this Model of Reality verbally states is that each expression of all that exists

(no matter by what name, number or “species” it is called in the verbal)

is best explained/described (simulated) using the word, Vibration

Meaning

Each expression of all that exists is a vibration that is “vibrationally alive” for as long as it exists; this being “true” as to each

“body”,

“brain”,

“word/symbol/image”,

“verbal reality/mind”

“projection/measurements/thought”

“story”

~~~

Yet there is always the matter of “proof”, isn’t there.

Of “proving true” to the mind

What has always been known as “true”

In the body

~~~

Thus, the Journey also addresses this matter of “proof”. In fact, the first four Segments of this book are about a new kind of thinking and its “proof” concerning why Vibration (the something of substance that lies beneath that word) is the “source and substance” of “all that exists” and why the word, Vibration, is the foundational word upon which the Model of Reality (Segment Five) is based.²⁷

ABOUT THIS JOURNEY

A FOREWORD

Nonfiction/Fiction?

Gradually, the Mind is beginning to recognize

What the Body and its Brain already knows!

That anything stated in words, symbols and images is, at best, only a verbal story, no matter whether labeled “nonfiction” or “fiction”; the Mind’s challenge being to produce the one verbal story that best simulates in a coherent manner what is really occurring beneath all stories and the words, symbols and images that inform them.

Preface

This journey, “Beneath Words”, begins only when your mind inquires

“From Whence Comes

The word, the symbol and the image?”

Your mind recognizing that absent the presence of words, symbols and images (the “verbal”), there would be no verbal reality or mind created by them nor could any story be told in verbal form including any “creation story” or any “model of reality”.

~~~

Once focused on this inquiry, “the mind” (“your mind”) soon grasps the fact that what are now thought of and called “words” “symbols” and “images” are really specific sounds and marks, their meaning emerging once the specific “sound” or specific “mark” is associated with a “something of substance” that lies beneath it; examples being:

The word, “word”, representing the sound with meaning or mark with meaning that lies beneath it.

The word, “human”, representing the presence that lies beneath that word.

~~~

From there, it takes only a moment for “the mind” (“your mind”) to understand that each “word/symbol/image” is a specific vibration that emerges from “the body” in the form of a specific sound (a function of Vibration called “Sound”) or a specific mark (a function of Vibration called “Light”); each word, each symbol and each image actually being a vibration with meaning that emerges from “the body” once “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can produce these specific vibrations with meaning using the mechanics of “voice” and “hand”....the latter being aided by a marking tool applied to a smooth surface.

Yet,

That is only

The Beginning

Since from that moment of recognition, it takes only a moment for “the mind” (“your mind”) to accept the fact that “it” and the verbal reality in which “it” dwells are really vibrating existential states that are created and informed by these vibrations with meaning; each vibration with meaning equating to a vibrating linguistic lens called a “projection”, a “measurement” and a “thought” through which “the mind” (“your mind”) views the reality in which “the body” (“your body”) dwells and by which “the mind” (“your mind”) produces its “stories”.

From there, it is a simple step for “the mind” (“your mind”) to conclude that what is now thought of and called “the body” (“your body”) and the reality in which “all bodies” (including “your body”) dwell are really vibrating existential states as are the “cells”, “molecules”, “atoms” and “particles” that create and inform this vibrating field that is “your body”.

Yet, that too is only

“The Beginning”

Since there is always the matter of “proof”, isn’t there? Of “proving true” to “the mind” what is always being sensed as “true” by “the body”. Of “proving true” to “the mind” (“your mind”) in its vibrating verbal reality what is “true” beneath the verbal; that being “each body” (no matter by what name “it” is called) is really a vibration existing in a vibrating reality for as long as it exists

Each “body” (including “your body”) being a vibration having vibrating characteristics unique to “it” (Qualia)

Each “body” (including “your body”) moving, vibrationally, in relation to all other “bodies” in “its surroundings (Relativity).

Each “body” (including “your body”) dwelling in a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance best simulated by the word, Vibration

Yet, there is always the matter of “proof”, isn’t there?

A Question

From Whence Emerges

The Word?

From Whence Emerges

The Word?

Most likely, once you, the listener/reader of these words, choose to think about this question, you will agree with me, the speaker/writer of these words, that:

What is now thought of and called a “word” is really a specific sound with meaning or a specific mark with meaning; the meaning of the specific sound or the specific mark emerging once the specific sound or the specific mark is associated with something of substance.

To confirm this fact simply observe how a child produces his/her first spoken word and his/her first written word.

Producing a specific sound through use of his/her voice, the child produces his/her first sounded (spoken) word only after he/she can associate the specific sound with something of substance – for example, producing the specific sound “ma ma” or “da da” for purposes of identifying this something of substance soon to be thought of and called “mama” or “dada” ....“mother” or “father”.

Producing a specific mark through use of his/her hand, the child produces his/her first marked (written) word only after he/she can associate the specific mark with something of substance – for example, producing the specific mark “I” for purposes of identifying this something of substance soon to be associated with “himself” or “herself” such as in the phrases:

I am; I think

I am; therefor I think

I think; therefor I am

I think I am human

I think I am a presence called “human”

Simply stated: the word emerges from the child, leading to the conclusion that what are now thought of and called “the word” emerges from “us” – we presences who call ourselves “human”.

From Whence Emerges

The Word, The Symbol And The Image

Once you, the listener/reader, really “think” about this question, you most likely will agree that these same statements concerning the emergence of “the word” apply to the emergence of every “word”, “symbol” or “image” the “human body” produces:

Each “word”, “symbol” and “image” being either a sound with meaning or a mark with meaning (there really being no difference between or among “words”, “symbols” and “images” at this level of understanding)

Each sound/mark with meaning emerging out of the body in a manner coordinated by its brain once the body/brain has developed the ability to do so through what can now be thought of and called an evolutionary process.

Each sound/mark with meaning, once emerging, serving as a sign pointing to something of substance that lies beneath it.

Yet, that is only “the beginning”

since believe it or not:

We presences called “human” are not the only “biological species” that interconnects/interacts/communicates using sounds with meaning and marks with meaning as signs pointing to something of substance.

Nevertheless, we are the only “biological species” that calls these sounds/marks with meaning

“words/symbols/images”

As strange as that last statement may now “sound” or “appear” to you, the listener/reader.

~~~

Listen to or read any verbal statement produced using these sounds with meaning or marks with meaning called “words/symbols/images” in any language of your choice and no matter what is stated in that verbal statement recognize that

Absent the presence of these sounds/marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing could be stated about anything; yet present the presence of these sounds/marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” anything can be stated about “anything”.

More particularly (admittedly hard to believe but true) recognize that:

Absent the presence of these sounds/marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, there would exist no “verbal reality” and no “mind”; yet, what is now thought of and called “the body” and “its brain” would still exists.

A fact that leads to the précis that follows

Précis

In each present moment called “Now”, each of we presences called “human” live in two realities:

(i) an underlying reality (UR) into which his/her “body” and “its brain” is birthed....an underlying reality that is always emerging from a single source and substance independent of any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed upon “it”; and,

(ii) a verbal reality (VR) in which his/her “mind” is birthed....but only after this presence called “human” has produced his/her first “word”.

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as a “bridge” between these two realities, allowing each of we presences called “human” to explain and describe (simulate) in a verbal reality (VR)....in a short-handed manner....what he/she is feeling and experiencing (sensing) as he/she is dwelling in this underling reality (UR), interacting and interconnecting (communicating) with his/her surroundings.

Although our “words”, “our symbols” and “our images” have served “Humanity” well, allowing many great “inventions” that have enabled “it” to survive and thrive as a “biological species”, these “words”, “symbols” and “images” have produced a challenge to our long-term survival....an “Achilles’ heel” so to speak: that being:

Although in each present moment “our bodies” are dwelling in only a single underlying reality (UR) that is always emerging from a single source and substance, “our minds” are, potentially, dwelling in an infinite number of verbal realities (VR’s) made possible by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Leading to the problem that has been facing Humanity ever since the first word/symbol/image was produced by “it”: that being:

If the “verbal reality” (VR) pursuant to which Humanity is acting is not coherent with this single underlying reality (UR) in which Humanity dwells, then Humanity can expect incoherency to emerge in its collective and individual lives.

ABOUT THIS JOURNEY

AN INTRODUCTION

A Series of Books

This book is one of a series of books published digitally by the Center for Vibrational Studies on its website

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

Each book is dedicated to discovering what really lies beneath the words, symbols and images that inform our verbal realities and our minds since it is there – Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them – that all presences (no matter what their name, number or species) interact; we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

In this sense, each book published on the Center For Vibrational Studies website constitutes a journey; a journey called Beneath Words, this “book” being only one example.

Many statements made in this book will sound/appear repetitious of statements made in the other books published by the Center. Each book and this repeating have a purpose: that being to provide you, the listener/reader and all of Humanity with another way of viewing this single reality in which we dwell and its single source and substance.

The challenge for Humanity being to select out of the infinite number of words, symbols and images it can produce that one “word” that best explains and describes (simulates) the “true nature” of this “single reality”; its “source and substance”; and, all presences that dwell within this “single reality” and emerge from this single “source and substance” – we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

About This Book

This book is divided into two parts: its Content (Text) and its Appendix. The primary purpose of the Text is to produce in a single verbal reality a model of reality that is naturally coherent (“entrained/aligned”) with the underlying reality in which all presences dwell (no matter by what “name”, “number” or “species” these presences are called) – we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

The primary purpose of the Appendix is to apply this model of reality to “real life acts” such as acts of communicating (Appendix B) and acts of selecting (Appendix C) and “real life questions” such as (i) how “languages” emerge with similar structures/syntax (Appendix H) and (ii) how each learning process and each creative process is always producing an historical bias favoring previous acts of learning and creating (Appendix I).

Collectively, the primary purpose of the Text and the Appendix is to present to you, the listener/reader, and all of Humanity, a Model of Reality that is coherent and can be proved to be coherent with “all that exists” and its “source and substance”; a Model of Reality whose “proof” depends upon whether you and all Humanity accept (through agreement) that it is “true”.

Introducing Some Linguistic Mechanics

Within the covers of this book and each book published on the Center’s website are embedded certain linguistic tools. These linguistic tools (also called linguistic mechanics) have a purpose; that being to interrupt the normal rhythm of your reading style so that what is now thought of and called “your mind” can focus on what lies beneath “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” or “combination of words, symbols and images” specifically noted or highlighted rather than simply skate along their surfaces. Examples of these linguistic tools being:

(a) the word, “called”;

(b) the phrase “now thought of and called”;

(c) quotation marks (“ ”);

(d) bold, italic print; and,

(e) forward facing slants ( / ), dashes ( -- ), a series of four dots ( .... ) and, occasionally, a lengthy compound sentence....

....divided into its component parts in a downward “stair-stepping” manner signifying....

....a deeper dive Beneath Words is now occurring.

Then there is that linguistic mechanic called “renormalizing”: a “process” that allows the “infinite” to be made “finite” so that a calculation can be made; it being....as you will soon discover....a “process” that is much more than simply a linguistic mechanic.

And, then, there are the “footnotes” (some quite lengthy); each being a linguistic mechanic that allows me, the writer of these words, to elaborate upon the underlying meaning of the words, symbols and images (the text) to which the footnote refers.²⁸

My Apology

In the Preface to his book, “What Is Life?”, Erwin Schrödinger states:

“A scientist is supposed to have a complete and thorough knowledge, at first hand, of some subjects and, therefore, is usually expected not to write on any topic of which his is not a master. This is regarded as a matter of noblesse oblige. For the present purpose I beg to renounce the noblesse, if any, and to be freed of the ensuing obligation. My excuse is as follows:

We have inherited from our forefathers the keen longing for unified, all- embracing knowledge. The very name given to the highest institutions of learning reminds us, that from antiquity and throughout many centuries, the universal aspect has been the only one to be given full credit. But the spread, both in width and depth, of the multifarious branches of knowledge during the last hundred odd years has confronted us with a queer dilemma. We feel clearly that we are only now beginning to acquire reliable material for welding together the sum total of all that is known into a whole; but , on the other hand, it has become next to impossible for a single mind fully to command more than a small specialized portion of it.

I can see no other escape from this dilemma (lest our true aim be lost forever) than that some of us should venture to embark on a synthesis of facts and theories, albeit with second-hand and incomplete knowledge of some of them – and at the risk of making fools of ourselves.

So much for my apology.”

~~~

Although Schrödinger (who is famous for “Schrödinger’s Cat” and Schrödinger’s Equation) wrote this Preface years ago, his words still “sound true” to “me”, instilling in “me”....an “attorney” trained to be both a “wordsmith” and a “story teller”....the need to wander far outside my educational realm to pursue the “venture” Schrödinger describes; feeling it is necessary to do so despite the risk of making a fool of myself. So much for “my apology”.

An Acknowledgement

First, to the presence who produced the first “sound” (or was it a “mark”) now thought of and called a “word”, a “symbol” or “image” since without “words”, “symbols” or “images”, I would not be able to acknowledge any other presence who has made a difference in my life including my mother, my father, my children and my grandchildren and, perhaps my great grandchildren or great/great grandchildren should I “live” long enough.

Next, to my mother and father since absent their presence and the presence of their lineages, the “I” that is “me” would not be present nor would the “I” that is “me” have a “body” from which could emerge the “sounds” and “marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform my verbal reality and my mind.

Then, to all those presences whose “sounds” and “marks” have made a difference in what is now thought of and called “my life” since it is through these signs that my body/brain has always been learning as my verbal reality/mind has been “catching up”.²⁹

SEGMENT ONE – THIS JOURNEY, BENEATH WORDS

A Starting Point

As you, the listener/reader listen to or read (sense) the sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that follow, remain mindful that but for the emergence of “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” the series of words, symbols and images that comprise this book (including the quotations that follow) could not have been spoken nor could any book have been written nor would there exists a “verbal reality” in which “the mind” can perform its acts of projecting, measuring and thinking – the minds of Einstein, Schrödinger, Whitehead, Krishnamurti and Bohm being no exceptions.

“It is the task of reason to understand and purge the symbols on which humanity depends.”

Alfred North Whitehead

Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect

Fordham University Press, 1927

~~~

“What Is Life?”

Erwin Schrödinger

What Is Life?

Cambridge University Press, 1944

~~~

“We cannot solve our problems with the same thinking we used when we created them.”

Albert Einstein

Krishnamurti: “How shall we start? I would like to ask if humanity has taken a wrong turn.”

Bohm: “A wrong turn? Well it must have done so, a long time ago, I think.”

The Ending of Time, A Dialogue Between

J. Krishnamurti & Dr. David Bohm

Harper San Francisco, 1985

How shall we start?

We start with “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” since without “them” nothing could be stated verbally about anything nor could we presences called “human” call ourselves “human” nor would any of we presences called “human” have a verbal reality and mind informed by “them”; a “verbal reality” and “mind” in which each of we presences called “human” can use his or her words, symbols and images as projections, measurements and thoughts by which he or she can produce his/her stories concerning the true nature of....

....this underlying reality in which “our bodies” dwell

....and....

....the underlying source and substance of this reality.

We start with “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” since with “them” – and within each verbal reality and mind created and informed by them – anything stated in the positive can also be stated in the negative; examples being:

“Real/Not Real”

“True/Not True”

“False/Not False”

“Fake/Not Fake”

“Alive/Not Alive”

“Dead/Not Dead”

Leading to the conclusion that if any story verbally accepted as “real” or “true” by “Humanity” is not coherent with the true nature of this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance, Humanity will have taken a “wrong turn” (Krishnamurti) and “problems” will arise leading to the need for a new kind of thinking by which to solve “them” (Einstein).

An Opening

Words, symbols and images are interesting subjects of study. Absent their presence nothing could be stated verbally about anything nor would there exist the words

“we” “presences” “called” “human”

Nor could we presences called “human” state, both individually and collectively, that we are unique due to our ability to produce languages comprised of words, symbols and images.

Yet, present the presence of words, symbols and images there exists the potential for we presences called “human” to state anything about anything, verbally, leading to the most fundamental questions that can be asked concerning “words”, “symbols” and “images”; that being:

From whence do “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge?

What is their “source”?

What is their “substance”?³⁰

For now, we will simply answer these questions based upon the simple observation that “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge out of our “bodies” in a manner coordinated by our “brains”: an emerging that becomes apparent once you observe how a “baby/toddler/child” learns to produce its first word and thereby initiates the development of its linguistic skills.

So....keeping these words, in mind, let’s move on to the subject of “Languages”.

~~~

Words, symbols and images are the building blocks of languages. Each language is comprised of words, symbols and images. Each word, symbol and image of each language has a meaning that is unique to it. Dictionaries and glossaries of terms set forth the meaning (definition) of words, symbols and images in terms of other words, symbols and images, thereby enabling the reader or listener of a word, a symbol or an image to determine the meaning of each word, symbol or image that he or she senses (sees/hears if the language is written/spoken or touches if the language is Braille).

A language is the building block of a tribe or a community no matter whether that tribe or community is simple or complex. Present the presence of this language, a member of the tribe or community can produce a “story” concerning how it came to be that the tribe or community and each of its members exist. And, if the other members of the tribe or community accept through verbal agreement the “story”, the story becomes “true” (“proved true”) for each of them and their tribe or community....until a better story comes along.

~~~

Languages vary depending upon the words, symbols and images that comprise them. Some languages are only comprised of words. Some languages (such as arithmetic) are only comprised of symbols (e.g. numbers). Some languages are only comprised of images (e.g. pictures). Some languages are simple. Some languages are complex.

Yet, each language and its words, symbols and images enable a presence called “human” to interact (communicate) with those other presences called “human” in his or her surroundings for the purpose of facilitating their survival and the survival of their tribe or community....ultimately building “things” for such purpose; producing designs, plans and specifications for such purpose; and writing books for such purpose.

~~~

Books are typically written in the first language that its author has learned....the language of the tribe or community into which he or she emerged at birth. Each book is typically comprised of a series of words, symbols and images that are strung together into a structures (syntax) that is acceptable to the tribe or community in which the author dwells. Thereafter, a book is frequently translated into other languages for purpose of facilitating its reading (or....if the book is in audio form....its listening) by members of another tribe or community.³¹

Nevertheless, there is great flexibility that an author has when writing a book, assuming the freedom is present to do so. For example, the author has the potential (“human potential”) to string words, symbols and images together in an infinite number of ways and to produce (select from a menu of all possible words, symbols and images that can be selected) that one word, symbol or image that serves the author’s purpose (such as, for example, the word, “holon”, selected by Arthur Koestler for purposes of describing “wholes” that are “parts” of other “wholes”).

Yet, ironically, despite the enormous number of books that have been written about “anything”, “everything”, “something” and “nothing”, few of these books acknowledge the fact that:

Absent the presence of words, symbols and images, “nothing” could be stated verbally about “anything” nor could any book be written in printed or audio or braille form;

And, even fewer treat “each word”, “each symbol” and “each image” that comprises its “text” as being a specific “sound with meaning” or specific “mark with meaning”; the “meaning” of the specific “sound” or “mark” emerging once “it” (the “meaning”) is sensed as being associated with “something of substance” that lies beneath “it”.

~~~

Yes....what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are interesting subjects of study, particularly when you dive deep beneath “them” into the “sounds” and “marks” that inform them and into the underlying reality from which these “sounds” and “marks” emerge as vibrations:

It being an underlying reality in which all presences dwell and with which all presences are always interacting for as long as they exists, each presence producing its own unique “sounds” and “marks” and interacting with “its surroundings” in its own unique way....we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

It being an underlying reality that is always emerging from an underlying source and substance, an underlying source and substance that is the “source and substance” of “all that exists” including each presence (no matter by what name, number or species that presence is called)....each of we presences called “human” being no exception.

It being an “underlying reality” and an “underlying source and substance” whose “true nature” we presence called “human” strive to understand as evidenced by the many “creation stories” we have produced using “our words”, “our symbols” and “our images” – or, more particularly, our sounds – our marks – our vibrations

with meaning.³²

Yet, That Is Only “The Beginning”

Since present the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, potentially, anything stated in the positive can also be stated in the negative; examples being

“true”/ “not true”

“false”/ “not false”

“did”/ “did not”.

Leading to the fact that any story concerning this underlying reality and it underlying source and substance proved “true” by agreement can also be proved “false” by agreement.

A fact that has led not only to much “verbal conflict” but also to much physical conflict as one “group” of we presences called “human” have set off against another “group” of we presences called “human” seeking to prove

I right/ you wrong

Mine/Not Yours

Or words To That Effect

A fact that has led to the drawing of many “lines” in the “dirt” or the “sand”.

A fact that has led not only to “verbal wars” over the “words”, “symbols” and “images” used but also “physical wars”....not to mention the multiple disagreements that have emerged concerning how we presences called “human”

and this reality in which “we” dwell emerged.³³

A New Kind Of Thinking

Is Needed

A new kind of thinking that dives deep beneath the conflicts created by “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” and the current kind of thinking that “they” inform into the “something of substance” that lies beneath “them” and to which “they” all “point”....as “signs” (Semiotics).

A new kind of thinking that that embraces these facts:

A

Each word/symbol/image is more than just a word, a symbol or an image: each being a “sound”, a “mark” – or, more particularly – a vibration; its meaning being associated with (i) an “underlying reality” that lies beneath it and in which all presences dwell; and, (ii) an “underlying source and substance” out of which all presences emerges.³⁴

B

Although we presences called “human” are the only presences that call these “sounds with meaning” – these “marks with meaning” -- these vibrations with meaning – “words”, “symbols” and “images”, there are many presences called by many names that interact (communicate) through “sounds” and “marks” and all presences (no matter by what name they are called) interact (communicate) vibrationally.

~~~

Leading to the need for all of we presences called “human”, collectively, to produce through this new kind of thinking that one “common story”....that one coherent model of reality....that:

Not only embraces these facts as true;

But also builds upon these facts for the purpose of understanding

Not only the “true nature” of “our minds” and the “verbal reality” in which they dwell;

But also the “true nature” of “our bodies”, “our brains” and the “reality” in which “they” dwell

Since it is then and only then that we presences called “human” will have the potential to express our real human potential, collectively, individually and coherently.

Leading to the need for a “common language” to emerge pursuant to this new kind of thinking....a common coherent language by which “all that exists” and its emergence can be best simulated through use of these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning.³⁵

More to the Point

There is a certain kind of coherency that begins to emerge in both your “thinking” and your “life” once “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” is embraced as a “sound with meaning” – a “mark with meaning” – or, more particularly, a vibration with meaning that both creates and informs “your verbal reality”, “your mind” and the “thinking” “measuring” and “projecting that “your mind” performs within “your verbal reality”.

For it is then and only then that “your mind” begins to grasp the fact that “it” (“your mind”) and the “verbal reality” in which “your mind” dwells are really two vibrating existential states that emerge from “the body” (“your body”) only after “your body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” (“your brain”) can produce your first vibration with meaning....your first word.³⁶

In fact, it is then and only then that this new kind of thinking emerges, it being a new kind of thinking that leads “your mind” to really “think” about what it means to interact with “something” or (i) to “think” about “something”; (ii) to “measure” “something” and (iii) to “project” upon “something” a theory of reality or a model of reality (a story) using these vibrations with meaning.

In fact, it is then and only then....in that moment and the moments that follow.... that “your thinking” and “your life” begin to come “alive”, vibrationally, since it is then and only then that “your mind” begins to embrace the fact that “it” (“your mind”) and

(i) the “verbal reality” in which “your mind” exists;

(ii) your “body/brain” out of which “your mind” and “your verbal reality” emerge;

(iii) the “reality” in which “your body/brain” dwells; and,

(iv) the “source and substance” of “all that exists”

may not only be interacting vibrationally but also may be emerging through a vibrating interacting process out of which “all that exists” emerges....a vibrating interacting process that can be thought of and called a natural selecting process....or more particularly a natural process of renormalizing by which what is frequently called “infinite” (Infinite Potential) becomes “finite”³⁷

Thereafter, there does exist the potential within the “mind” to verbalize a new theory of reality – a new model of reality – using this new kind of thinking; a new kind of thinking that is grounded in the fact that “each word”, “each symbol”, “each image” and “each combination of words, symbols and images”....as vibrations with meaning....are always pointing to an underlying reality and an underlying source that is also vibrating.³⁸

Yet,

That Too Is Only

“The Beginning”

Since

Consistent with the kind of thinking (the current kind of thinking) in which most of we presences called “human” are now being “schooled”, any theory or model of reality must only be labeled “speculative” or “theoretical” until “proved true” through observation using what is now thought of and called “applied science”.

Yet, for any scientist in a “lab” trained in the “art of applied science” to prove “anything” or “something” true, he/she must

(i) not only use “his body” and “his brain” to sense what is “happening”....to sense what is “real”....what is “alive”....What Is Life;

(ii) but also use these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” to explain or describe (simulate) what is “happening” for purpose of determining whether “his/her mind” and “all minds” agree.

~~~

Which leads to the main point of this Opening: that being the only “lab” in which all presences “live” is the “lab of life”....a “lab” in which each “body” is always interacting with “its surroundings”; no matter whether or not it has “words”, “symbols” or “images” by which to “say so”.

Which leads to the premise....the “point”.... of this First Segment of this book and one of the main points of all writings appearing at

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

That point being:

The best vibration with meaning by which to simulate this single underlying source and substance out of which this single underlying reality and all presences emerge is “the word”, Vibration since the word, vibration is the only vibration with meaning that stands in for itself....the letter “v” frequently being capitalized in honor of this Underlying Physical Phenomenon – this Underlying Physical Presence – called Vibration being “the source and substance” of “all that exists”.

Meaning that each expression of all that exists is a vibration emerging out of Vibration.³⁹

Yet,

There is always the matter of proof – isn’t there?

Of having to prove “true” to a “mind” that emerges out of “the body”

What “the body” and “its brain” already know

Vibrationally.

It being to this matter of proof that you can now turn

Should you choose to do so

Either

by moving on in “this journey, Beneath Words”

Or

Visiting this website

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

End of Segment One

This First Segment Of This Journey, Beneath Words.

SEGMENT TWO – THIS JOURNEY BENEATH WORDS

“A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.”

Lao Tzu

As does this Journey, Beneath Words

A NEW KIND OF THINKING

“Words mean. Words point. They are arrows.

Arrows stuck in the rough hide of reality.”

Susan Sontag

From The Conscience of Words

SEGMENT TWO – PART ONE

THE JOURNEY

A Journey can take many forms. This Journey, Beneath Words, is one example.

As with “the journey of a thousand miles”, there is always an opening step in each journey. This Journey, Beneath Words is no exception; its opening step being for “you” to recognize that each of we presences called “human” live in two realities:

A single underlying reality (UR) that is changing present moment to present moment in which his/her “body/brain” dwells from present moment to present moment

A verbal reality (VR) that is changing present moment to present moment in which his/her “mind” dwells from present moment to present moment.⁴⁰

The next step is for “you” to focus “your mind” upon the word, “word” for the purpose of discovery what lies there while recognizing that:

Although a presence called “human” can state as “truth” that in the beginning was “the word”, that “truth” only applies to each “verbal reality” in which a “mind” dwells since beneath each “verbal reality” lies an underlying reality in which the “body” and “its brain” dwells.⁴¹

Thus, the real journey for we presences called “human” is to dive deep beneath the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform “our verbal realities” and “our minds” into this underlying reality for the purpose of coherently understanding, inter alia:⁴²

(i) The “true nature” of this underlying reality and all presences that dwell there;

(ii) The “true nature” of the source and substance of this underlying reality and all presences that dwell there;

(iii) How the “body” of each presence interacts/communicates with each other presence in “its surroundings”, absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

(iv) How each “body” that has a “brain” interacts/communicates with “its surroundings”, absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

(v) How the “body” of a presence interacts/communicates with “its brain”, absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

(vi) From whence emerges “each word”, “each symbol”, “each image”, “each verbal reality” and “each mind”.

~~~

Making this Journey, Beneath Words, is not easy since in order for we presences called “human” to do so, “we” must use “our minds” to construct the best story – the best verbal creation story/model of reality – that achieves this purpose.⁴³

Achieving this purpose is not an easy task for the “mind” since, in order for the “mind” to construct this best story, the “mind” must use “words”, “symbols” and “images” to explain:

Not only from whence emerge these “words/symbols/images”;

But also from whence emerge each “verbal reality” and “each mind” including “it”.

Thus, what the “mind” must do as a first step is to no longer allow “itself” to simply skate along the surface of “words”, “symbols” and “images” and a current kind of thinking informed only by “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Instead, the “mind” must allow “itself” to self-reflect upon the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform “it” and “its verbal reality” for the purpose of understanding the “true nature” of all “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

What this “self-reflecting” leads to is the need for a new way of thinking – a new kind of thinking that embraces “each word”, “each symbol”, “each image” as something more than just “a word”, “a symbol”, “an image” that is defined by other “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

~~~

The First Segment of this Journey, Beneath Words, introduces you to this new kind of thinking; its first step being to dive deep beneath what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” for the purpose of understanding their “true nature” and the “true nature” of “each mind”, each “verbal reality” and each “story” emerging from “each mind”.

What Segment One reveals is a new kind of thinking that embraces each of these fundamental thoughts:

1

The word, “word” is really a sound with meaning – a mark with meaning – or, more particularly a vibration with meaning as is the word, “symbol” and the word, “image”; meaning that at the most fundamental level of their vibratory existence, there is really no difference among what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”:

Each being a vibration whose meaning is associated with something of substance that lies beneath it;

Each vibration with meaning serving as a sign pointing to an underlying reality in which all presences dwell;

Each vibration with meaning bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal;

Each vibration with meaning creating two vibrating existential states now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

2

It is within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” that each vibration with meaning serves as a vibrating linguistic lens called a “projection”, a “measurement” and a “thought”

Through which “the mind” views reality, each something of substance that dwells within this reality as well as their source and substance

And

By which “the mind” produces its verbal stories concerning this reality, each something of substance that dwells within it as well as their source and substance

The verbal stories called “speculative philosophies”, “creation stories”, “theories of everything” and “models of reality” being no exceptions.

3

Among all of these vibrations with meaning that could be chosen (act of selecting) to produce the best verbal story, the best vibration with meaning upon which to construct this best verbal story is the word, Vibration, since all vibrations with meaning serve as signs pointing to this word, Vibration, being the best word by which to bring forth (manifest) in the verbal this underlying physical presence that is the source and substance of all that exists,

4

Meaning that each expression of all that exists emerges from an underlying physical phenomenon called Vibration as a vibration -- we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

So, Now

You, the listener/reader of these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning have a choice.

You can choose (act of selecting) to move on to Segment Five of this Journey or you can choose (act of selecting) to journey through the balance of this Segment Two as well as Segment Three and Segment Four before entering Segment Five:

Segments Two, Three and Four expanding upon this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader were introduced in Segment One.

Segment Five setting forth a New Model of Reality based upon this new kind of thinking.⁴⁴

Segment Five sets forth this New Model of Reality based this new kind of thinking – a new kind of thinking that embraces the word, Vibration, as being the best word by which to simulate the source and substance of all that exists including

This underlying vibrating reality (UVR) in which all presences dwell as vibrations, each having vibrating characteristics unique to it by which it can be identified, vibrationally.

And

This vibrating verbal reality (VVR) in which

(a) all “words/symbols/images” exist as vibrations with meaning;

(b) all “verbal realities” and “minds” exist as vibrating existential states; and,

(c) all “stories” exist as products of “the mind” and “its” use of these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it views this underlying vibrating reality (UR) in which all presences dwell as vibrations, each having vibrating characteristics unique to it by which it can be identified, vibrationally.

Segment Two, Segment Three and Segment Four set forth a verbal offering of “proof” that the word, Vibration is the best word upon which to construct this Model of Reality:

This verbal offering of “proof” also being grounded in this new kind of thinking to which you were introduced in Segment One;

This verbal offering of “proof” being based upon the specific “words”, “symbols” and “images” that I have chosen (act of selecting) and the order I have chosen (act of selecting) to present

This verbal offering of “proof” remaining only an “offer” until you, the listener/reader choose (act of selecting) to accept verbally, my “offer”, thereby allowing you and me to choose (collective act of selecting)

To accept (through verbal agreement) as “true”

the “proof” offered. ⁴⁵

~~~

To Continue/Not Continue

To continue/not continue on this Journey, Beneath Words. That is your choice. Either choice works. In fact, as the New Model Of Reality suggests:

In each present moment called “Now” you, the listener/reader have an infinite number of potential acts from which you can select your act – each potential act existing in an in potentia existential state until you actualize your potential by choosing (act of selecting) a specific act.

For example, in this moment of your listening/reading, you have the potential to select many acts including not only the two choices presented but also the choice to stop reading and instead go for a walk, eat some food, have a drink, play with your dog or you cat or move on to “something else” never to return to this book.

Or, you can choose to explore other books published on the Center For Vibrational Studies’ website

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

each book being a journey unto itself.⁴⁶

So, hopefully, you choose to continue on this Journey, Beneath Words by continuing to listen/read the vibrations with meaning that inform this book since, if you choose (act of selecting) to do so, your mind will gradually begin to accept this new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced.⁴⁷

SEGMENT TWO – PART TWO

A MAP

Typically, today, if you are planning to journey into unfamiliar territory, your opening step will be to consult a map (a mental exercise) before setting out on the journey (a physical exercise). The “map” is not the “physical territory” through which “your body/brain” will be traveling; the “map” represents (is superposed) verbally (through use of the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform “it”) upon the “physical territory” through which “your body/brain” will be traveling.⁴⁸

Since diving deep Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them into each something of substance that lies there is (more likely for you, the listener/reader), a journey into unfamiliar territory, it is best that you have a “map” that “your mind” can consult before making this journey.

The first paragraph of the Précis set forth in the opening pages of this book (reproduced in part in italics below) indicates that the “territory” you will be exploring on this Journey, Beneath Words is comprised of two realities in which each of we presences called “human” live:

(i) an underlying reality (UR) into which his/her “body” and “its brain” is birthed....an underlying reality that is always emerging from a single source and substance independent of any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed upon “it”; and,

(ii) a verbal reality (VR) in which his/her “mind” is birthed....but only after this presence called “human” has produced his/her first “word”.

The second paragraph of the Précis (reproduced in full in italics below) describes the “bridge” that exists between these two realities

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as a “bridge” between these two realities, allowing each of we presences called “human” to explain and describe (simulate) in a verbal reality (VR)....in a short-handed manner....what he/she is feeling and experiencing (sensing) as he/she is dwelling in this underling reality (UR), interacting and interconnecting (communicating) with his/her surroundings.

Segment One of this Journey, Beneath Words, provides both a starting point from which to begin this Journey and an opening that describes in more detail this underlying reality (UR), this verbal reality (VR) and the bridge between these two realities. Segment One also introduces you to a new kind of thinking that will allow you to cross this bridge in both directions once you embrace its way of “thinking”.

Segment Two of this Journey, Beneath Words, describes in much greater detail these two realities, this bridge and this new kind of thinking that will allow you to cross this bridge in both directions:

Not only from UR to VR;

But also from VR to UR.

The Abstract set forth at the end of this Segment Two provides an even more detailed description of this territory, this bridge and this new kind of thinking.⁴⁹

More To The Point

This Journey, Beneath Words, upon which you have now embarked is no different from any “journey”. It is best that you have a “map” to guide “you” not only through the verbal reality (VR) in which “your mind” dwells but also the underlying reality (UR) in which “your body” and “its brain” dwells. That is the role of the Précis and the Abstract.

And, it is best that “your mind” understands that this journey upon which you have now embarked concerns

Moving away from a current kind of thinking in which you have been “schooled”.

To this new kind of thinking to which “your mind” was introduced in Segment One.

However, what is really occurring on this Journey, Beneath Words is a recognition that the “role” of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “image” is not just to create and inform each “verbal reality” and “each mind”.

Rather, the “role” of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” is to serve as the bridge (<>) between these two realities:

VL <> UL .

A “bridge” that allows “you” to “crossover” either (i) out of “your body/brain” into “your verbal reality/mind” or (ii) out of “your verbal reality/mind” into “your body/brain” for purposes of

Not only explaining/describing (simulating) “your life experiences” that are occurring moment to moment

But also interconnecting/interacting/communicating with other presences in “your surroundings” concerning the “life experiences” that each of “you” is having in “your bodies” and “your minds”.⁵⁰

~~~

If you, the reader of these words, pause for a moment in your daily activities for the purpose of allowing “your mind” to really “think” about this bridge, “your mind” will soon grasp the fact that

Initially, as “you” developed from “new born baby” without words to a child with words, “you” crossed over this bridge from the underlying reality (UR) in which your “body/brain” is always dwelling for as long as it exists into a verbal reality (VR) in which “your mind” emerged:

A bridge that connected “body/brain” to “verbal reality/mind”;

A bridge that emerged once “your body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” produced your first word.

Now, what “your mind” will be doing in this Journey, Beneath Words, is crossing this bridge in the opposite direction, meaning that:

Instead of journeying across this bridge from the domain of “your body” to the domain of “your mind” using “words”, “symbols” and “images” to do so, you will now be journeying across “this bridge” from the domain of “your mind” to the domain of “your body” using “words”, “symbols” and “images” to do so.⁵¹

~~~

Crossing over this bridge in either direction is not easy. However, for “most minds” (perhaps including “your mind”), all that is important is the crossing from “body/brain” to “verbal reality/mind” occurred. In that regard, it is always easy for the mind to celebrate “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” as well as the many creations (in the form of designs, plans, specifications and products) that the “mind” has produced using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” to do so.

However, as you celebrate these creations of “the mind”, keep in “mind” the thoughts expressed in the third and fourth paragraphs of the Précis (reproduced below in full in italics):

*****

Although our “words”, “our symbols” and “our images” have served “Humanity” well, allowing many great “inventions” that have enabled “it” to survive and thrive as a “biological species”, these “words”, “symbols” and “images” have produced a challenge to our long-term survival....an “Achilles’ heel” so to speak: that being:

Although in each present moment “our bodies” are dwelling in only a single underlying reality (UR) that is always emerging from a single source and substance, “our minds” are, potentially, dwelling in an infinite number of verbal realities (VR’s) made possible by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Leading to the problem that has been facing Humanity ever since the first word/symbol/image was produced by “it”: that being:

If the “verbal reality” (VR) pursuant to which Humanity is acting is not coherent with this single underlying reality (UR) in which Humanity dwells, then Humanity can expect incoherency to emerge in its collective and individual lives.

A Series Of Steps

What follows are a series of steps that “you” will now be taking. The purpose of these series of steps is to teach “your mind” how to journey across this bridge in either direction (from the domain of “your mind” to the domain of “your body” or from the domain of “your body/brain” to the domain of “your mind”).

Each of these series of steps having an opening step of “its own”; the purpose of each opening step being to open “your mind” to the fact that each “word”, “each symbol” and “each image” that you are choosing (act of selecting) moment to moment to describe/explain (simulate) “your life experiences” is linking “your mind” and the vibrating verbal reality (VVR) in which “your mind” dwells:

Not only to “your body” and the vibrating underlying reality (VUR) in which “your body” and “your brain” dwell;

But also to the source and substance of all that exists – a source and substance (Vibration) with which “you”, “your mind”, “your verbal reality”, “your words/symbols/images” and “your body/brain” are always interacting (communicating), vibrationally.⁵²

~~~

So now,

Allow me, the writer of these words, to make one request

of you, the reader of these words:

As you are moving (step by step) through the Series of Steps that follow and as you are participating in the Five Thought Experiments that emerge thereafter, always remain mindful of the “words” appearing on the next few pages concerning what it means to dive deep Beneath Words and beneath the symbols and the images that accompany “them”.

1

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge out of the body and, once emerging, create and inform what is now thought of and called “the mind” and the “verbal reality” in which it dwells.

The wrong turn Humanity made – and it did happen a long time ago (I “think”) – is that once these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerged from “the body” and created and informed “the mind” and “its verbal reality”, certain members of Humanity began attributing “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” to a “higher power” other than “their bodies”....a thought that ultimately became a collective thought of most members of Humanity.

It was in that moment – a “tipping point” – that Humanity’s wrong turn did occur; it being the moment when Humanity began treating “the body” and “its brain” as being secondary (subservient) to “the mind”.

2

“Thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting” using these sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” in the way we do so is what makes we presences called “human” unique. Drafting plans and specifications; producing designs for buildings and products: coining/printing “coin money” and “paper money” to facilitate “trade”; and creating our creations stories and models of reality are awesome achievements that could not be performed except for the ability of the human mind to uses these sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning.

3

The emergence of these vibrations with meaning out of the “body” is a product of what is now thought of and called “evolution”: the word, “evolution” manifesting in “the mind” and “its verbal reality” what can also be thought of and called a natural selecting process or a natural process of renormalizing – yet is really a vibrating interacting process that is always emerging out of the source and substance of all that exists (Vibration) and “all” that it produces (including what is now thought of and called “your body”, “your brain” and “your mind”.

4

In other words, performing acts of thinking, measuring and projecting in the manner stated is a product of this “evolutionary process” as is “your body”, “your brain”, “your words/symbols/images”, “your verbal reality/mind” and “your stories” be “they” specific “stories” about what is presently occurring in “your life” or “creations stories/models of reality” that “you” have either produced or adopted as “your own” based upon the production of that “story” by others.

5

However, there is another path – another way – and it is primary to any kind of thinking to which you can be introduced. That other path – other way – being to enter an existential state now thought of and called “no mind” in which “you”

Exit “your mind” and “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” that create and inform “it” and “its verbal reality”

And

Enter “your body”.

6

For me, the writer of these words, one night while seeking sleep that would not come – mind racing – I suddenly entered an existential state devoid of all “words”, “symbols” and “images” and simply experienced being “at one” with “my body”.

Once emerging from this “bodily experience”, I simply re-entered “my mind”.

Yet, this “bodily experience” had a “lasting effect” since the current kind of thinking in which “my mind” had been embedded – one embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” – began “shape shifting” into a new kind of thinking embedded in not only “the word”, “the symbol” and “the “image” but also in these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning about which I “write”.

7

Thus, the first step in any journey, Beneath Words, is to get into “your body” and experience “it” interacting with its surroundings in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. ⁵³

8

Yet, the problem is that:

(i) absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” there is no way to state so within any mind or communicate that “this is so” to another “mind”;

(ii) present the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, the “words/symbols/images” are always “getting in the way”.

9

Hence, this Journey, Beneath Words, is really a journey of “the mind”

Opening itself up to the body/brain out of which it emerged and continues to emerge for as long as “they” exist

And

Opening itself up to this underlying vibrating reality (UVR) in which “its body/brain” dwells and their source and substance (Vibration)

while recognizing that it (“the mind”) and its vibrating verbal reality (VVR) are really vibrating existential states.

10

Recognizing that it is only natural for each member of Humanity to have his/her unique way of interacting/communicating with this source and substance (Vibration) from which he/she and all that exists emerged – meaning that each member of Humanity must have his right to “honor/worship” this source and substance (Vibration) in his or her own unique way as he/she allows each other member of Humanity to do the same in his/her own unique way (either individually or in groups).

It is in the quiet of “no mind” –

Absent the presence of words/symbols/images –

That “the body” senses the

Interconnecting/interacting/communicating

That is always occurring

Between “it” and “its surroundings

In a manner orchestrated by “its brain”

Between “it” and each presence

Dwelling within “its surroundings”

And

Between “it” and the source/substance of all that exists

Including “it”, “its brain” and

These sound/marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning

That “it” produces in a manner coordinated by “its brain”

These vibrations with meaning both creating and informing these two vibration existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”

But only after these vibrations with meaning

Emerge

Out of “the body”

As “sounds” and “marks”.

SEGMENT TWO – PART THREE

A SERIES OF STEPS

Concerning These Series Of Steps

Each series of steps that follows opens with a “first step”; the “opening step” of each series and the steps that follow in that series being a way to provide more detail concerning (i) this Journey, Beneath Words, (ii) this new kind of thinking to which you were introduced in the First Segment of this Journey and (iii) how this new kind of thinking view the matter of “proof” and the act of self-reflecting”.

More particularly, each series of steps is offered as a way for “you” to cross over

From the current kind of thinking in which you have been “schooled” – a way of thinking embedded only in words, symbols and images whose meaning emerge from other words, symbols and images

To this new kind of thinking that embraces each “word/symbol/image” as a vibration expressed as a “sound” or a “mark” – its meaning emerging from the vibration that lies beneath “it”.

This crossing over from one way of thinking to another way of thinking is not easy for any “mind” to do; particularly when “the mind” has been educated “to think”, “to measure” and “to project” using these vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “words/symbols/images” with

“No mind” given to the fact that within “it” (“the mind”) these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses through which “the mind” views this vibrating underlying reality (VUR) in which “its body” and “its brain” dwell while producing its “stories” concerning this vibrating underlying reality (VUR) and its vibrating source and substance (Vibration);

“No mind” given to the fact that both “it” (“the mind”) and “its verbal reality” emerged from “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its (the body’s) “brain”.

“No mind” given to the fact that once “it” (“the mind”) emerges that it is always producing “it stories” based upon the vibrations with meaning – the vibrating linguistic lenses that it chooses (act of selection).

With No Mind Given

To The Fact That

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, no verbal statement could be made nor could “the mind” use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which “it” (“the mind”) views this underlying vibrating reality (VUR) and produces its stories including what are now thought of and called creation stories or models of reality.

Present the presence of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, there are an infinite number of “minds” that can emerge within an infinite number of verbal realities that can emerge; leading to the conclusion that there are an infinite number of stories that can be told.

The challenge for Humanity being to produce that one best story....that one best creation story/model of reality....that best simulates the underlying vibrating reality (UVR) that lies beneath and its source/substance.

A challenge that this crossing over is meant to solve using this new kind of thinking to do so.

Concerning Our Journey

Some Opening Steps

As stated, the first step on this Journey, Beneath Words, is for you, the reader of these words, to recognize that you live in two realities:

An underlying reality in which your body/brain dwells;

A verbal reality in which your mind dwells.

The next step is for you to observe that your body is always interacting with its surroundings in a manner orchestrated by your brain – whether or not you have at your disposal what is now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

The next step is for you to recognize that what are now thought of and called “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images” both create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind”; a “verbal reality” and a “mind” in which you perform acts of “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting” based upon “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” you have selected to perform your acts of “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting”.

The next step is for you to recognize that these acts of thinking, measuring and projecting inform “your stories” concerning what is real/what is not real.

The next step is to recognize that “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” that you are selecting to inform your acts of “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting” are being shaped by the current kind of thinking in which you (or, more particularly, “your mind”) has been schooled.

The next step is for “your mind” to recognize that “it” has the potential to change its way of thinking from its current kind of thinking to a new way of thinking.

The next step is for “your mind” to recognize that this new kind of thinking to which you have been introduced in Segment One is only one example of this new way of thinking – the inquiry being whether or not this new kind of thinking is the best way – the most coherent way – for “all minds” to think about “all that exists” in both (i) this underlying reality in which your body/brain dwells and (ii) this verbal reality in which your mind dwells.

Concerning This New Kind Of Thinking

Some Opening Steps

This new kind of thinking has some opening steps of its own, some of which have been reveal to you in Segment One, all of which are important and are the subject of many writings appearing on the website of the Center For Vibrational Studies:

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

Since this new kind of thinking dives deep beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” using the sounds with meaning – the marks with meaning – the vibrations with meaning that lie there, it is not an easy journey.

In fact, the hard part of this Journey, Beneath Words, is for “your mind” to recognize that no matter whether you “think” that a “word” is just a “word” (current kind of thinking) or whether you “think” that a “word” is a sound with meaning – a mark with meaning – or, more particularly, a vibration with meaning, “your mind” is still embedded in the act of “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting”.

In fact, the hardest part of this Journey, Beneath Words, is for “your mind” to recognize that the only way “you” can speak, write, listen or read about any something of substance or think about, measure or project “a word”, “a symbol” or “any image” on any something of substance is by bringing forth (manifesting ) the something of substance through use of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”. There is no other way.

Yet, there are an infinite number of ways in which “to think”, “to measure” and “to project” – depending upon the choice (act of selecting) you make. For example:

(i) “your mind” can chose to remain embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and, thereby, simply skate along the surface of “words/symbols/images”; or,

(ii) “your mind” can choose to embrace each “word/symbol/“image” as a sound/mark/vibration with meaning, thereby allowing you to dive deep into this underlying reality in which each expression of “all that exists” dwells as a vibration while, concomitantly:

(a) expressing vibrations in the form of “sounds” or “marks” or both “sounds” and “marks” that are unique to it (Qualia); and,

(b) interacting (moving), vibrationally, in relation to other vibrations in “its surroundings” as these other vibrations are interacting (moving) in relation to “it” (Relativity).

The irony is that no matter what “you think”, there is no way to know for sure that what “you think” is the right way or the wrong way “to think” since, no matter what “you think”, the sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning – be they called “words”, “symbols” and “images” or “something else” – emerge from “your body” in a manner coordinated by “your brain”....a “body/brain” that emerged out of and is always interconnecting/interacting/communicating with a “source and substance” that can never be captured whole since each expression of all that exists including these sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning are a “part” of “it” and are always participating with “it”.⁵⁴

Remaining “mindful” of these opening words concerning the opening steps of this new kind of thinking, let’s move on to these opening steps:

1

The first step is for you to observe that the “words/symbols/images” that both create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind” are really vibrations expressed as specific sounds and specific marks; the meaning of each specific sound/mark emerging once the specific sound/mark is associated with an underlying something of substance that this specific sound or specific mark is bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal.

2

The next step is for “your mind” to accept the fact that “it” and “its verbal reality” are really two vibrating existential states that only emerge after “your body” – in a manner coordinated by “its brain” – can shape Vibration now thought of and called “Sound/Light” into “specific sounds” and “specific marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images”:

The spoken/sounded “word/symbol/image” emerging only after “the body”, in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can shape Vibration called “Sound” into a specific sound through the use of voice mechanics (more specifically what are now thought of and called “vocal chords”;

The written/drawn/marked “word/symbol/image” emerging only after “the body”, in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can shape Vibration called “Light” into a specific mark through the use of hand mechanics (more specifically what are now thought of and called cords/tendons”) aided by a marking tool applied to a smooth surface.

3

The next step (the hardest step to make) is for “your mind” to recognize that although there are many presences existing in this underlying reality that are interconnecting, interacting and communicating using these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning; we presences called “human” are the only presences that call these vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

4

The next step is for “your mind” to recognize that “it” can never capture this underlying reality and its source and substance whole using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” to do so since “it” (“your mind”), “its verbal reality” and the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform “them” emerge from “your body/brain” – a “body/brain” that dwells within this underlying reality and emerges from its underlying source and substance.

5

Having taken these four steps, it becomes relatively easy for “your mind” to take the next step (the fifth step), grasping the fact that the current kind of thinking in which “it” (“your mind”) has been schooled treats “your verbal reality” in which “your mind” as real and this underlying reality in which “your body/brain” dwells as surreal.

6

Leading “your mind” to take the next step (the sixth step) by recognizing the need for a new way of thinking that complements this current kind of thinking.

7

The seventh step (the most challenging) is for “your mind” to embrace this new way of thinking; it being a new kind of thinking that uses these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” for the purpose of best explaining/describing (simulating)

(i) this underlying reality in which “your body/brain” dwells; and,

(ii) their source and substance.

8

The eight step being for “your mind” to recognize that although there are many “verbal paths” by which this Journey, Beneath Words, can be take, ultimately the “best verbal path” for “all minds” (including “your mind”) is to select that “verbal path” based upon

(i) the word, Vibration, being the best word by which to simulate the source and substance of all that exists; and,

(ii) vibrating being the best word by which to simulate each something of substance that emerges from Vibration

What is now thought of and called reality (UR), what is now thought of and called verbal reality (VR), and what is now thought of and called “your body”, “your brain”, “your words/symbols/images”, “your verbal reality”, “your mind” and “your “stories” being no exceptions

Yet, there is always the matter of proof – isn’t there?

Of proving to “each mind”

What “the body” knows.

Concerning The Matter of Proof

Some Opening Steps

The first step is for “you” to observe the emergence of a “baby” at birth and note that this “baby”, at birth, has a “body” and a “brain” with no words, no symbols and no images at its disposal by which to state so; yet, the “body” and the “brain” of this “baby” still exists, having emerged

With the ability to sound “sounds” (cooing and crying) and mark “marks” (urinating and defecating)

And

The potential to produce “sounds” and “marks” that we presences now call “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

The second step is for “you” to observe the baby’s actualizing its potential as it learns acts called “thrusting”, “rolling-over”, “crawling” and “standing” freeing its “arms” and “hands” to make “marks” (aided by a marking tool applied to a smooth surface) and allowing its “voice” to project “sound” outward and upward.

The third step is for “you” to observe that it is only after the “baby” can produce a specific sound or specific mark and attribute a meaning to that specific sound or mark that what we presences now think of and call the “baby’s first word” emerges, leading “your mind” to conclude that

Not only do all presences called “human” emerge at birth with these same natural abilities

But also there is a strong possibility that many presences having both a “body” and a “brain” emerge with the potential to produce these “sounds” and “marks” – albeit their “sounds” and “marks” are not called “words”, “symbols” or “images”.

The fourth step is for “you” to observe that each specific sound/mark with meaning emerges from “the baby” only after it can shape Vibration (now thought of and called “Sound” and “Light”) into the specific sound/mark with meaning using the mechanics – the moving – of “voice” and “hand”, leading “you” through this act of observing that at this most fundamental vibratory level, there is really no difference among “words/symbols/images” – each be a vibrations with meaning expressed by “the body/brain” in the form of a specific sound or specific mark.

~~~

The fifth step is for “you” to observe that it is only after

The “baby” can produce “its first vibration with meaning called “its first word” and the many vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that, thereafter, emerge from what is now thought of and called “its body/brain”

that this “baby” emerges with two vibrating existential states now thought of and called a “verbal reality” and a “mind” – a verbal reality in which the “mind” uses the vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which and by which it not only views, but also produces “stories” relating to, what is happening within “its body” as “the body” is interconnecting, interacting and communicating with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”..

The sixth step is for “you” to sense within “your body” what you observed

The seventh step being for the mind (“your mind”) to accept the fact that each specific word/symbol/image – once emerging from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “it brain” – is pointing to a single underlying reality upon which can be superposed an infinite number of verbal realities, leading “the mind” (“your mind”) to conclude that the two realities in which “you” (a presence called “human”) dwell are really:

(i) A vibrating verbal reality in which “your mind” dwells; a vibrating verbal reality that is always changing/shifting in each present moment based upon the vibrations with meaning (the “words/symbols/images” chosen (act of selecting) in that moment that best explain/describe (simulate) what is occurring beneath this vibrating verbal reality” in this single underlying reality” in which “your body/brain” dwells

(ii) A single underlying reality that is always emerging from a single source and substance with which what is now thought of and called “your body/brain” is always interconnecting/interacting/communicating.

~~~

It is as simple as that

Yet

It is not that simple

It being only the beginning

Of a new verbal reality, a new mind and a new kind of thinking

A beginning in which “the mind” (“your mind”) recognizes that “each mind’s beginning” and the “beginning” of “each verbal reality” in which “each mind” dwells is a product of these vibrations with meaning that emerge from “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” and are always serving as signs, pointing to an underlying reality and its underlying source and substances

A beginning that allows “the mind” to embrace the fact that “each mind” (including “your mind”) – as a vibrating existential state – is always engaging in vibratory acts of self-reflection through which “the mind” uses each vibration with meaning as a vibrating linguistic lens (a “projection”, a “measurement” and or a “thought”

Through which “it views this single underlying reality in which all “bodies” and all “brains” dwell and its single source and substance

And

By which “it” produces “its stories” concerning this single underlying reality and its single vibrating source and substance.

Yet,

That too is only “the beginning” since

It is by taking a series of steps using these vibratory acts of self-reflecting

That it gradually becomes apparent to “the mind”

That, the word, Vibration, is the best word by which to simulate all that exists

Including the verbal and what lies beneath the verbal.

The Vibratory Act Self-Reflecting

Its Opening Steps

When using this new kind of thinking, the first self-reflective step is for “the mind” (“your mind”) to embrace the following verbal statements leading “the mind” (“your mind”) to inquire into the “true nature” of “all words”, “all symbols”, “all images”, “all verbal realities” and “all minds” including “your words”, “your symbols”, “your images”, “your verbal reality” and “your mind”:

1

Present the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”, anything can be stated about anything in a “verbal reality” and “mind” informed by “them” and anything stated in the positive can also be stated in the negative – examples being

I exists/I not exists

Happened/Not happened

True/Not True

False/Not True

God/Not God

2

Absent the presence of words, symbols and images nothing could be stated about anything nor would there exists any verbal reality in which “a mind” (including “your mind”) could produce its “stories” concerning what “the body” (“your body”) is experiencing in each present moment Beneath Words and beneath the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “them”.

3

No matter whether “words”, “symbols” and “images” are absent or present, the “I” that is “me” exists independent of any “word”, “symbol” or “image” superposed upon “me”. Yet, when “words”, “symbols” and “images” are present, the challenge for “all minds” (including “my mind”) is to select from a menu of all possible “words/symbols/images” that are, potentially, available, that one “word/symbol/image” or combination of “words/symbols/images” that best simulates what lies beneath all “words/symbols/images” and all verbal realities and “minds”.

The second self-reflective step is for the mind (“your mind”) to embrace these verbal statements concerning the “true nature” of “words”, “symbols” and “images” and the “true nature” of each “verbal reality” and each “mind” (including “your mind”):

1

That what is now thought of and called a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image” is really a specific vibration that emerges from “the body” (“your body”) in the form of a specific sound or specific mark; the specific vibration representing something of substance that lies beneath it and imbues this specific vibration with meaning.

2

That what is now thought of and called “verbal reality” and what is now thought of and called “the mind” are two vibrating existential states both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words/symbols/images”.

3

That it is within each “verbal reality” and each “mind” that these vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” equate to vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” through which “the mind” views and by which “the mind” produces “its stories” concerning:

This underlying reality in which “the body” and “its brain” exists;

The source and substance of this underlying reality.

Leading to the challenge that “all minds” face when using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”; that being:

To select from a menu of all possible “words/symbols/images” that are, potentially, available, that one “word/symbol/image” or combination of “words/symbols/images” that best simulates this underlying reality and its source and substance.

The third self-reflective step (the biggest self-reflective step for “the mind”) is for “the mind” (“your mind”) to accept the verbal statement that the best word by which to simulate the underlying source and substance of this underlying reality and each something of substance that emerges in “it” is the word, Vibration;

The “word”, vibration, bringing forth in the verbal the underlying something of substance – the physical movement/motion that is represented by that “word”....

Leading “the mind” to conclude that each something of substance is a vibration

Yet,

That too is only a beginning

Since

There is always the matter of proof

To which “the mind” must return.

Of proving to “all minds” what has just been stated is “true”

The matter of proof being the subject of

All writings appearing on the website of The Center For Vibrational Studies

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

This “writing” being no exception.

~~~

Note To The Listener/Reader

Concerning The Matter Of Proof

The matter of proof remains a circular exercise in “your thinking” as long as “your thinking” remains embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” instead of being embedded in the sounds/marks/vibrations with meaning that inform “all words”, “all symbols” and “all images”.

And, even then, there will always be this “matter of proof” showing up over and over again and again until “all minds” finally grasp the fact that the only way any verbal statement can be “proved true” is for “all minds” to agree that the verbal statement is “true”.

More To The Point

There currently exist many “creation stories”, “theories” and “models of reality” speculating on what is the “source and substance” of “all that exists” and “its true nature”. And, there is always the matter of “proof” – of “proving” to “the mind” that what has been stated is “true”. The problem is that there is no way to explain/describe this “source and substance” whole

Since the “body/brain” directly emerges from “it” as do, indirectly, “all words”, “all symbols”, “all images” and “all verbal realities/minds”.

More particularly, stating that the best word by which to simulate this “source and substance” of “all that exits” is Vibration is just another “thought”; there being no way to explain/describe this “source and substance” whole through use of that word or its related words (e.g. vibrating, vibratile, vibratory, vibrational, vibrant)

Since, once emerging, all of these vibrations called “bodies”, “brains”, “words/symbols/images”, “vibrating realities/minds” including all “stories” (be they called speculative philosophies, creation stories, “models of reality or simple a “religion” or a “science”) are a vibrating part of Vibration and, thus, can never capture this vibrating source and substance of all that exists whole.

So, for we presences called “human”, we will never know for sure within “the mind” what is the “true nature” of this “source and substance” of “all that exists”; even though “we” are connected to “it” at the most fundamental level of existence, vibrationally through “our bodies”, “our brains”, “our words, symbols and images”, “our verbal realities”, “our minds” and “our stories”.

Thus, for “the mind” the only action to be taken with respect to the matter of “proof” and any statement made concerning this “source and substance” is either to accept/not accept (through verbal agreement) that what is “stated verbally” as either being

“true” or “not true”.

SEGMENT TWO – PART FOUR

FIVE THOUGHT EXPERIMENTS

Introducing Five Thought Experiments

Recall that the real journey for we presences called “human” is to dive deep beneath the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform “our verbal realities” and “our minds” into this underlying reality for the purpose of understanding:

(i) The “true nature” of this underlying reality and all presences that dwell there;

(ii) The “true nature” the source and substance of this underlying reality and all presences that dwell there;

(iii) How the “body” of each presence interacts/communicates with each other presence in “its surroundings”, absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

(iv) How each “body” that has a “brain” interacts/communicates with “its surroundings”, absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

(v) How the “body” of a presence interacts/communicates with “its brain”, absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

(vi) From when emerges “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image”, “each verbal reality” and “each mind”.

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are always pointing to this underlying reality and its source and substance. Absent their presence, this underlying reality and its source and substance still exists and among the presences that emerge from this source and substance and dwell within this underlying reality there is always interacting/communicating that is occurring. However, this interacting/communicating is not occurring through the use of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

The role of the Five Thought Experiments that follow is to open “your mind” to the fact that when birthed, “you” were experiencing this underlying reality in which “you” now dwell much like all presences that currently exist in “your surroundings” – striving to survive; yet, having no “words”, “symbols” and “images” by which to state so or do so.

The Five Thought Experiments

Author’s Note: Each of these “Thought Experiments” can also be thought of as a “guided meditation” or a “journey of the mind”. When performing each thought experiment, first, read the thought experiment. Then perform the thought experiment in a quiet, relaxing place -- preferably while seated in a comfortable chair, both feet planted firmly on the ground with upper body positioned so that you can take three deep breaths before commencing. Each of these “Thought Experiments” is presented for the purpose of opening up “your mind” to this new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced. Please perform these “Thought Experiments” in the order presented. Please read each “Thought Experiment” (including its footnotes) first before performing that Thought Experiment and before moving on to the next “Thought Experiment”. Once having completed all four “Thought Experiments”, move on to the next section of this Segment Two (concerning Maps, Stories and this New Kind Of Thinking).

First Thought Experiment

A Baby Is Born⁵⁵

1

Assume that you are present at the birth of a presence called “baby” -- a normal, healthy baby. You observe that this “baby” has a “body” and a “brain”. It has “arms”; it has “legs”; it makes sounds such as “crying” and “cooing”; and, it will soon be making its marks by “urinating” and “defecating”. However, this presence called “baby” has no present ability to produce what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” by which to state so. Instead, “it” only has the potential to produce these sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images”. In other words, notwithstanding this presence called “baby” can make sounds and marks, observe that this presence called “baby” exists independent of its ability to state that it is a presence, a “baby” or “human” or to superpose the words, “presence/baby/human” or any “word”, “symbol” or “image” upon “it”; this presence called “baby’ having only the potential to produce these sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

2

Next, observe that, at birth, this presence called “baby” immediately begins interacting/communicating with other presences in “its surroundings” and that (as is the case with all “babies”, at birth) it has a natural ability to read signs in the form of “sounds” and “marks” as its “body” is interacting/communicating with “it surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. For example, note how a “loud noise” affects the “baby” in comparison to a “happy sound” or a “happy face” (e.g. a “smile” from a presence in “its surroundings” that the “baby” will soon call “mama” or “dada”).

3

Now recognize that this presence called “baby”, once “conceived” and while in “utero” (no matter whether called a “zygote” or a “fetus” or some other “name”) was always interacting/communicating with this presence called “mama” (mother) as it was being nurtured and as it moved while being attached to “mama” (its mother) through what is now thought of and called an “umbilical cord”.

4

Now, ask “yourself” these two questions:

By what process was this presence called “baby” interacting (communicating) with this presence called “mama” (its mother) pre-birth?

By what process is this presence called “baby” interacting (communicating) with this presence called “mama” (its mother) and other presences in “its surrounding” post-birth?⁵⁶

5

The new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced embraces the fact that all interacting/communicating among presences (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species”) occurs through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalization – that is really a vibrating interacting process; the baby’s pre-birth and post-birth interacting/communicating being no exceptions.

6

However, the ultimate question for “you”....or, more particularly, “your mind” – is whether (or not) you verbally agree/not agree with

(i) the statements made in paragraphs numbered 1-3 as well as

(ii) the answer set forth in paragraph numbered 5 to the questions set forth in paragraph numbered 4.

Second Thought Experiment

The Baby’s Development

1

Consider this fact: Although it is interacting/communicating with other presences in “its surroundings”, a “baby”, at birth, cannot produce any sounds or marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images” nor can this “baby”, at birth, superpose any sound or mark called a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image” on any of these presences; these sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerging much later only after the baby’s body, in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can produce specific sounds and specific marks in its own unique way and associate each specific sound and specific mark with something of substance (a presence) that lies beneath it.

2

Now, consider this fact: As this presence called “baby” is interacting and communicating with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”, this presence called “baby” is really “seeing”, “hearing”, “smelling”, “tasting”, “touching” something of substance through acts that are now thought of and called sensing – a something of substance that will give meaning to these “sounds” and “marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” once “they” emerge from the “baby’s body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain”.⁵⁷

3

Now consider the possibility that this “baby at birth”, as it develops into a presence called “toddler”, then “child”, then “adolescent”, then “teenager” and then “adult”, retains this natural ability to read sounds and marks – some of these sounds and marks being called “words/symbols/image” while others of the sounds and marks remain in a more primitive state (e.g. what is now thought of and called the sound of running water or the mark of a bear).

4

And, consider the fact that you were just like that “baby at birth” when you emerged at birth.

5

More particularly, allow “you mind” to “self-reflect” upon the fact that

(i) the presence called “you”, at birth, was just like that presence called “baby, at birth; and.

(ii) you are just like that presence called “toddler”, “child”, “adolescent”, “teenager” and “adult” – retaining this natural ability to read sounds and marks – some of these sounds and marks being called “words”, “symbols” and “images” while others of these sounds and marks remain in a more primitive state.⁵⁸

6

Now, ask “yourself” these questions:

By what process was this presence called “baby” interacting and communicating with “its surroundings” as “it” developed into a “toddler”, a “child”, an “adolescent”, a “teenager”, an “adult”?

By what process was this presence called “you” interacting and communicating with “your surroundings” as “you” developed into a “toddler”, a “child”, an “adolescent”, a “teenager”, an “adult”.

By what process is this presence called “baby” sensing each something of substance in “its surroundings” as its “body” is interacting and communicating with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”?

By what process is this presence called “you” sensing each something of substance in “your surroundings” as your “body is interacting and communicating with “your surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”?

7

This new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced embraces the fact that all interacting/communicating among presences (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species”) occurs through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalization – that is really a vibrating interacting process; acts of interacting/communicating now thought of and called sensing being no exceptions.

8

The ultimate question for “you”....or, more particularly, “your mind” – is whether (or not) you verbally agree/not agree with the statements made in paragraphs numbered 1-5 and the answer stated in paragraph numbered 7 to the questions set forth in paragraph numbered 6.

Third Thought Experiment

The First Word

1

Now imagine that you are just like that “baby” – having the ability to produce sounds and marks with only the potential to make these sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images. And, imagine that you are a presence dwelling in a reality in which others presences in “your surroundings” are making sounds and marks unique to “them”. More particularly, imagine you are a presence living with a “tribe” or “community” of presences that will ultimately be called “human” or “homo sapiens” once these sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge. Yet, these “sounds” and “marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” have not yet emerged in your “tribe” or “community”.

2

Now, imagine you are dwelling in this reality as a part of “your tribe” or “community” surrounded by other presences that you can identify by the sound or the mark they make – yet, having no “words” by which to identify “them”. For example, what is now thought of and called a “lion” produces a “roar” claiming “its territory” and what is now thought of and called a “wolf” urinates defining “its territory”; yet, there exists no “sounds” and “marks” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” by which “you” or other members of “your tribe” or “community” can say so.

3

Now, consider the possibility that through a natural selecting process an unique sound or an unique mark is selected by one of the “members” of your “tribe” or “community” to represent/stand in for – serve as a sign pointing to – the “lion” or the “wolf”;

A specific sound or a specific mark that this “member” of “your tribe” or “community” can make using his/her “voice” or his/her “hand” in his own unique way;

A specific sound or a specific mark that other members of “your tribe” or “community” (including “you”) can mimic in his or her own unique way.

4

And, consider the possibility that this specific sound or specific mark – this unique sign – that has been produced, then mimicked, is accepted by all members of your “tribe” or “community” (including you) as being the best sound or the best mark (i.e. the best sign) by which to simulate the “lion” or the “wolf”.

5

Now, consider the possibility that each “tribe” or “community” had a similar verbal beginning once

(i) Using his/her own unique “voice” or “hand” in a manner coordinated by his/her “brain”, one of the members of this “tribe” or “community” produced a specific sound or a specific mark for the purpose of having the specific sound or specific mark stand in for something of substance (i.e., in our example, what is now thought of and called the “lion” or the “wolf”).

(ii) Using their own unique “voices” or “hands” in a manner coordinated by their “brains”, the other members of this “tribe” or “community”

Not only mimic this specific sound or specific mark in their own unique way.

But also accept (through agreement) this specific sound or specific mark as being the best sound or the best mark (i.e. the best sign) by which to simulate this something of substance (i.e., in our example, what is now thought of and called the “lion” or the “wolf”).

6

This new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced embraces the fact that each “tribe” and “community” of presences now thought of and called “human” including what can now be thought of and called “the first tribe” or “the first community” of presences now thought of and called “human” experienced “its first word” emerging in this manner and “its unique language” emerging in this manner; an emerging that occurred as each member of the “tribe” or “community” was interacting/communicating with “its surroundings” pursuant to this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process.

7

The ultimate question for “your mind” in this Third Thought Experiment being whether “your mind” verbally agrees with what has just been stated.

Fourth Thought Experiment

The First Word/A Vibration With Meaning

1

Diving deeper, consider the possibility that:

When producing a specific sound, the presence producing the specific sound (the producer of “the sound/spoken word”) is shaping Vibration called “Sound” into a specific vibration through us of “voice mechanics”; the specific vibration being sensed by other presences in the producer’s surroundings using an act of sensing called “hearing”.

And

When producing a specific mark, the presence producing the specific mark (the producer of “the marked/drawn/written word”) is shaping Vibration called “Light” into a specific vibration through use of “hand mechanics aided by a “marking tool” applied to a “smooth surface”; the specific vibration being sensed by other presences in the producer’s surroundings using an act of sensing called “seeing”.

2

Now, consider this question:

What gives meaning to each of these specific sounds/marks – each of these specific vibrations – now thought of and called a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”.⁵⁹

3

Yet, continuing on with this “thought experiment” take a moment to dive a bit deeper in “your thinking” by considering the fact that there is a deeper meaning to the “words/symbols/images” you are selecting in each present moment to describe/explain/simulate your “life experiences” present moment to present moment....that deeper meaning being:

That while “your life experiences” are being described, explained (simulated) in “your verbal reality” and in “your mind” through the “stories” that “your mind” is producing;

What is now thought of and called “your body” is actually interacting (communicating) with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by what is now thought of and called “its brain” pursuant to this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalization – that is really a vibrating interacting process.

5

And, continuing on with this “thought experiment” for another “moment”, take this “other moment” to dive even deeper into “your thinking” by considering the fact that each of the “words”, the “symbols” and the “images” that you choose (act of selecting) in each present moment to simulate your life experiences” (including the words, “body”, “brain” and “mind”) are really vibrations with meaning standing in for a vibrating something of substance that lies beneath them....a vibrating something of substance that is really a vibration having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it.

6

Recognize that the “journey” upon which you have now embarked is a journey that dives deeper and deeper Beneath Words and the symbols and images” that accompany them into each vibration -- each something of substance – that lies there and its “source” and “substance” – that source/substance being this underlying physical phenomenon called “vibration/Vibration”.

Fifth Thought Experiment

The Journey

1

Assume that the “words/symbols/images” that you select in each present moment both create and inform “your verbal reality” and “your mind” in that present moment (which they do) and assume that within “your verbal reality” and “your mind” the “words/symbols/images” that you select in that present moment serve as “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which you construct “your stories” about what is occurring in “your life” in that present moment (which they do). In other words, assume that absent the presence of “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images”, you have “no verbal reality and “no mind” and “no stories” by which to state what is occurring in “your life” – moment to moment.

2

Now assume that you have “no words”, “no symbols” and “no images” at your disposal by which to describe/explain/simulate your “life experiences” – much like a “baby at birth” and as you do so, recognize that the “baby at birth” has “no words”, “no symbols” and “no images” at its disposal – yet, “it” still exists independent of any “word/symbol/image” superposed upon “it”.

3

Diving deeper, now assume that this “baby at birth” (as is the case with all “babies at birth”) has a natural ability to read “sounds” and “marks” such as what is called “a smile” or “a frown” or a “happy sound” or a “sad sound” – yet, does not yet call any “sound” or “mark” by the name “word”, “symbol” or “image” nor can it produce its own “sounds” and “marks” using “voice” and “hand” mechanics.

4

Now assume that this “baby at birth” develops into a “man” or a “woman” just like you, still having this natural ability to read “sounds” and “marks” – some of these “sounds” and “marks” being called “words/symbols/image” while others of the “sounds” and these “marks” remain in a more primitive state (e.g. what is now thought of and called the sound of running water or the claw marks of a bear.

5

Now, diving deeper, note that each “sound” and “mark” that you are sensing and each “sound” and “mark” called a “word/symbol/image” that you are selecting can only be sensed (act called “hearing” or “seeing”) or selected using the mechanics of Vibration called “Sound” or Vibration called “Light”.

6

Now, having made these “assumptions”, consider this question:

What gives meaning to each “word”, “each symbol” and “each image” you are selecting?

Recognizing that the “journey” upon which “you” have now embarked is a verbal journey – a verbal journey that uses “words”, “symbols” and “images” for the purpose of diving deeper and deeper Beneath Words and the symbols and images” that accompany them in order to understand the “true nature” of each something of substance that lies beneath them.

End Of The Five Thought Experiments

SEGMENT TWO – PART FIVE

AN ABSTRACT

Prologue

What is now thought of and called “the past”, “the present” and “the future” is really a “story” produced in a vibrating existential state called “the mind” that exists in a vibrating existential state called “verbal reality”. A map informs “you” where “your body/brain/” is, presently, located with respect to where you have been and where you are going. The Précis (previously presented), this Abstract and the New Model of Reality (presented in Segment Five), collectively, serve that purpose.

When preparing any Abstract concerning “anything”, “everything”, “something” or “nothing” including what is real/not real and how the kind of thinking that “you” are using influences

Not only what is thought to be real/not real

But also, what is real/not real,

you must start with these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and proceed from “there”.

When preparing any Abstract concerning what lies beneath words and the symbols and images that accompany them, you must dive beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” into the sound with meaning – the mark with meaning – or, more particularly, the vibration with meaning

That lies beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”

And

That allows a presence called “human” to bring forth (manifest) in his/her “verbal reality” and “mind” the “reality” that lies beneath as well as “its source and substance”.

There is no other “way”. Otherwise, you will miss the point.

This Abstract is prepared with this point “in mind”.

I

Concerning Verbal Reality (VL)

It Being A Vibrating Verbal Reality

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing could be stated about anything nor could any presence called “human” (including “you” and “me”) be listening/reading/speaking/writing anything (including the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that are appearing on this “page”). Nor would there exists these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. Nor would there exists any “verbal stories”.

However, present the presence of these vibrations with meaning, each something of substance that lies beneath the verbal can be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal.

An example: Calling these vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images” or, more particularly, sounds with meaning and marks with meaning.

Another example: Calling these two vibrating existential states “verbal reality” and “mind”.

Another example: Calling any combination of these vibrations with meaning “a phrase”, a “clause”, a “sentence”, a “paragraph”, a “treatise”, a “story”.

Another example: Identifying something of substance by a “name”, a “number” or a “symbol” such as a “presence” or a “human” or “a presence called ‘human’”.

Leading to the conclusion that

What is now thought of and called “verbal reality” (VL) is really a vibrating verbal realty in which what is now thought of and called “the mind” dwells; a “mind” that produces “stories”.

Leading to the challenge we presences called “humans” face – once “we” are brought forth (manifested) in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”: that being to produce the best story by which to coherently simulate the emergence of each expression of “all that exists” including all “verbal stories” and what lies beneath them.

II

Concerning Stories

Until brought forth (manifested) in the verbal using these vibrations with meaning, none of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” would exist. Nor would there exist any “verbal stories”

However, once these vibrations with meaning emerge, there exists the potential for a “mind” both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning to use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” to produce many “verbal stories”:

Vibrating linguistic lenses through which “it” (the “mind”) views the underlying reality and the “body/brain” from which “it” emerged and by which “it” (the “mind”) produces its “stories” concerning what is happening “now” in this underlying reality.

Vibrating linguistic lenses through which “it” (the “mind”) connects with

Not only the “body/brain” and the underlying reality in which the “body/brain” dwells;

But also the “source and substance” of “all that exists” including the “body/brain” and the underlying reality in which the “body/brain” and all presences dwell.

Actualizing this potential, a “mind” (each “mind”) can produce many “stories” concerning what is happening now using these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses; each “story” being superposed upon this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance – there being, potentially, an infinite number of stories that could be superposed by “each mind” upon (i) this underlying reality, (ii) this underlying source and substance as well as (iii) each presence that emerges from this underlying source and substance and thereafter dwells within this underlying reality for as long as it exists.

And, since, potentially, there exists an infinite number of these vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images”, potentially there exists an infinite number of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”; each “mind” dwelling within its own unique vibrating verbal reality and producing its own unique “stories” for as long as “it” exists.

The problem: Notwithstanding there are an infinite number of “stories” that can be produced by each “mind” concerning this underlying reality and its source and substance, there is only one underlying reality and one “source” and substance”.

Leading to the challenge all “minds” face when producing their “stories”; that being to choose (act of selecting) that one “story” that best simulates in a coherent manner:

(i) this “underlying reality”,

(ii) “its underlying source and substance” as well as

(iii) each presence that emerges from this underlying source and substance and thereafter dwells within this underlying reality for as long as it exists – we – presences called “human”, “our words/symbols/images”, “our verbal realities/minds” and “our stories” being no exceptions.

III

Concerning This Underlying Reality (UL);

It Being A Vibrating Reality

Beneath all of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and beneath all of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, there exists a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance (Vibration); a vibrating source and substance that vibrationally acts upon “itself” and through all vibrations that emerge from “it” pursuant to a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalizing -- that is really a vibrating interacting process by which the potential that exists in each present moment called “Now” is actualized.

Frequently brought forth (manifested) in “the word”, as an evolutionary process or a process by which “the wave function” is “collapsed”, this vibrating interacting process is the process by which each expression of “all that exists” emerges out of this underlying vibrating source and substance within this underlying verbal reality as a vibration.

More particularly, it is within this underlying vibrating reality that all presences (no matter what their “names”) dwell as vibrations and it is out of this vibrating source and substance that all presences (no matter what their “names”) emerge as vibrations; each presence being a vibration having vibrating characteristics unique to “it” and by which “it” can be “identified by name”.

This underlying vibrating reality, this underlying vibrating source and substance and each vibrating presence exist independent of any vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” superposed upon “them”, meaning that this underlying vibrating reality, this underlying vibrating source and substance and each vibrating presence exist independent of any “verbal realities/minds” and any “stories” superposed upon them.

However, once these vibrations with meaning emerge from a vibrating presence, these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” become a part of this underlying vibrating reality; each emerging as a vibration having unique vibrating characteristics of its own, meaning each of these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” and each “story” emerging from “them” are also vibrations – each “verbal reality/mind/story” having vibrating characteristics unique to “it”.

Leading to the conclusion that if all we presences called “human” are performing vibrating acts based upon a “creation story” or a “model of reality” that is not vibrationally coherent – not vibrationally aligned – with this underlying vibrating reality and this underlying vibrating source and substance, then we presences called “Humanity” will have made a “wrong turn”, vibrationally, and will be presently experiencing, vibrationally, what are now thought of and called “problems” yielding “results” not predictable using our current kind of thinking.

Leading to the need for this new kind of thinking that embraces Vibration as the “source” and the “substance” of “all that exists”.

IV

A New Kind Of Thinking

Concerning Body/Brain/Mind Relationship

In a vibrating reality in which every something of substance is a vibration, each something of substance is always interconnecting/interacting/communicating with each other something of substance that exists in its surrounding territory no matter what that other something of substance or that surrounding territory is called.

Each relationship is vibratory; each act is a vibrating act and each vibrating act comprises a part of a vibrating interacting process by which what lies in an in potentia existential state (Vibration) is actualized

A process that is now, frequently, called a natural selecting process or an evolutionary process

A process that is now, infrequently, called “the collapsing of the wave function”

What this “process” is called being a function of the “verbal reality” in which the caller’s “mind” dwells.

Although “your mind” may have been taught to “think otherwise” using a current kind of thinking, what is really occurring Beneath Words and beneath the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “words” is the following:

“Your brain” is orchestrating, vibrationally, the vibrating interacting process that “your body” is experiencing/sensing/feeling as “your body” is interacting (“communicating”) with “its surroundings”.

Only after the “body” (“your body”) – in a manner coordinated, vibrationally, by the “brain” (“your brain”) – can produce these vibrations with meaning does the “mind” (“your mind”) emerge.

The “body”, upon emerging out of Vibration pursuant to this vibrating interacting process

Moves, vibrationally, in relation to all other “bodies” (Relativity)

And

Expresses, vibrationally, specific vibrating characteristics that are unique to “it” (Qualia) and by which “it” can be identified (named).

This being “true” no matter whether or not the “body” has evolved pursuant to this vibrating interacting process with a “brain”.

Some of these vibrating characteristics of the “body” are

Its Frequency & Intensity (F&I)

Its Geometry/Shape (G)

Its Spin (S)

These vibrating characteristics are the most fundamental and relate to all “bodies”.

However, as “a body” evolves, these vibrating characteristics become more specific to “it” as other “bodies” called “particles”, “atoms” and “molecules” create and inform the “body”, yielding such vibrating characteristics as “DNA”, “RNA”, “genetics”....characteristics that “bias” the “body” in favor of acts of selecting previously made – “your body” being no exception. (See Appendix I, Creative Process & Historical Bias).

Ultimately, “the mind” (“your mind”) emerges.

And, it is then and only then that “your mind” engages in this vibrating interacting process with “your body” and “its brain” (neuroplasticity), allowing the “I” that is “you” to coordinate “body/brain/mind” in a manner that allows “you” to actualize your true “human potential” -- a “potential” that is an expression of the Infinite Potential that lies within Vibration, the source and substance of all that exists.

Through this plasticity, the “mind” (“your mind”) has the potential to communicate to its body (“your body”) and its brain (“your brain”) a different way of “being alive” – a different way of expressing “you”, thereby allow “you” to actualized your full “human potential”.

V

A New Kind Of Thinking

Concerning Vibratory Plasticity

All that exists emerges from an Underlying Physical Phenomenon best simulated through use of the word, Vibration because that Underlying Physical Phenomenon brought forth in the word, Vibration, is the physical movement (motion) represented by that “word”.

Once Vibration acts upon itself pursuant to this vibrating interacting process, there emerges a vibrating reality in which other vibrations emerge....

....vibrations that can be thought of and called “waves” or “strings” or “particles” or “cells” or “bodies” or “brains” or “minds”....

....but only after these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words/symbols/images” emerge from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain”.

Potentially, there are an infinite number of vibrating realities that can emerge out of Vibration, meaning that, potentially, there is not only a “universe” or a “multiverse” but also “parallel universes” that can emerge. And, “they” may have emerged; yet, for any vibration emerging in one “universe”, the only way to know is to interact, vibrationally, with Vibration as “source” and “substance”.

For evidence, witness the “light cone” and consider the fact that what lies within the “light cone” is all that can be “seen” in that “light”

Yet, also consider the fact that what lies outside the “light cone” can always be “sensed”, vibrationally.

~~~

A vibration (a “body”) emerges in a “universe”; that “body” ultimately being called “human”....

....but only after it has evolved pursuant to this vibrating interacting process with a vibration (a vibrating existential state) called a “brain”

....a “brain” that coordinates the producing by the “body” of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”

The “body” emerges first and as the “body” evolves pursuant to this vibrating interacting process it is always interconnecting/interacting/communicating, vibrationally, with “its surroundings”, initiating vibrating acts (each a vibrating act of selection) to which other “bodies” vibrationally react with their vibrating acts (each a vibrating act of selection).

It is out of this vibrating interconnecting/interacting/communicating that these “bodies” combine through vibrating acts and once having combined, separate through vibrating acts.

Now called “learning” and “creating”, what is actually occurring, vibrationally, is a Creative Process out of which emerges an Historical Bias that favors not only these vibrating acts of selecting previously made but also these previous vibrating acts of “learning” and “creating”.

This “learning” and “creating” is never “forgotten” by the “body”. It is embedded in the vibration that is “the body” as a natural bias (an Historical Bias):

A “learning/creating” that, once “the brain” emerges as a vibrating existential state in “the body”, is vibrationally embedded in this vibration called “the brain”;

A “learning/creating” that is embedded in these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” as they emerge from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain”.

A “learning/creating” that, once “the mind” emerges as a vibrating existential state in that vibrating existential state called “its verbal reality” is vibrationally embedded in each of “them” – a product of these vibrations with meaning.

~~~

The potential for any “body” to interconnect/interact/communicate, vibrationally with another “body” is always present – always a “possibility” – as is the potential of any two or more “bodies/brains” to do so as is the potential of any two or more “bodies/brains/minds” to do so.

And that remains “true” as long as these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” lead to the formation of a “mind” that “thinks”, “measures” and “projects” consistent with this potential.

However, a “mind” can produce stories that allow “it” to “think”, to “measure” and to “project” otherwise; notwithstanding “it” remains vibrationally interconnected with Vibration, the “source and substance” of “all that exist”.

And, if that “mind” is joined by many “minds” thinking/measuring/projecting” in the same way, this “collective mind” can produce many “stories” that state this potential is “not real” -- cannot be actualized.

Yet, this potential is “real” – it can be actualized – it is embedded in all “bodies”, all “brains”, all “words/symbols/image” and all “verbal realities/minds”.

It is “the way” of the “shaman” or the “shape-shifter” whose “way” is the “way” of “the body”.

It is also “the way” of “the mind” and those “mindful traditions” that embrace “body/brain/mind” having this potential.

And, it is “the way” by which a vibration (no matter what its “name”, “number” or “species”) remains vibrationally alive, always re-emerging/shape shifting in many “forms”.

Nevertheless, a “story” can be produced by a “mind” in its “verbal reality” that causes the “mind” to “think”, to “measure” and to “project” in a manner that is not coherent with this potential and the previous “learning/creating” that emerged.

It is in “its stories” – more particularly, “its creation stories” and “models of reality” – that Humanity has made its wrong turn.

Leading to Humanity’s need for a new “creation story” – a New Model Of Reality – built on the previous “learning/creating” that is always embedded in the “body”, in “its brain” and in “its mind” – if “they” would only listen.

Leading to the need for this new kind of thinking that complements this current kind of thinking that Humanity currently embraces.

~~~

However, changing Humanity’s current “stories” and “models of reality” based upon this current kind of thinking is not easy.

Nevertheless, it seems important that “we” presences called “human” try.

~~~

Such is “the way” of Vibration and its vibrating interacting (evolutionary) process.

Such is “the way” of a Humanity striving to actualize its true vibratory nature – its real potential.

Such is “the way”.

Yet,

Once the mind (“your mind”) emerges,

There is always the matter of proving “true” to the “mind” (“your mind”)

What has always been known as “true” in “your body”.

How Ironic

End Of Abstract

Another Note To The Listener/Reader

To be sure: Buried beneath the verbal is a something of substance that can be thought of and called in the verbal

the source and substance of all that exists

To be sure, many “words/symbols/images” – each a vibration with meaning in the form of a “sound” or a “mark” – have been selected as “the best word” by which to explain/describe (simulate) this something of substance, thereby bringing forth (manifesting) it in the verbal.

It is not a question of whether this something of substance exists.

Rather it is the challenge of selecting from a menu of all possible vibrations with meaning that one vibration with meaning that best simulates “it” and its “true nature”.

It is that challenge that we are now addressing using this new kind of thinking to which you were briefly introduced in Segment One and expanded upon in this.

A new kind of thinking that embraces the fact that the best word by which to bring forth (manifest)

the source and substance of all that exists

is the word, Vibration (with the letter “v” being capitalized in honor of vibration being the source and substance of all that exists).

A new kind of thinking that will be further elaborated upon and more fully explored should you choose (act of selecting) to continue onward in this journey by simply “turning the page”.

End of Segment Two

The Second Segment Of This Journey Beneath Words

THIS JOURNEY BENEATH WORDS

SEGMENT THREE

Author’s Note

Recall my previous request to you, the reader of these words:

That before commencing any Segment of this Journey, it is best that you, once again, read the Prologue.

The purpose of doing so is to draw your attention – your awareness – back to this statement:

“One of the roles of The Center For Vibrational Studies (the publisher of this book) is to introduce “you”, the reader of these words, to a new way of thinking – a new kind of thinking that embraces each something of substance that lies beneath “the word”, “the “symbol” or “the image” superposed on it.

In other words, as the “I” that is “you” is “projecting” (superposing) “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image” on something of substance, the role of this new kind of thinking is to have “you” remain aware (act of self- reflecting) that

(i) you are doing so; and,

(ii) when you are “projecting upon, “measuring” or “thinking about” a something of substance using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”, “you” are doing so only for the purpose of explaining and describing (simulating) it.

Admittedly, maintaining this awareness is not easy.”

So, it is best that you remain aware of this statement as you journey Beneath Words, using “words”, “symbols” and “images” to do so:

That each “act of wording” equates to a short-handed way of describing/explain (simulating) not only “your life experiences” but also this underlying reality (UR) in which you dwell and their source and substance

A statement that also applies to each act of “projecting/measuring/thinking” and each act of creating a “symbol” or an “image”.

An awareness that is not easy to maintain until “you” accept the fact that what are now thought of and called “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images” are really sounds and marks with meaning – or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning – that you have either been taught or learned on your own to produce:

(i) vibrations with meaning that are always both creating and informing from moment to moment these two vibrating existential states called “your verbal reality” and “your mind”

(ii) vibrations with meaning that are from moment to moment always serving as signs (Semiotics) pointing to the true vibratory nature of all that exists including

“you”,

“your body/brain”,

“your words/symbols/images”,

“your verbal reality/mind”

“your projections/measurements/thoughts”

“your stories”

meaning that the verbal reality (VR) in which “your mind” dwells and the underlying reality (UR) in which your “body/brain” dwells are really vibrating existential states that are always emerging from an underlying physical presence that is vibrating and best simulated by the word, Vibration – the word, “Vibration” being the best vibrations with meaning by which to simulate this underlying physical presence.

~~~

How can that be? What is “the proof”?

~~~

Recall what has previously been stated concerning this Journey, Beneath Words:

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as a bridge between the underlying reality (UR) in which “your body/brain” dwells and the verbal reality (VR) in which “your mind” dwells

More particularly, this Journey, Beneath Words, is comprised of Five Segments.

The First Segment opening “the mind” to this Bridge:

The Second Segment providing more detail to this Bridge, its crossing and this new way of thinking that facilitates the crossing.

Segment Three illustrating how UR is brought forth (manifested) in VR (a crossing from UR to VR).

Segment Four illustrating how VR is always pointing to UR (facilitating a crossing in the opposite direction – from VR to UR).

Segment Five presenting a New Model Of Reality.

Now what “you” will be doing in this Segment Three is learning how this Bridge was constructed using these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”. Learning how these vibrations with meaning are always bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal each something of substance that lies beneath the verbal.

Learning how these vibrations with meaning are always bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal what are potentially an infinite number of verbal realities and minds – each pointing to a vibrating reality and a vibrating source/substance out of which “they” emerged; a vibrating reality and a vibrating source/substance that easily gets lost in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” if the kind of thinking being used is a current kind of thinking that ignores the fact that “words/symbols/images” are vibrations expressed as “sounds” and “marks” whose meaning emerges once they are associate with that lies beneath them.

A NEW KIND OF THINKING

EMBRACING BOTH THE VERBAL AND

WHAT LIES BENEATH THE VERBAL

If we ever reach the point where we think we thoroughly understand who we are and where we came from, we have failed.

The notion that science and spirituality are somehow mutually exclusive does a disservice to both.

Carl Sagan

Manifesting In The Verbal

The Source And Substance

Of

All That Exists

All vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” (including the words, “word/symbol/image”) are expressed in the form of “sounds” and “marks” and point to an underlying reality that lies beneath them. All vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” (including the words, “word/symbol/image”) collectively, bring forth (manifest) in the verbal the underlying reality that lies beneath them. In this sense, there is really no difference among “words”, “symbols” and “images”; all “words”, “symbols” and “images” being vibrations with meaning serving the same purpose; that being

To bring forth (manifest) in the verbal an underlying reality that lies beneath the verbal.

~~~

Each vibration with meaning called a “word/symbol/image” both creates and informs two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”: the latter dwelling in the form. Each of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” exist in and are a part of the verbal – “your verbal reality” and “your mind” being no exception.

Once a something of substance is brought forth (manifested) in “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images”, it emerges in “your verbal reality”. For example, the something of substance called “flower” emerges in “your verbal reality” and “your mind” once you can produce the vibration with meaning (i.e. the word, “flower”) to represent/stand in for this something of substance.

A similar statement applies to the words, “baby”, “body”, “brain” and “mind”.

However, but for the fact that the members of your tribe or community have already chosen (act of selecting) the word, “flower” to represent/stand in for this something of substance, you could have produced any vibration with meaning (any “word”) to stand in for this something of substance. A similar statement applies to the words, “baby”, “body”, “brain” and “mind”.

In other words, but for the members of your tribe or community accepting (through verbal agreement) that the word, “flower”, is the best “word” by which to explain and describe (simulate) this something of substance,

You would have been free to choose (act of selecting) any word to represent this something of substance

Instead of having to choose (act of selecting) the word, “flower” in a manner that is acceptable (by verbal agreement) to your “tribe” or “community” and its “teachers” of “the word”.

More To The Point

This something of substance now thought of and called “flower” exists independent of any word, symbol or image that is superposed upon it: the word, “flower” being one of an infinite number of words, symbols and images that could have been chosen

Each word, symbol and image existing in an in potentia state (probability wave) until collapsed by the act of selecting the word, “flower”.

Each something of substance is brought forth (manifested) in the word, symbol and image and in each verbal reality and mind (in the verbal) in this manner.

However, what is also “true” is that:

Absent the presence of words, nothing could be stated about this underlying reality in which each something of substance dwells nor could anything be stated about these somethings of substance nor could anything be stated about the source and substance of this underlying reality and each something of substance.

Nor could I, the speaker/writer be making these statements you are now reading nor could you, the listener/reader, be reading these statements I have previously written.

Nor could “we” be bring forth (manifesting) any something of substance in these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Yet, “you” and “I” would exist in the same existential state in which each something of substance existed in those moments before any vibrations with meaning emerged (i.e. prior to any “words”, “symbols” and “images” being superposed upon them).

Even More To The Point

Once a something of substance is brought forth (manifested) in the verbal; it becomes extremely difficult to distinguish the verbal from what lies beneath the verbal.

For example, as you sense this something of substance called “flower”, it is extremely difficult to separate the word, “flower” from the something of substance that gives the word, “flower” its “true meaning”.

Instead, when sensing this something of substance, it becomes relatively easy to merge this something of substance into “the word”, particularly once “your mind” has been trained (“educated”) to do so using a current kind of thinking that is embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

And, this difficulty persists until that moment when “the mind” (“your mind”) grasps the fact that “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images” are really sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning – pointing to and being a part of a vibrating reality that is emerging from a vibrating source and substance.

For it is then in that moment that a new kind of thinking emerges in “the mind” that is different from the current kind of thinking in which “your mind” has been trained (“educated”) “to think”, “to measure” and “to project any image onto”;

A new kind of thinking that is different from, yet complements the current kind of thinking in which “the mind” (“your mind”) has been previously “schooled”.

A new kind of thinking that embraces the fact that, once created and informed by these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” complement these somethings of substance called “the body” and “its brain”, thereby allowing each something of substance (the presence) called “human” (including “you”) to not only “survive” but also “thrive”.

It is as simple as that.

Yet, it is not that simple since what lies beneath the verbal can only be simulated in the verbal; the challenge being to select the best word/symbol/image” – the best sound/mark with meaning – the best vibrations with meaning by which to perform this act of simulating.

What’s Happening

Beneath The Verbal?

Consider This

When you sense a “something of substance” in “your body” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”, that is “what’s happening”....a substantive event is occurring whether or not you bring forth (manifest) in the verbal that substantive event by superposing one or more “words/symbols/images” (each a vibration with meaning) on “it” (the substantive event).

When you sense a “something of substance” in “your body” and choose (act of selecting) from a menu of all vibrations with meaning that could be chosen that one best vibration with meaning (e.g. the word “flower”), you not only are sensing the substantive event in “your body”; you are also simulating the substantive event in the verbal....in your “words”, “symbols” and “images”, in your “verbal reality and mind” and in “your stories.

More To The Point

When you sense a something of substance or any substantive event, your sensing of that something of substance or that substantive event is occurring in that present moment of your sensing. And, it is occurring in “your body” (a something of substance) as “your body”....in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”....is interacting, interconnective and communicating, vibrationally, with other somethings of substance that exist in “your surroundings” (each act of interacting, interconnecting and communicating being a substantive event).

That is all that is “happening”. And that is a lot since how “your brain” is orchestrating the substantive event for the purpose of allowing “its body” to survive and thrive is also a substantive event that is also occurring vibrationally.

However, once “your body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can produce these vibrations with meaning, each of “your verbal reality” and “your mind” emerge as a vibrating existential states in which these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses (now thought of and called “projections”, “measurements” and “thought” by which “your mind”

Views this something of substance called “reality” and all substantive events “happening there”

And

Produces its “stories”:

Not only “stories” concerning each something of substance and each substantive event its “body/brain” is sensing and “stories” called “creation stories” and “models of reality”

But also “stories” called “memory”, “dreams”, “fantasies”....each being vibrationally real in “the mind” (“mind substantive event”)....yet, not sensed as vibrationally real (“brain substantive event”)....although the “body” is vibrationally experience both (“body substantive event”).

Simply Stated

To sound/speak the sentence:

“The sun is rising”

Is not what is “happening”.

Yet, it is close....an almost accurate simulation of what is happening.

More Awkwardly Stated

To sound/speak the sentence (which admittedly is awkward):

“This something of substance now thought of and called ‘my body’ is experiencing a substantive event now thought of and called “sun rising’; these words that I am producing bringing forth (manifesting) this something of substance and this substantive event in what is now thought of and called ‘my verbal reality’ and ‘my mind’”.

Is closer....a more accurate simulation (albeit more awkward).

Even More Awkwardly Stated

To sound/speak the sentence (which admittedly is more awkward):

“This something of substance now thought of and called ‘my body’ is experiencing a substantive event now thought of and called “sun rising’ in a manner that is now being orchestrated by what is now thought of and called “my brain”; these words that I am now producing....in a manner coordinated by “my brain”.... bringing forth (manifesting) this something of substance and this substantive event in what is now thought of and called ‘my verbal reality’ and ‘my mind’....a “verbal reality” and a “mind” that are actually two vibrating existential states created and informed by these vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “my words”, “my symbols” and “my images’.

Is even closer....even a more accurate simulation (albeit even more awkward).

Yet, even this more awkward statement does not capture this something of substance called “reality” whole nor does it capture whole the something of substance called “source” and “substance”.

So why engage in this akward form of communicating?

The goal is not to use this akward form of communicating other than to help you, the listener/reader dive deep beneath “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” that both create inform your verbal reality, your mind, your current kind of thinking and your “stories” concerning

What Is Real/What Is Not Real

Into these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which you can perform a new kind of thinking in which you and I and all those who choose (act of selecting) to do so can explore

What is Vibrationally Real

An exploring that will manifest in these vibrations with meaning what is really occurring vibrationally as what is now thought of and called “the brain” orchestrates our vibrationally sensing of this reality in which “we” dwell for the purpose of allowing “us” to “survive” and to “thrive”.

A Simple Statement

Followed By A Series Of Statements

The Simple Statement

Each of we presences called “human” manifest in a “verbal reality” (the “reality” in which his/her “mind” dwells) an “underlying reality” (the “reality” in which his/her “body” dwells.

Each verbal realty and each mind is a vibrating existential state both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Although, potentially, there are an infinite number of these “verbal realities” and an infinite number of “minds” that dwell within them, there exists only one “underlying reality” and only one “source and substance” of this “underlying reality”.

Identifying within a “verbal reality” and a “mind” the “true nature” of this single “underlying reality” and its “source and substance” is quite difficult considering the many possibilities that can and do emerge within these “verbal realities” and “minds”.

Science – a “verbal reality” – sets forth a process by which all possible “verbal realities” are discarded in favor of one verbal reality that is coherent with this single “underlying reality” and its single “source and substance”.

This “scientific process” has been ongoing since initiated, gradually honing in on what is the most coherent verbal simulation of this “underlying reality” that lies beneath.

The point is that as with all “stories” (including all “creation stories” – be they labeled “religious”, “philosophical”, “metaphysical” or “physical”), each “story” is presented by a “mind” (verbal existential state) existing in a “verbal reality” (vibrating existential state) seeking to determine what is really happening beneath these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

Fortunately, these vibrations with meaning and these two vibrating existential states point to the answer: The “true nature” of “reality” is vibration

The Series Of Statements

So....now....“think” on the three series of statements that follow (and as you do so, consider the fact that “your act of thinking” is a vibrating act occurring within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”—two vibrating existential states that are being both created and informed by the vibrations with meaning that you are selecting in each present moment – vibrations with meaning that within “your verbal reality” and “your mind – equate to vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which you produce “your current stories” concerning what is real/not real):

First Series of Statements

Statement No. 1

The current kind of thinking in which we presences called “human” are being “schooled” states that the most fundamental “particle” may be something of substance that is vibrating – something of substance called a “string”. Called “theoretical”, this “theory” has not yet been “proved true”. Yet, what this “theory” implies is that the “string” – not vibration – is the most fundamental “building block” of “all that exists” (including the “human body”).

Statement No. 2

It is within the context of this current kind of thinking, that “something” is deemed to be “nothing” unless it can be “measured” as vibrating or oscillating (the latter “word” being more acceptable to groups of we “humans” that focus on the “physical” – the former “word” being more acceptable to groups of we “humans” that focus on the “metaphysical”).

Statement No. 3

However, by simply “shifting” from a current kind of thinking that treats each something of substance (including a “string”) as vibrating to a new kind of thinking that treats each something of substance (including a “string”) as a vibration, the most fundamental “building block” of “all that exists (including the “human body”) becomes vibration.

Second Series of Statements

Statement No. 1

The current kind of thinking in which we presences called “human” are currently being “schooled” states each something of substance exists in “wave form” – that of a probability wave simulated by Schrödinger’s Equation – until that probability wave collapses, leading to what is now called the “wave/particle” duality and an apparent contradiction between what can be thought of and called “classical reality” and “quantum reality”.

Statement No. 2

However, by simply “shifting” this current kind of thinking to this new kind of thinking, it becomes relatively easy to embrace the fact that Vibration exists in “wave form” – as a probability wave in an in potentia vibrating existential state – until it acts upon “itself” through a natural selecting process and produces something of substance – a vibration that is real....be that vibration called a “string” or a “particle” or an “atom” or a “molecule” or a “cell” or a “body” or a “brain” or a “human body” with a “brain”.

Now Consider This Third Series Of Statements

Keeping the Previous Series Of Statements In Mind

Statement No. 1

Vibrations with meaning (now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”) both create and inform these two vibrating existential states (now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind”). Once emerging from “the body” and both creating and informing each of these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses (now thought of and called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”) through which “the mind” views the underlying reality in which “its body” dwells and by which “the mind” produces its “stories” concerning what is real/not real. It is in this manner that this single “underlying reality” as well as its single “source and substance” are manifested in “the verbal” – in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Statement No. 2

More particularly, each of we presences called “human” emerges with these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” once he/she can produce his/her first vibration with meaning; ultimately having many vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that he/she can select and thereby create and inform his/her own “verbal reality” – the “verbal reality” in which his/her “mind” dwells.

Statement No. 3

It is in each moment of this selecting that each presence called “human” both creates his/her own unique vibrating existential state called his/her “verbal reality” and his/her own unique vibrating existential state called his/her “mind”. In it within his/her verbal reality –as “it” exists from moment to moment – that his/her “mind” produces his/her “stories” concerning what is real/not real.

Statement No. 4

Recognizing that “verbal reality” and “mind” are two vibrating existential states both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning, it becomes relatively easy to embrace the fact that (i) each of these acts of selecting is a vibrating act and (ii) that each act of thinking, act of measuring and act of projecting is not only a vibrating act but also an act of selecting....

An act of selecting that collapses the wave function representing the infinite number of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” that exists in each present moment for each presence called “human”

An act of selecting that is a part of this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process

Statement No. 5

What is not so easy is embracing the fact that what are now thought of and called “the body” and “the brain” are each a something of substance that is manifested in “the word”; the “body” actually being a vibration that

(i) exists in this single “underlying reality”;

(ii) emerges from this single “underlying source and substance”; and,

(iii) acts through vibrating acts of selecting (acts of sensing) that are orchestrated by “its brain”;

each act of sensing being a vibrating act of selecting....a part of this vibrating interacting process called “evolution” whereby the probability wave simulated by Schrödinger’s Equation – collapses into what is selected/sensed by the “body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” as real.

Statement No. 6

Yet, what is really “not easy” is embracing the fact that “the brain”....through this vibrating interacting process called “evolution”....is always orchestrating the sensing by “the body” of this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance meaning that it is impossible to know for sure

(i) what is the true “nature” of this underlying reality in which “the body” and “its brain” dwells; and,

(ii) what is the true “nature” of the “source and substance” of this underlying reality in which “the body” and “its brain” dwells.

Statement No. 7

However, since these vibrations with meaning do manifest in all “verbal realities” and all “minds” this single “underlying reality” and its single “source and substance” and since the “true nature” of these vibrations with meaning is vibration, it is only natural to “think” that:

(i) the “true nature” of this single “underlying reality” and each something of substance that dwells within “it” is vibration; and,

(ii) the “true nature of this single “source and substance” from which “all that exists” emerges is Vibration (the letter “v” being capitalized in honor of vibration being the “source and substance” of “all that exists”.

~~~

Keeping these statements “in mind” let’s continue moving onward in this Segment Four of this Journey called “Beneath Words”.

Bringing Forth (Manifesting) In The Verbal

This Something of Substance Called

“The Word”

Absent the presence of words, symbols and images, nothing can be stated about anything. In fact, no verbal statements could be made including these statements:

“Absent the presence of words, symbols and images, nothing can be stated about anything.”

“In the beginning was the word.”

“A baby is born”

Present the presence of words, symbols and images, anything can be stated about anything including these statements:

“Anything can be stated about anything.”

“In the beginning was the word.”

“A baby is born.”

The second statement – In the beginning was the word – is true as to each “verbal reality” and “mind” created by “the word”; yet, once “the word” emerged, there remained to be answered the verbal question:

From whence comes “the word”?

Fortunately, the third statement – “A baby is born” – provides the answer.

~~~

Each word including the word, “word”, points to something of substance that lies beneath it; each word including the word, “word”, bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal what lies beneath “it”. A similar statement can be made with respect to a symbol and an image including the word, “symbol” and the word, “image”. In this sense, there is really no difference among a “word”, a “symbol” and an “image”, each “word/symbol/image” serving the same purpose; that being:

To bring forth (manifest) in the verbal the something of substance that lies beneath it.

In this sense, but for the emergence of “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”, no something of substance could be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal, including a “baby” or a “presence” or a “presence called human”.

However, with the emergence of the verbal, it becomes relatively easy to combine what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” into what are now thought of and called “verbal statements” by which “something” inexplicable without “words/symbols/images” becomes explicable with “them”.

~~~

A presence emerges having a “body” and a “brain” with the ability to produce sounds and marks; yet, having no words, symbols and images by which to state so, verbally; the “body” and the “brain” of this presence having emerged pursuant to a “creative process” frequently called “evolution”.

In some moment, along the way in its “evolutionary development”, this presence sounds a “specific sound” or marks a “specific mark” for purposes of associating that “specific sound” or “specific mark” with something of substance, thereby giving this “specific sound” or “specific mark” a “meaning”.

Other presences perform similar acts.

Soon a group of these presences act in common with respect to a specific sound or a specific mark associating this “specific sound” or this “specific mark” with a common meaning, this meaning emerging based upon a common experience each of these presences is sensing in its own unique way from its own unique perspective – in the body in a manner orchestrated by its brain.

Initially, most likely, the “meaning” of the “specific sound” or the “specific mark” was associated with defining the “territory” of a presence: the “specific sound” being a “sound” that could be sensed as unique to “it” (“roar”); the “specific mark” being a “mark” that could be sensed as unique to “it” (“urine”). In this sense, the “specific sound” served as a sign of “something present here” – in this territory”; the “specific mark” serving the same purpose.

Ultimately, through this “evolutionary process” the meaning of a “specific sound” or a “specific mark” became associated with something of substance now thought of and called a “person”, “thing”, “place” or “event”; the “specific sound” or “specific mark” serving as a sign of “something here” or “something happening here”.

The Point Of These Statements

At some moment in the evolutionary development of its “body” and its “brain”, a presence actualized its potential and produced

The first sound with meaning

or

The first mark with meaning

It was then....in that moment....that all presences having “bodies” and “brains” could actualize their potential and produce their first sound with meaning or their first mark with meaning.

It was then....in that moment...that all presences had the potential to produce their first statement in the verbal.

Yet that was only the beginning

Since once the verbal emerged and verbal statements could be made, there remained these questions:

What is the source and substance of each “word/symbol/image”

that informs the verbal?

What is the source and substance of each something of substance

that lies beneath the verbal?

Bringing Forth (Manifesting) In The Verbal

This Something of Substance Called

“Vibration”

The word, vibration, is only a word....a specific sound with meaning or a specific mark with meaning, depending upon whether this word, vibration, is “sounded” or “marked”. Once emerging in the verbal, this word, vibration, soon has a meaning associated with the something of substance it represents. In other words, similar to all words, the word, vibration brings forth (manifests) in the word the something of substance that lies beneath it.

Once the verbal emerges, it becomes relatively easy to state that the verbal is the product of a “deity” or a “being” or a “supreme being”. Yet, for a presence striving to determine what is the source and substance of the verbal including each something of substance that lies beneath the verbal, it soon becomes apparent that the words – “deity”, “being” or “supreme” – being are only sounds with meaning and marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Nevertheless, if you are so inclined to dive deep beneath the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform the verbal and the “sounds with meaning” and “marks with meaning” that inform “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”, it soon becomes apparent that:

1

Each “specific sound” that informs a sound with meaning is an expression of a Vibration called “Sound”. Absent the presence of this Vibration called “Sound”, no specific sound with meaning could be produced.

2

Each “specific mark” that informs a mark with meaning is an expression of a Vibration called “Light”. Absent the presence of this Vibration called “Light”, no specific mark with meaning could be produced.

3

Each specific sound with meaning and mark with meaning is a vibration with meaning.

4

Although many presences (no matter what their name, number or species) have the potential to produce, and actually do produce these vibrations with meaning, we presences called “human” are the only presences that call these vibrations with meaning

“Words” – “Symbols” – “Images”

~~~

Dive a bit deeper and what you discover is that all “bodies” emit “specific vibrations” in the form of “Sound” and “Light”; this being “true” even for a “black body” and its emission of “radiation” as measured in the verbal on a “Planck scale”.

Leading to the conclusion that all “bodies” are – at their most fundamental level of existence” – vibrations emitting vibrations.

That being the conclusion that naturally emerges

Once the mind (“your mind”) engages in this

New Kind Of Thinking.

Which leads to the premise....the “point”.... of this book and all writings appearing at

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

That the “best creation story” – “the best model of reality” – is the model of reality set forth in Segment Five of this Book.

End of Segment Three

The Third Segment of this Journey, Beneath Words

THIS JOURNEY, BENEATH WORDS

SEGMENT FOUR

Author’s Note

As each something of substance is brought forth (manifested) in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” , that fact that each “word/symbol/image” is a sound with meaning – a mark with meaning – a vibration with meaning becomes lost in “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” and each “verbal reality” and “mind” that “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” both create and inform.

In other words, there is a crossing over

from a vibrating underlying reality (VUR) in which each “body” and each “brain” dwells (as a vibration – a vibrating existential state – having vibrating characteristics unique to it)

to a vibrating verbal reality (VVR) in which each “verbal reality” and each “mind” dwells (as a vibration – a vibrating existential state – having vibrating characteristics unique to it) ;

these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – providing the bridge for this crossing over.

And, with this crossing over each “tribe” – each “community” and “each member of these “tribes” and “communities” learns the way of “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” and a way of thinking that is only informed by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Yet, these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – remain embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”; thereby always allowing a crossing over from VVR to VUR.....if only the “mind” will listen to the sound, the mark – the vibration.

~~~

Initially, as the members of a tribe or community were learning to produce “words”, “symbols” and “images”, the connection between each “word/symbol/image” and the sound/mark/vibration that informed it was not lost. Although not “thought of” in this manner at this stage of “human development”, what was actually occurring....gradually....through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalization – a vibrating interacting process now thought of and called “evolution” is that

Through an act of selecting, each member of the tribe and community individual was learning to superpose a vibration in the form of a sound or a mark upon this something of substance he/she was sensing in his/her “body” in a manner orchestrated by his/her “brain”

learning to superpose a vibration (“the word”) upon a vibration (the something of substance represented by “the word”).

Through an act of selecting, the tribe or community as a whole or certain “tribal/community leaders” were learning to superpose that “they” chose to be the best vibration – the best sound or mark – to represent each something of substance.

Ultimately, for most “tribes” and “communities” the crossing over from VUR to VVR was complete with no thought being given to the “words/symbols/images” that informed their “religions” and their “sciences” being the bridge.

Soon the “mind” took dominion over the “body” with a way of thinking – a current kind of thinking that re-enforced the “mind” dominion.

I think; therefor I am

Until today, when a new way of thinking emerged – a new kind of thinking by which the “mind” cedes dominion to “the body/brain” out of which “the mind” emerged.

I am; therefor I think

~~~

Humanity needs its religions and it needs its sciences. Religions and their rituals (performed with sounds/mark/vibrations that have their own unique meanings) link the VUR in which “our bodies/brains” dwell with the VVR in which “our minds” dwell.....these sounds/mark/vibrations with meaning being expressed in the form of sounds (music – drumming) or marks (costumes – dance).

Science and their rituals (performed with sounds/mark/vibrations that have their own unique meanings) strive to do the same; however, to date science is striving to make this connection from VVR to VUR using only “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and a “mind” that constructs theories (theoretical physics) and experiments (applied science) using the “language” of “mathematics” to do so.

All that needs remains to be done to link VUR and VVR in both directions is for the mind to embrace the fact that the bridge lies

Not only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”

But also in the sound/mark/vibration that is the “word/symbol/image”.

It is

As simple

As that

DIVING DEEPER

Moving On

From Segment Three Which

Illustrates How Humanity Crossed The Bridge From VUR to VVR

To Segment Four Which

Illustrates How Humanity Can Now Cross the Bridge from VVR to VUR

Every tribe/community has its ritual. Its ritual emerges out of the bodily connection that its members has with the source and substance of all that exists including them.

Originally, these rituals were informed by vibrations expressed as specific sounds and specific marks: specific sounds and specific marks that emerged from the bodies of the tribal/community members in a manner coordinated by their brains; each specific sound and specific mark having a meaning associated with it based upon what these tribal/community members were sensing in their bodies as their bodies were interacting with their surroundings, vibrationally, in a manner orchestrated by their brains.⁶⁰

However, with the emergence of these specific sounds/marks with meaning – these specific vibrations with meaning – there emerged within “the body” these two vibrating existential states” now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind”.⁶¹

And, with the emergence of these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” these rituals that were initially a product of “the body” and “its brain” became both a product of “the body/brain” and “verbal reality/mind”; the bridge between “body/brain” and “verbal reality/mind” being these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Initially, the existence of this bridge was easily recognized by the members of the “tribe/community” since each of these vibrations with meaning were clearly a specific sound or a specific mark whose meanings was associated with something of substance upon which the specific sound or the specific mark was superposed (the “lion” or the “wolf” in our previous example).

Nevertheless, gradually, these specific vibrations with meaning – these specific sounds/marks with meaning – were merged into “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” and the existence of this bridge became less and less apparent....the result being that:

Gradually, these two vibrating existential states were merged into the verbal and into multiple “verbal realities” and “minds” as were “each body” and “each brain”; each “mind” having the potential to produce within “its verbal reality” multiple “stories” including “creation stories” and “models of reality” (also called “philosophies”, “theologies” and “scientific treatises”) concerning

What is real/not real

What is happening/not happening

What is source/not source of this happening

With no thought being given by “the Mind” to these facts:

1

Each “word/symbol/image” is a specific vibration that emerges from the body in the form of a specific sound or a specific mark: its meaning emerging from what the body is sensing as the body is interacting with its surroundings; its evolutionary role being to bring forth (manifest) in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal.

2

That each ritual of a tribe/community is based upon the connecting, vibrationally, of its members with the source and substance of all that exists (including “them”).

3

The vibrating connecting of “body”, “brain”, “verbal reality”, “mind” and “their surroundings” that is occurring is due to these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that are emerging from the “body” pursuant to a natural selecting (evolutionary) process – a natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process by which the source and substance of all that exist (Vibration) acts upon itself and through all vibrations (all vibrating presences) that emerge from it.

~~~

So Now

Let’s gradually dive deeper and deeper

Beneath all of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform each of these two vibrating existential states called “our verbal realities” and “our minds”

into

(i) this single reality (UR) that lies there;

(ii) its source and substance (Vibration); and,

(iii) all vibrating presences that emerge from Vibration (V)

Including

Not only these vibrations with meaning called “words”,

“symbols” and “images”

But also these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” as well as the “stories” that emerge within “them”.

And let’s use this new kind of thinking to facilitate this deeper dive.

~~~

First, let’s return to the subjects of (i) Humanity’s Wrong Turn; (ii) the Matter of Proof;

Next, let’s address Humanity’s Challenge

Then, let’s start course correcting by diving deeper and deeper into some of the other subjects of interest that have already been explored, providing a bit more “color” to these subjects.

While doing so, there will be some repetition since the “territory” to which these deeper dives relate has already been explored to some extent...albeit the perspective from which this “territory” will be viewed will be different.

Yet, that is the way it is with “words”, “symbols” and “images” and each “verbal reality”, “mind” and “story” informed by them since the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that are emerging in any present moment can only explain/describe (simulate) what is occurring in that present moment.

Concerning Humanity’s Wrong Turn

It was only after we presences called “human” began interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”) using vibrations with meaning that we could manifest in “the verbal” what lay beneath “the verbal”. Indeed, it was then and only then that “we” could call these vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images” and call these two vibrating existential states “verbal reality” and “mind”. In fact, it was then and only then that we presences called “human” could individually and collectively manifest (bring forth) our vibrating presences in our “verbal realities” and “minds” and accept (through verbal agreement) that each of “us” had a “body”, a “brain” and a “mind”.

Therefore, recognize that when I, the “speaker/writer” verbally communicate to you, the “listener/reader” any verbal statement including these two verbal statements

Before we presences called “human” begin interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”) using these vibrations with meaning, we were interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”), vibrationally, with “our surroundings” and all vibrations (all vibrating presences) dwelling therein.

Since each vibration (each vibrating presence) has vibrating characteristics that are unique to “it”, each vibration (as a vibrating presence) simply was interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”), vibrationally, through vibrating acts.

I am manifesting (bringing forth) in “my verbal reality” and “my mind” what I “think” is “true” for the purpose of allowing “you” the opportunity to accept/not accept (through verbal agreement) in “your verbal reality” and “your mind” that these verbal statements are “true” or “not true” since the only way we presences called “human” can, collectively, prove any verbal statement “true/not true” is by accepting (through verbal agreement) that it is either “true” or “not true”.

More To The Point

Once a presence called “human” can produce these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, it becomes relatively easy for all presences called “human” to use these vibrations with meaning in a short-handed manner; forgetting (or having never been taught) that “each word”, “each symbol”, “each image” and “each combination of words, symbols and images” points to (serve as signs pointing to) an underlying reality and an underlying source and substance whose “true nature” can never be captured “whole” – only simulated – using “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” or “the combination”.

Once forgetting (or having never been taught) this fact, it becomes incumbent upon we presences called “human” – through acts of self-reflecting using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and a “mind” both created and informed by “them” – to dive deep beneath “all words”, “all symbols”, “all images” and “all combination of words, symbols and images” for the purpose of understanding the “true nature” of this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance, while recognizing that their “true nature” can never be captured “whole” – only simulated – using “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” or “the combination”.

Simply stated

Once these vibrations with meaning – these “sounds with meaning” and “marks with meaning” called “words”, “symbols” and “images” – emerged, it became too easy for each of we presences called “human” to collapse into “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” and “the combination”

(i) the underlying reality in which “the body” and “the brain” dwells; and,

(ii) the source and substance of this underlying reality

And, to forget (never be taught) “our true nature”.

More particularly, once these vibrations with meaning – these “sounds with meaning” and “marks with meaning” called “words”, “symbols” and “images – emerged, it became too easy to adopt a “kind of thinking” (the current kind of thinking) that always collapses into the verbal what lies beneath the verbal....that being Humanity’s Wrong Turn....a “wrong turn” that can be “course corrected” only if “our minds” are prepared to dive deep beneath the verbal using a different kind of “thinking” – a new kind of thinking – that embraces what lies beneath the verbal.⁶²

In Other Words

Humanity’s wrong turn lies in adopting a current kind of thinking that collapses into the verbal what lies beneath the verbal. This does not mean that producing these vibrations with meaning – these sound/marks with meaning – called “words/symbols/images” was a wrong turn. Nor was it a wrong turn to emerge with these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. Through use of a “verbal reality” and “mind” both created and informed by his/her “words/symbols/images”, each presence called “human” has the potential to maximize his/her “human potential” in amazing ways as does “humanity” as a “whole”.

In fact, through the use of “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”, the “mysteries” that lie beneath “all words”, “all symbols” and “all images” have been articulated in the mystical traditions of all prevailing “philosophies”, “theologies”, “theories” and “models of reality”....not because they are “right” but because “they” are currently the best articulation of what lies beneath them and to which each of “them” point in its own unique way.

Humanity’s wrong turn lies in adopting this current kind of thinking, a “kind of thinking” that

Ignores the underlying reality and underlying source and substance that lies beneath the verbal and to which the verbal is pointing

But instead

Chooses (selects) to fight about who is right and who is wrong

As opposed to

Understanding that if the “verbal reality” in which “your mind” dwells and upon which “your mind” is selecting its actions (“your actions”) is not coherent with (i) this underlying reality in which “your body/brain” dwells and their source and substance, ultimately it will make no difference who is “right/wrong”. See Footnote 7 and Text surrounding that footnote.

~~~

It is as simple as that.

Yet, it is not that simple since

There is always the matter of proof;

A Matter of proving “true” to the “mind”

What is “sensed” as “true” in the “body”.⁶³

Concerning The Matter Of Proof

The only way any verbal statement or any story can be proved “true” in the verbal is for all presences called “human” to accept (through verbal agreement) that the verbal statement or story is true.

As long as we presences called “human” seeks to “prove something true” in the verbal without accepting (through agreement) the “truth” of this statement

The only way any verbal statement or any story can be proved “true” in the verbal is for all presences called “human” to accept (through verbal agreement) that the verbal statement or story is true.

there will always remain the challenge of answering a question, then another question and then another question and then another question concerning the “truth” of a “statement – with each answer being collapsed into “the verbal”.

And, this “chasing of your tail” – having to answer an ever continuing stream of questions in the verbal – will keep on occurring until that moment when you accept (through verbal agreement) that each “word”, each “symbol” and each “image” is a vibration with meaning produced in the form of a “sound” or a “mark” that emerges from something of substance called “the body”; each “sound” and “mark” being vibrationally sensed by “the body” as a vibration, serving as a “sign” pointing to something of substance that lies beneath it.

For it is then and only then that this something of substance called “your mind” opens up to “your body” and this something of substance called “your brain”, seeking to determine what is the best vibrations with meaning – the best word/symbol/image – by which to inform “the mind” of

What is the true nature of each these somethings of substance that lies beneath the verbal – or, more particularly, these “words”

“the body”

“the brain”

It is to the matter of “proof” that we now turn, striving to “prove true” to “all minds” (using verbal statements) what the “body” knows is “true” and what the “mind” learns is “true” once “it” (the “mind”) accepts the fact that “it”, the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells as well as “the body”, “its brain” and the underlying reality in which each “body”, “brain”, “verbal reality” and “mind” is really a something of substance (a vibration) dwelling in a vibrating existential state that is always emerging from a source and substance best simulated using the word, vibration.

What follows in Segment Two are a series of verbal statements presented for the purpose of proving true what has previously been stated in this writing using this new kind of thinking to do so.⁶⁴

More particularly, what follows in Segment Two is a “diving deep” beneath the verbal for the purposes of opening we presences called “human” up to “our bodies” and the manner in which “our brains” orchestrate our interacting (communicating) with our surroundings and coordinate the bringing forth (manifesting) of “our surroundings” (our reality and its source and substance) into “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and, potentially, an infinite number of “verbal realities” and “minds” both created and informed by “them”.

~~~

We start with what it means to manifest in a verbal reality an underlying something of substance”; then “dive deeper” from there.⁶⁵

Recognizing that the only way that

Humanity can “prove” any verbal statement or story

“true”

Is for each presence called “human”

To accept (through verbal agreement)

That the verbal statement or story

Is

“true”

Concerning Humanity’s Challenge

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing could be stated, verbally about anything by any presence called “human” in these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”; nor could we presences called “human” call ourselves “human”; yet, each of we presences called “human would still be existing as something of substance beneath these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” superposed upon “us”.

Consider a something of substance now thought of and called a

“new born baby”. “It” exists as a something of substance; yet, “it” has no “words”, “symbols” and “images” by which to state so. In fact, a similar statement can be made for a “cat” or a “dog” or an “organism” or a “cell” or a “molecule” or an “atom” or a “particle” or “the universe”.⁶⁶

More particularly, absent the presence of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing could be stated, verbally about anything nor would there exists a “verbal reality” in which what is now thought of and called “the mind” dwells; yet, each of we presences called “human” would still exists as something of substance called a “body” dwelling in something of substance called “reality” emerging from something of substance called “source” that cannot be explained or described until what are called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are present.

Simply Stated:

Present the presence of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, anything can be stated about anything. In fact, once the “new born baby” produces its first word in the form of a “sound” or a “mark”, this “new born baby” joins the ranks of all of we presences called “human” who, once able to produce their first word, can now produce, potentially, an infinite number of “words”, “symbols” and “images”; each “human” expressing his/her own views of what is happening “Now” beneath the “words”, “symbols” and “images” he/she is choosing (act of selection) to explain or describe the “happening event”.

More particularly, present the presence of what are not thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” anything can be stated, verbally, about anything in any “verbal reality” and “mind” both created and informed by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and any statement called a “question” can be “asked” with, potentially, an infinite number of verbal statements called “answers”.

Thus, the real challenge for we presences called “human” is to not to provide answers to what can be and always will be an infinite number of questions that can and do emerge once “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” is present.

Rather, the real challenge for we presences called “human” is two-fold:

First, to ask and answer this question:

What is the “true nature” of this something of substance

called “the mind”?

Then, based upon the answer to that question, choose (act of selecting) the best word by which to answer this question?

What is the “true nature” of this something of substance

called “the body” and “the brain”?⁶⁷

~~~~

For any presence called “human” (including you and me) to state, verbally, that “he” or “she” has the answers to these questions using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” to do so seems impossible since, most assuredly, all other presences called “human” in your “tribe” or “community” having differing statements will ask for “proof”....a “proof” that will be quite difficult to bring forth (manifest) in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” – particularly if all members of your “tribe” or “community” have accepted (through agreement) in their collective mind a current kind of thinking that provides a different answer.

Yet, you must try; a “trying” that does hold promise once you dive beneath the word, “word” and discover that the word, “word” and all “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really sound with meaning or mark with meaning – or, more particularly vibrations with meaning -- that are emerging from “you” and, once emerging, are serving as

signs pointing to the somethings of substance

that lies beneath them

For it is then in that moment that you really can embrace the fact (both “in mind” and “in body”) that what are now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind” are really two vibrating existential states created and informed by these vibrations with meaning; these vibrations with meaning serving as a vibrating linguistic lenses (called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” through which the “mind” can view and produce “stories” concerning the something of substance out of which “it” (“the mind”) and “all that exists” emerges.

For it is then in that moment that you can really “break free” from a current kind of thinking that is embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and embrace a new kind of thinking that is embedded in the vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”; a new kind of thinking that embraces the fact that these vibrations with meaning are bringing forth into the verbal (i.e. each “word/symbol/image”, each “verbal reality/mind” and each “story”) these somethings of substance that lies beneath the verbal.

For it is then in that moment that you discover you have answered the first question.

The answer being that the “true” nature of this something of substance called “the mind” is vibrational as is “the verbal reality” in which “the mind” dwells and as are the “stories” that “the mind” produces, meaning it (“the mind”) is a vibration having vibrating characteristics unique to it and by which it can be identified.

Yet, that is only the beginning

Since

There still remains the challenge of answering the second question previously stated. In other words, there still remains the challenge of choosing (act of selecting) the best vibration with meaning by which to explain/describe (simulate) the “true nature” of this something of substance called “the body” and “its brain” as well each other something of substance that lies beneath the verbal.

And that requires a “starting over”, a supplementing of the current kind of thinking embedded only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” with a new kind of thinking embedded in these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” – vibrations with meaning that serve as

Signs pointing to each something of substance

That lies beneath “them”.⁶⁸

~~~

COURSE CORRECTING

Reference is made to the Précis set forth in the opening pages of this book; specific reference being made to the two realities described in the opening paragraph of the Précis; namely:

What can now be thought of and called a “verbal reality” (VR) in which what is now thought of and called “the mind” dwells.

And

What can now be thought of and called an “underlying reality” (UR) in which what is now thought of and called “the body” and what is now thought of and called “the brain” dwells.

What is now being stated, using this new kind of thinking is that what is now thought of and called “verbal reality” (VR) is actually a vibrating verbal reality (VVR)and what is thought of and called “underlying reality” (UR) is actually a “single reality”....a vibrating underlying reality (VUR):

Each of the “body” and the “brain” of each of we presences called “human” being something of substance (a vibration) that is always emerging within something of substance (vibrating reality) out of a something of substance (Vibration) for as long as it exists.

The “mind” of each of we presences called “human”....for as long as it exists....being a something of substance (a vibration) that is always emerging within something of substance (vibrating verbal reality) out of this something of substance (this vibration) collectively called “the body/brain” but only after “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can produce its first vibration with meaning (its first “word”).

However, proving this statement “true” to all presences called “human” including you, the listener/reader, becomes quite difficult since most of us have been educated to collapse this underlying vibrating reality into this vibrating verbal reality, thereby

Ceding to “the mind” a dominance over “its body/brain” when, in fact, the “body/brain” emerges first and “the mind” emerges later – only after the “body/brain” can produce its “first word” and the many “words”, “symbols” and “images” that follow.

The Point

Humanity Wrong Turn occurred when Humanity ceded to each individual “mind” and to the collective “mind” of its members dominance over their “bodies” and their “brains”

When “the word” and each “mind” informed by “the word” was granted authority over what lies beneath “the word” including each “body/brain” out of which “each word” and “each mind” emerged.

When “the mind” began treating each vibrating verbal reality (VVR) as “real” and the vibrating underlying reality (VUR) that lay beneath as “surreal”.

To course correct this “wrong turn” Humanity must “start over” – reboot (so to speak) by returning to their appropriate position of authority the “body” and “the brain” and by adopting this new way of thinking – this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader have now been introduced.

Yet, to do so requires diving deeper and deeper beneath the verbal into each something of substance that lies there using this new kind of thinking.

~~~

What follows in the balance of this Segment (Segment Two) of our Journey, Beneath Words, are Some Words concerning why the answer to the second question is coherently similar to the first question; that answer being:

The “true” nature of this something of substance called “the body” and this something of substance called “the brain” is vibrational as is this something of substance called “reality” in which “the body/brain” dwells, meaning that “each body”, “each brain” and the single reality in which all bodies/brains dwell is a vibration having vibrating characteristics unique to it and by which it can be identified.

Concerning

The Maps And Stories That Guide Us On Our Journeys Through Life

Consider This:

Most of we presences called “human” now agree that what is now called the “universe” or “multiverse” emerged prior to our emerging within “it” and what is now called “planet Earth” emerged prior to our emerging on “it”. Since “we” accept through verbal agreement these two facts, it would seem relatively easy for “us” to accept through verbal agreement this third fact: that what is called the “universe” or “multiverse” and what is called “planet Earth” emerged prior to not only “us” but also prior to what “we” call “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

However, apparently, many of we presences called “human” find verbally agreeing to this third fact too difficult to accept, choosing (act of selecting) to think otherwise in a “mind” informed by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”. To be sure, in the “beginning” was “the word”; yet, the “beginning” referred to was the beginning of a “verbal reality” – a “verbal reality” that was being superposed upon an underlying reality and that allowed we presences called “human” to bring forth (manifest) in “the word” both this underlying reality that lies Beneath Words and “its source and substance”.

However, once “your mind” shifts from the current kind of thinking that embraces only the “word/symbol/image”, to this new kind of thinking that embraces each “word/symbol/image” as being a sound with meaning – a mark with meaning -- or, more particularly, a vibration with meaning, “your mind” soon begins to focus not only upon what lies beneath “each word”, “each symbol” and “each image” but also what lies beneath “all words”, “all symbols” and “all images”.

More To The Point

Once “your mind” really “thinks about it”, it is not too difficult for “your mind” to “think” the “thought” that certain presences communicate through “sounds” and through “marks” whose meaning emerges out of their interacting with their environment. Examples: (i) What is now thought of and called a “lion” produces a “sound” called a “Roar” and what is now thought of and called “the lion’s prey” knows the “lion” is present through its “listening” and (ii) What is now thought of and called a “wolf” produces a “mark” that can be “seen” (scat) and what is now thought of and called “the wolves prey” knowns the “wolf” is present through “its seeing”.

In fact, once, “your mind” really grasp this fact, it is not too difficult for “your mind” to accept the “thought” that these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning are sensed, vibrationally, through what is now thought of and called “your hearing” and “your seeing”.

However, the “thoughts” that “each mind” (including “your mind”) does find difficult to accept are these thoughts:

1

That these sounds/marks with meaning called “words/symbols/images” are really vibrations with meaning.

2

That “each mind” (including “your mind) and the “verbal reality” in which “each mind” (including “your mind”) dwells are really vibrating existential states both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning.

3

And that while dwelling within its “verbal reality”, “the mind” (including “your mind”) is actually using these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses (now thought of and called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”) through which “it” is viewing the reality that lies beneath as well as the “source and substance” of this underlying reality.

~

Three thoughts that gradually begin to be accepted by a “mind” (“your mind”) once that “mind” (“your mind”) observes each sound/mark with meaning called “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image” is emerging from the “body” (“your body”) as a vibration

The spoken sound with meaning/word being produced by the “voice” (“your voice”) using voice mechanics to shape Vibration now thought of and called “Sound” into specific vibrations

The drawn/written mark with meaning/word being produced by the “hand” (“your hand”) using hand mechanics (aided by a “marking tool” applied to a “smooth surface” to shape Vibration now thought of and called “Sound” into specific vibrations

The meaning of each specific vibration emerging out of the associating of the specific vibration with something of substance that lies beneath it (the specific vibration).⁶⁹

Simply Stated

Words, symbols and images are signs pointing to an underlying reality and its source and substance as are the sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – the vibrations with meaning that inform “each word”, “each symbol” and “each image”

Vibrations with meaning that can be “sensed” through “vibrating acts of hearing” and “vibrating acts of seeing”

Each vibration with meaning pointing to an underlying vibrating reality whose “territory” we are now exploring for the purpose of determining the “true nature” of this underlying reality and its source and substance.

Now Consider This:

The role of a Cartographer is, individually, to create the best Map

That is the best simulation

Of the “territory” – the “underlying topography” –

Upon which the Map is

Superposed

~~~

Similarly,

The role of a Physicists is, individually, to create the best Story

The best “Creation Story/Model of Reality”

That is the best simulation

Of the “territory” – the underlying reality –

Upon which the Story iss

Superposed

~~~

The Role of Humanity, is, collectively, to accept (through verbal agreement)

That one best Creation Story/Model of Reality”

That is the best simulation

Not Only

Of the “territory” – the underlying reality

Upon which this Story is

Superposed

But Also

Of

The “source and substance”

Of this

This underlying reality

Since it is only through verbal agreement that

any statement, any story, any Creation Story/Model of Reality

can be “proved true”.

Now Consider These Statements Concerning

Maps, Stories And Journeying Through Unfamiliar Territories

Usually, before embarking on a journey through a territory with which you are not familiar, it is best to have in your possession a map of the territory you will be exploring. The map is not the territory. It is only a simulation of the territory based upon a mathematical scale; a typical map being comprised of “words”, “symbols” and “images” with which you are familiar – albeit the territory is not familiar. In other words, the best map is a map whose “words”, “symbols” and “images” best simulate the territory.

Most “territories” (e.g. the “territory” called “Earth” or the vaster “territory” called “the Universe” or “the Multiverse”) emerged

(i) prior to we presences called “human” emerging within these “territories”;

(ii) prior to the emerging of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”; and,

(iii) prior to the emerging of any “maps” created by a “mind” using these “words/ symbols/images”.

Many of these “territories” have now been “mapped”. However, there are many “territories” that remain to be mapped. The “territory” that lies Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany them is one of these unmapped “territories”:

It being “the territory’ into which you are now journeying;

It being “the “territory” that lies beneath these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Simply stated: Although the current kind of thinking in which most of we presences called “human” are “schooled” focuses only on “words”, “symbols” and “images” and the “maps” and “stories” created and informed by “them”, this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader has now been introduce dives deeper, embracing “words/symbols/images” as vibrations with meaning and each “verbal reality” and “mind” as a vibrating existential state – thereby giving a

more vibrant meaning to any “map” or “story” that a “mind” produces.

In fact, once “your mind” really grasps these facts and this new kind of thinking that embraces each “word/symbol/image” as a vibration with meaning and each “verbal reality/mind” as a vibrating existential state, it becomes relatively easy for “your mind” to accept, verbally, this fact:

That what lies beneath words and the symbols and images that accompany them is a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance best simulated by the word, Vibration.⁷⁰

More To The Point:

A “map” is produced by a “mind”. In producing the “map”, the “mind” uses the “words”, the “symbols” and the “images” that both create and inform “its verbal reality”.

In this sense, a “map” emerges from the “mind” in the same manner as a “story” emerges from the “mind”; each “map” and “each story” being a product of the “words”, the “symbols” and the “images” that both create and inform the mind’s verbal reality (i.e. the “verbal reality” in which the “mind” dwells).

If the “mind” creating the map provides more detail to the “map”, the “territory” simulated by the “map” becomes more “understandable”. Similarly, if the “mind” creating the “story” provides more detail to the “story”, the “reality” simulated by the “story” becomes more “understandable”.

However, if “the mind” is only applying a current kind of thinking that goes no deeper than “its verbal reality”, the territory lying Beneath Words and “the symbols” and “the images” that accompany “them” can be missed – its detail completely forgotten.

However, this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader, have been introduced, allows “your mind”

Not only to dive deeper beneath the “words/symbols/images” that create and inform the “map/story” into the sounds/marks with meaning -- the vibrations with meaning – that create and inform the “map/story”

Not only to dive deeper beneath the word, “mind” and the phrase, “verbal reality” into these two vibrating existential states called “mind” and “its verbal reality”

But also, to understand in more detail how “each mind” uses these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”

(i) through which it views this underlying reality – this “territory” in which you are now journeying – and its source and substance; and,

(ii) with which it produces its “maps/stories” of this underlying reality – “this territory” in which you are now journeying – and its source and substance.

By doing so, the “map/story” becomes more vibrant (more vibrationally alive) to “the mind”.⁷¹

In this sense, if the “words”, the “symbols” and “the images” that both create and inform “its verbal reality” changes, then the “mind” changes as does the “maps/stories” produced by “the mind” (“Plasticity”).

More particularly, if the vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” changes, then these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” changes (Vibrational Plasticity).

In this sense, changing or rearranging the vibrations with meaning changes these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” and changes “the maps” – “the stories” – produced by “the mind”.

Simply stated:

Embracing each “word/symbol/image” as a vibration with meaning and embracing each “verbal reality” and “mind” as a vibrating existential state changes the “map/story” of vibrating verbal territory (the “verbal territory”) in which “the mind” dwells.

Once these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” (the “latter – “the mind” – dwelling in the former – “its verbal reality”), the “mind” has the potential to use, and does actually use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which it (“the mind”) constructs is “maps” and “its stories” concerning the “underlying territory” in which the “body/brain” that produced “it” dwells.

Yet, there still remains to be “mapped/storied” this single vibrating reality (this “underlying territory”) that lies beneath this vibrating verbal territory and that is always emerging from this this single vibrating source and substance best simulated by the word, Vibration.

~~~

Even More To The Point

As a map of a territory is being produced by a mind using “words”, “symbols” and “images” to do so, the “body” and “its brain” are exploring the territory; the map emerging out of the interacting that is occurring among “the body/brain”, “its mind” and “the territory”.

In other words, as the “body” explores “the territory”; “its brain” is both

Orchestrating the interacting that is occurring between the “body” and “its surrounding territory”

And

Coordinating the production of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

The “map” is the “story” that the “mind” constructs. The goal is for the “map” to be the best verbal simulation of the “territory”; a “territory” that emerged

(i) prior to the emergence of the “body”;

(ii) prior to the emergence of any “brain” orchestrating the “sensations” that the “body” is experiencing/sensing/feeling as it interacts with “its surroundings”.

(iii) prior to the emergence of any “brain” coordinating the production of “the words”, “symbols” and “images” that emerge from “the body”.

(iv) prior to the emergence of “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform “the mind” and “its verbal reality”; and,

(v) prior to the emergence of “the mind” and its ability to use “words”, “symbols” and “images” as linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which it constructs its “stories/maps”.

The current kind of thinking in which we presences called “human” are “schooled” stops at “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” using “them” to construct a “story” – a “map” – of what is “real”;

Be that “story” based upon any “evolutionary story of emergence”

Be that “story” based upon a “story” of “creationism”, or “bio-mimicry” or, simply, “mimicry”

Or

Be that “story” a “map” striving to simulate a reality that is only set forth in “words/symbols/image” defined by other “words/symbols/images”.

Applying this current kind of thinking that goes no deeper than “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”, the “mind” simply skates along the surface of “its verbal reality” with no thought given to what lies Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany them and no thought given to how “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” emerged other than attributing it to another “word” – such as a “deity” or a “power greater than I”.

And, that “attribution” makes “sense” since it is “true” that “all that exists” emerges from a common source and substance – the ultimate question being what “word” best explains/describes (simulates) the “true nature” of this common source and substance.

However, simply describing the “true nature” of this common source and substance through the use of one or more “words/symbols/images” misses the point.

With the emergence of “the word”, there was this “new beginning”; yet, it was only “the beginning” of the verbal – or more, particularly, multiple verbal realities and multiple minds – in which an infinite number of verbal stories and multiple verbal maps could be produced concerning what lies beneath the verbal.

Diving beneath the “word/symbol”/image” into the sound/mark – the vibration – that gives “it” its meaning allows “the mind” to go deeper into “the word”:

To complement its current kind of thinking with a deeper kind of thinking concerning the verbal;

To complement its current kind of thinking with a new kind of thinking that allows “the mind” to accept, verbally, the fact that the evolutionary role of the “word/symbol/image” is

To bring forth (manifest) in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal in order to allow the body/brain not only survive but also to thrive.

~~~

In other words, this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader, are now being introduced allows “the mind” (“your mind”) to dive deeper Beneath Words and “the symbols” and “images” that accompany them into the vibrational existential state that is “the mind” (“your mind”) and the vibrational existential state that is “its verbal reality”

Two vibrating existential states that emerge only after “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can produce these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning that only we humans call “words/symbols/images”

One of these vibrating existential states called “the mind” now having the potential to dive deeper and deeper beneath the words, “body” and “brain” into each something of substance that lies there – a something of substance that dwells within a something of substance called “reality” and emerges from a something of substance called Vibration

Meaning each “something of substance” – no matter by what “name”, “number” or “species” it is called – is a vibration.

~~~

In other words, consistent with an evolutionary theory of emergence that explains the emergence of we presences called “human” through a natural selecting process, this new kind of thinking embraces each something of substance that lies Beneath Words and “the symbols” and “images” that accompany them as a vibration.

This vibration called “the territory” emerges first, followed by the emergence of these vibrations called “body”, “brain”, “words/symbols/images”, “verbal reality”, “mind”, “projections”, “measurements”, “thoughts” and “stories/maps”....in that order.

Simply stated:

1

This something of substance (this “territory”) that emerges first (and is always emerging in each present moment called “Now”) is an underlying vibrating reality; an underlying vibrating reality that emerges only after Vibration (as the “source and substance” of “all that exists”) acts upon itself pursuant to this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process.⁷²

2

These somethings of substance now thought of and called “body”, “brain”, “words/symbols/images”, “verbal reality”, “mind”, “projections”, “measurements”, “thoughts”, “stories” and “maps” emerge later (as vibrations) through the same natural selecting process as do these somethings of substance (each a vibration) called “waves”, “strings”, “particles”, “atoms”, “molecules”, “cells”, “organisms”, “something”, “nothing” or “anything”.

3

However, absence the presence of these sounds/marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – there would be no way to “say so” nor would there exist these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which “stories” and “maps” can be produced nor would there exists these kinds of thinking called current and new.

~~~

It is as simple as that

Yet, it is not that simple since there is always the matter of “proof”,

Isn’t there?

Of proving “true” to “the mind” what has always been known

By the “body”⁷³

An Expanded Map Of The Territory

You Are Now Exploring

What you, the listener/reader are now doing is exploring a “territory” that “your body/brain” is always experiencing Beneath Words and beneath the symbols and images that accompany “words”; a “territory” that

Not only includes the single vibrating reality in which your body and your brain dwells as vibrations and the single vibrating source and substance (Vibration) out of which this single vibrating reality and all vibrations emerge.

But also includes these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “image” and these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” (each a vibrating presence)

The “mind” dwelling within its “verbal reality” as that “verbal reality” exists from moment to moment

The “mind” using the vibrations with meaning that both create and inform “it” and “its verbal reality” as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which “it” (“the mind”) produces its “stories” concerning “everything”, “anything”, “something” and “nothing”.

Best that you have a map of this territory.

However, before providing you with “your map”, consider these “thoughts” concerning “maps” and “your reading” of “them” (these “thoughts” apply to “stories” also):

1

Once you have a “map” in your possession, you first review that map in “your mind”, noting the one or more particular paths (trails) that can be taken.

2

Then having chosen (act of selecting) from a menu of all possible paths available to you, you (or, more particularly, your body – in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”) set out along the “path” chosen for “you”.

3

However, note also that in that present moment, prior to your setting out on “your journey”, you have another choice (act of selecting) available to you:

You can set out on “your journey” limiting “your journey” to one of the paths set forth on the “map”, thereby following the current kind of thinking embedded in the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform “it”

or

You can set out on “your own journey” finding another “path” – another “way”:

One not defined by “the map” and the current kind of thinking embedded in the “words/symbols/images” that inform “it”

One that, once found, complements the existing “map” (the current kind of thinking) with a “new path” – another way (a new kind of thinking – that provides another view/experience of “the territory”

~~~

The “map” for Our journey, Beneath Words sets forth a “new path” (new kind of thinking) that complements the existing paths (current kind of thinking) – albeit the map for our journey does not have the appearance of a traditional map.

Instead, the map for our journey is comprised of a Précis, an Abstract and a New Model of Reality;

It being a “map” of the underlying vibrating reality and its vibrating source and substance;

It being a “story” based upon this new kind of thinking that gradually emerges in “your mind” once “your mind” begins to embrace these facts:

(i) The “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform “it” are really sounds/marks with meaning or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning;

(ii) “Your mind” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells are really vibrating existential states in which these vibrations with meaning serve as vibrating linguistic lenses through which “your mind” views the underlying reality in which your “body/brain” dwells.

“Your mind” has already reviewed the Précis; the point of the Précis being that once these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words/symbols/images” emerge from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain”, it is relatively easy for the “mind” of a presence called “human” to choose (act of selecting) one or more actions in his/her “verbal reality” that are not coherent (not aligned) with the underlying reality in which his/her “body/brain” dwells, thereby making a “wrong turn”.

In fact, once these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerged, it appears that somewhere along its evolutionary path Humanity did make a wrong turn, choosing (act of selecting) to cede control of its destiny to only “the mind” rather than honor the potential that exists in both its “collective mind” and the multiple bodies/brains out of which its “collective mind” emerges.

~~~

The Abstract that follows sets forth in more detail the different path – the new kind of thinking to which you have now been introduced; it being a new kind of thinking that has as its purpose the course correcting Humanity’s Wrong Turn by focusing “the mind” on the fact that absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning nothing could be stated about anything,

Meaning

1

That it was only after these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerged that what lay beneath “them” could be brought forth (manifested) in “them”.

2

That it was only after these vibrations with meaning emerged that any something of substance could be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal; each something of substance called “the body”, “the brain” and “the mind” being no exceptions.

3

That it was only after these vibrations with meaning emerged that Humanity made its “wrong turn” by embracing only “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” rather than embracing both “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and what lies beneath “them”.

4

That is was only after these vibrations with meaning emerged that “they” – these vibrations with meaning – could be called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and that such verbal statements as the Precis (previously presented), the Abstract (that follows) and this New Model of Reality set forth in Segment Five could be combined to form a verbal map of the territory we are now exploring and will continue to explore on this Journey, Beneath Words....

....a “verbal map/story” constructed using this new kind of thinking for the purpose of course-correcting

Humanity’s Wrong Turn

End of Segment Four

The Fourth Segment of this Journey, Beneath Words

THIS JOURNEY, BENEATH WORDS

SEGMENT FIVE

“Cosmology must do equal justice to atomism, to continuity, to causation, to memory, to perception, to qualitative and quantitative forms of energy and to extension. But so far, there has been no reference to the ultimate vibratory characters of organism and to the ‘potential’ element in nature.”

“Newton could have accepted a molecular theory as easily as Plato, but there is this difference between them: Newton would have been surprised at the modern quantum theory and at the dissolution of quanta into vibrations; Plato would have expected it.” (Emphasis added)

Alfred North Whitehead

Process and Reality

Corrected Edition

(The Free Press, New York, 1978)

A New Model Of Reality

Preamble

Absent the presence of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, we presences called “human” could not produce any verbal statement nor could we produce any “creation story”, “worldview” or “model of reality” nor could “we” call ourselves “human”. The statement, “In the beginning was the word” (or words to that effect) is “true”. However, that statement applies only to the “verbal reality” each “word”, “symbol” or “image” creates.

The characteristic (vibrating characteristic) that distinguishes we presences called “human” from all other presences existing in our surroundings is our ability to actualize our human potential by shaping Vibration called “Sound” and Vibration called “Light” into specific sounds and specific marks (specific vibrations) and associate those specific sounds and specific marks with meaning; the meaning emerging from what lies beneath these specific vibrations.

Through actualizing our human potential in this manner, we presences called “human” manifest in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal; thereby allowing us to communicate, vibrationally, about what are now thought of and called “our bodies”, “our brain” and “our minds” as well as (i) the “underlying reality” in which “we” dwell and (ii) “its source and substance”.

If you “think” of “yourself” as only having a “body”, a “brain” and a “mind”, then “you” are simply dwelling in a “verbal reality” that you have brought forth (manifested) with “your words”, “your symbols” and “your images”. You are not engaged with the “reality” in which you dwell; you only “think” you are.

If all of we presences called “human” think of “ourselves” as only having a “body”, a “brain” and a “mind”, then “we” are simply “skating along the surface” of who “we” really are and thereby failing to recognize “our true nature” and “our immense “human potential”.

Each of “us” has a “mind” – once he/she can produce these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”; a “mind” that can and does interacting (“communicate”) vibrationally with “its brain” -- and vice versa (neuroplasticity). And that “mind” can in its “verbal reality” in each present moment choose (acts of selection) which vibrations with meaning it will use as vibrating linguistic lenses by which “its body” and “its brain” will act, vibrationally.

That is “our human potential”

However, if our “verbal realities” in which “our minds” dwell are not coherent with this underling vibrating reality in which “our body/brain” dwells, then this “human potential” will not be realized until “our verbal realities” and all vibrations dwelling in this underlying vibrating reality are aligned coherently.

~~~

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are vibrations with meaning; “sounds” and “marks” that (if not careful) will obfuscate your “true nature”, the “true nature” of all that exists and the “true nature” of their “source and substance”.

These vibrations with meaning both create and inform two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”

Through which we presences called “human” view the “underlying reality” in which we “dwell”

And

By which we presences called “human” produce “our stories” concerning the “true nature” of this “underlying reality” and “its source and substance”.

Although “we” will never be able to capture this “underlying reality” and “its source and substance” whole; “we” can simulate the “true nature” of this “underlying reality” and “its source and substance” by selecting from a menu of all possible vibrations with meaning, that one best vibration with meaning that does so.

What follows is a Model of Reality based upon that best vibration with meaning being Vibration; this Model of Reality being brought forth (manifested) in the verbal.

What this Model of Reality verbally states is that each expression of all that exists

(no matter by what name, number or “species” it is called in the verbal)

is best explained/described (simulated) by the word, Vibration

Meaning

Each expression of all that exists is a vibration that is “vibrationally alive” for as long as it exists; this being “true” as to each

“body”,

“brain”,

“word/symbol/image”,

“verbal reality/mind”

“projection/measurements/thought”

“story”

Constructing A

Model Of Reality

As with all “stories”, the Model of Reality that follows can only be stated using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the images” as “building blocks”. In other words, in order for any presence called “human” to produce any story (be it called a “world view”, a “point of view”, a “philosophy”, a “theory” or a “model of reality”), this presence called “human” must be able to produce words, symbols and images since “they” are the “building blocks” by which he/she can construct his/her “story”.

Similarly, in order for any two or more “humans” (group of humans)

To produce a common story (be it called a “creation story”, a “theology”, a “religion”, a “mathematical formula” or a “scientific truth”)

And

Accept (through verbal agreement) that this common story is “true”

This group must be able to collectively produce words, symbols and images that the members of the group have in common.

Simply Stated

For me, the speaker/writer, in order to produce the Model of Reality that follows, I must be able to speak/write specific words, symbols and images and associate these specific words, symbols and images with a specific meaning.

For you, the listener/reader, in order to understand the Model of Reality that follows, you must be able to listen/read these specific words, symbols and images and associate these specific words, symbols and images with the same specific meaning.

In other words, in order for you and me to be effectively interacting (“communicating”), verbally, about anything, the specific words, symbols and images being chosen (act of selecting) by us while we are interacting (“communicating”) must have a meaning that is in common to both of us.

Not an easy task. And, since it is not that easy, there are “dictionaries” available for such purpose as well as glossaries.

Yet, even then there is confusion since whenever consulting a “dictionary” what typically occurs is that

As you pursue the specific meaning of a word (or a symbol or an image), other words, symbols and images are used to provide the specific meaning you are seeking, leading you to seek the specific meaning of these other words, symbols and images – an exercise that always leads you back to the word, symbol or image whose specific meaning you were initially seeking.

Similar to a “cat chasing its tail”, round and round you go – until you give up.

And, that is the problem with “dictionaries”, they place you in a “verbal reality” that is accepted (through verbal agreement) by your “tribe” or “community”; a “verbal reality” in which “your mind” (and all minds in common) dwell – a verbal reality in which “your mind” (and all minds in common) perform a current kind of thinking that conforms to the “creation story” (the model of reality) accepted (through verbal agreement) as “true”

Until a new “story” and new kind of thinking

Is accepted (through verbal agreement)

As “true”

~~~

What follows is our glossary of terms

Formulating

Our Glossary Of Terms

As with all “stories”, the Model of Reality that follows can only be stated using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

However, what makes this Model of Reality unique is that it starts by giving a specific meaning to the words

“word”/“symbol”/“image”

that is different from the meaning traditionally given to these words, thereby opening up “the mind” to a new kind of thinking about “words”, “symbols” and “images” and what lies beneath them.

~~~

The Model starts by formulating a Glossary of Terms that gives new meaning to all “words”, “symbols” and “images” recognizing that without these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, we presences called “human” could not state, verbally, anything about anything nor could we distinguish what is called the verbal from what is called the nonverbal nor would we presences called “human” have these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which we tell “our stories” concerning the “bodily sensations” we are always experiencing as we are interconnecting/interacting/communicating with a vibrating reality (“our surroundings”) that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance in each present moment called “Now”....a vibrating reality in which each presence dwells (no matter by what “name”, “number” or “species” this presence may be called) – we presences called “human” being no exceptions.

~~~

Next, the Model affirms that when formulating any new Glossary of Terms (including the Glossary of Terms that follows):

A

First, “the mind” producing the Model must select the language of choice in which the Glossary of Terms will be presented. The language could be any language composed of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” (for example, “hieroglyphics”, “Sanskrit”, “Mandarin”, “Spanish”, “mathematics” or “English” – the language selected).

B

Then, “this mind” must adopt the current definition....the current meaning....of each “word”, “symbol” and “image” that both creates and informs that language as well as the current kind of thinking informed by these “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

C

Then and only then can “this mind” begin formulating a new kind of thinking based upon this new Glossary of Terms; a new kind of thinking that supplements the current kind of thinking that is currently emerging in each verbal reality/mind, be it the collective verbal reality/mind of the tribe or community in which “the mind” dwells or a specific individual or group “verbal reality/ mind set” that has emerged within this collective verbal reality/mind.

~~~

And, most importantly, “this mind” must continue to recognize that what it is striving to do is to bring forth (manifest) in the verbal the best model of reality (the best “creation story”) by which to simulate what lies beneath the verbal for the purpose of determining whether any other “minds” accept (through agreement) this simulation as the best simulation until a better simulation emerges.

Our Glossary Of Terms

vibration with meaning A “sound with meaning” or a “mark with

meaning” representing the vibration (the

“something of substance”) that lies beneath the

“sound with meaning”or the “mark with

meaning”.

word/symbol/image A vibration with meaning expressed either as a

“sound with meaning” or a “mark with meaning”;

at their most fundamental, vibrating, level there being no difference among “words”, “symbols”

and “images” – each being a vibrating with

meaning serving as a sign pointing to the

vibration (the “something of substance”) that lies

beneath it.

vibration A “something of substance” that exists beneath

the vibration with meaning superposed upon “it”.

v Symbol representing a vibration.

vibrating As to each v, its own unique

characteristics

(i) “frequency”/intensity” (“F&I”)....measured as a wave having an amplitude;

(ii) “geometry/space” (“G”)....measured,

comparatively, one v in relation to another v

(Relativity).

(iii) “spin” (“S”)....measured as angular spin.

(iv) “potential” (“p”)

Vibration An underlying “something of substance” that is

the “source and substance” of “all that exists”.

Frequently, thought of and called a probability

wave (Quantum Theory) or an Oscillating Zero

Point Field (Classical Theory), its Potential (P)

remains in wave form until actualized pursuant to

the vibrating interacting process consistent with the equation

V (P-/+)

:

v

. the most fundamental physical expression of V being a vibration now thought of and called string

that remains in “wave form” – v (p-/+) – until a

vibrating act breaks “its symmetry”.

V The symbol representing Vibration

Vibration V existing in an existential state of Potential, an

Undifferentiated existential state that exists in each moment called “Now”

Vibration V expressing its Potential by acting upon itself pursuant

Differentiated to the vibrating interacting process.

VUD Symbol representing Vibration Undifferentiated

VID Symbol representing Vibration Differentiated

Potential The vibrating characteristic of V that allows V to act upon itself pursuant to the vibrating interacting process.

P Symbol representing the Potential of V

potential The vibrating characteristic of each v that allows each v to act upon itself pursuant to a vibrating interacting process.

p Symbol representing the potential of each v

In Potentia The vibrating existential state in which V exists

until “it” acts upon “itself” pursuant to the

vibrating interacting process and actualizes its P.

in potentia The vibrating existential state in which each v

exists until “it” acts upon “itself” pursuant to the

vibrating interacting process and actualizes its p

vibrating

interacting The natural process of renormalizing....the natural process selecting process....by which the wave function representing V’s P and the wave function representing the p of each v is collapsed thereby making real (infinite) what was in potentia.

: Symbol representing the vibrating Interacting process

vibrating reality The reality in which all v’s dwell.

vibrating linguistic lens The lens through which each mind views vibrating reality; each vibration with meaning equating to a vibrating linguistic lens within the mind and

the verbal reality in which the mind dwells.

in potential vibrating in potentia state of V and each v emerging from V

existential state

actualized vibrating in potentia vibrating existential state actualized

existential state through the vibrating interacting process

vibrating presence A v as sensed by another v

verbal reality Actualized vibrating existential state that

emerges out of the body in a manner coordinated

by “its brain”

mind Actualized vibrating existential state that dwells

within a verbal reality only after this verbal reality

emerges.

no mind The absence of the mind and a verbal reality in

which the mind dwells; it being an actualized

vibrating existential state that is free of these

vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols”

and “images”.

body A vibrating presence (no matter whether it has a

brain or no brain).

brain A vibrating presence that emerges within the body pursuant to the vibrating interacting process.

no brain Similar to a body in an existential state of “no

mind” except in this case a body existing in a

vibrating existential state without a brain.

vibrating act Vibrating expression of a body or the body/brain.

act of selecting A vibrating act that actualizes the P of V and the p

of each v; a vibrating act that collapses the wave

function

wave function A verbal phrase that in the verbal discipline of

physics stands in for the P of V and the p of each v

as that P/p exists, vibrationally, in each present

moment.

sensing A vibrating act typically associated with vibrating

acts called “seeing”, “hearing”, “smelling”,

“tasting” and“touching” – yet really being one way

“bodies” are always interconnecting and

interacting (communicating) with other “bodies”

in their surroundings.

sensing presence A vibrating presence that senses another vibrating presence through an act of sensing.

sensed presence A vibrating presence that is being sensed by another presence through an act of sensing.

communicating Interconnecting and interacting vibrationally

manifesting Bringing forth into the verbal with lies beneath the verbal.

the verbal Collectively, all verbal realities and all minds and

all words, symbols and images that both create

and inform them.

nonverbal What lies beneath the verbal.

thinking/measuring A vibrating act of the mind performed within its

projecting verbal reality using these vibrations with meaning

as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it

views the vibrating reality in which both its body

and its brain dwells and by which it tells its

“stories”.

new kind of thinking New kind of thinking, measuring and projecting

that treats it acts of thinking, measuring and

projecting as being a product of vibrations with

meaning that emerge from the body in a manner

coordinated by its brain and both create and

inform the verbal reality and mind in which these

acts are performed.

creative process The vibrating interacting process by which (i) a v produces a vibrating act (product of an act of

selecting, (ii) receives in response (feedback)

vibrating acts (each a product of an act of

selecting) from other v’s in its surrounding (its

vibrating reality) and thereby learns and creates.

historical bias A natural bias that arises out of the creative

process by which each v favors previous acts of

learning and creating.

New Model Of Reality

Author’s Note: The reality in which we presences called “human” dwell (each a v having his/her own unique vibrating characteristics) is a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance (V) pursuant to a vibrating interacting process (:).

Within this vibrating reality all presences (each a v having its own unique vibrating characteristics) are interacting and interconnecting (communicating) pursuant to this vibrating interacting process (:).

Humanity’s Wrong Turn occurred when it began basing it choices (acts of selection) upon verbal stories not coherent with (not accurately simulating) the vibrating source and substance (V) and the vibrating reality in which it and all presences dwell, leading each “human” to “think” that the “true nature” of his/her body was different from the “true nature” of the bodies of the other presences in his/her surroundings.

Model of Reality

A

The source and substance of all that exists is a vibrating physical phenomenon – a vibrating physical presence ....out of which emerges this vibrating reality in which all presences dwell as vibrations: each presence having vibrating characteristics that allow “it” be sensed as an unique sensing/sensed presence....a vibrating presence; each of we presences called “human” being no exception.

B

This vibrating physical presence acts upon itself and through each vibration that emerges from “it” through a vibrating interacting process....a natural process of renormalizing....a natural selection process....pursuant to which what is frequently called “infinite” (as in “Infinite Potential”) becomes “finite” (“real”):

It being the same vibrating interacting process by which each expression of Vibration acts upon “itself” and produces what is “real” for “it”;

It being the same natural process of renormalizing by which each of we presences called “human” acts upon himself and herself and produces

Not only the real sensations that his/her body (as a vibrating presence) senses as he/she interacts with his/her surroundings in a manner orchestrated by his/her brain;

But also the real sensations his/her body (as a vibrating presence) senses when in these presence of these vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

C

The best equation by which to simulate coherently this underlying physical presence and this vibrating interacting process is:

V (P-/+)

:

v

in which

V = Vibration (or, more particularly, an Underlying Physical Presence best simulated using the symbol/image “V” and the word, “Vibration”).

P = The potential that exists in Vibration to act upon itself (also called “Probability Wave” and “Infinite Potential).

-/+ = Superposed state (e.g. -v/+v in which both -v and +v exists)

(P-/+) = Existential superposed state in which, potentially, “what is/what is not” co-exist until V acts upon its

: = Vibrating Interacting Process....natural process of renormalizing....natural selecting process....by which V acts upon itself

v = Each vibration that emerges out of V pursuant to :

Each v having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified through the use of vibrations with meaning once those vibrations with meaning emerge out of “itself” or some other “v” through the same vibrating interacting process (:).⁷⁴

D

The best logic by which “the mind” can simulate coherently this vibrating physical presence and the vibrating interacting process by which “it” acts is a “tertiary logic” of

(p-/+):

in which p represents the potential that exists in any v, (as an expression of V), to act upon itself pursuant to this vibrating interacting process ( : )....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....and collapse (P-/+) into

- = What is imaginary.

+ = What is real.

A logic frequently represented as

-1....0....+1

As opposed to a Boolean logic composed of “0’s” and “1’s”.⁷⁵

E

With the best Mathematical Model possibly being String Theory with a “twist”; that “twist” being accepting the following two facts: that

(i) The “nothing” from which all “strings” emerges is really “something”; that “something” being an Underlying Physical Phenomenon....an Underlying Physical Presence....best simulated by the word, Vibration.

(ii) Each “something” of “substance” called “string” is really a vibration (v) called “string” that, once emerging from Vibration, acts upon itself through the same process by which Vibration acts upon Itself; that being pursuant to a vibrating interacting process....a natural process of renormalizing....a natural selecting process that is iterative (happening over and over again and again).⁷⁶

Twelve Diagrams

Supporting New Model Of Reality

Each Having A Meaning Of Its Own

All Depicting the Creative Process and Its Historical Bias

Author’s Note

The only way “something” can be diagrammed is if a “body” (a v) can draw the diagram using “hand” in a manner coordinated by “brain”; the same drawing process by which each written/drawn/marked vibration with meaning....each “word/symbol/image”....emerges from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” and both creates and informs these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. The diagram informs the “mind” and “its verbal reality” in the same manner as these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”. Within its “verbal reality”, the “mind” uses these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which “it” views the “reality” in which “its body/brain” dwells as well as the “source and substance” of “all that exists” including “it” and “its body/brain”. Called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”, these vibrating linguistic lenses allow the “mind” to project upon, measure and think about “something” by superposing a “word”, a “symbol” or “an image” upon it. For example, having both a “body” and a “mind”, a presence called “human” sensing “something” (a v having its own unique vibrating characteristic) has the potential to use his/her mind to select that one “word”, symbol” or “image” from a menu of all potential “words”/symbols/images” that best represents this “something”. This act of selecting “collapses the wave function” allows the “mind” to manifests in a short-handed manner within its “verbal reality” that one best word by which to “identify” the “something” sensed by the “body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. It is through a similar “collapsing” that this best word is accepted (through verbal agreement) by “all minds” as the best word by which to represent this “something” in all “verbal realities” no matter in what “language” this “verbal reality” is expressed. This “collapsing of the wave function” is iterative, meaning that this collapsing is happening over and over again and again in each present moment and from present moment to present moment; it (this collapsing) being the product of this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....by which what exists in potentia (the “Infinite”) becomes finite – real; we presences called “human”, our “words/symbols/images”, our “verbal realities/minds” and our “projections/ measurements/thoughts” being no exceptions.

First Diagram

Singularity

.

__________

A Singularity that is more than just a Point. In “the beginning” (within this “Point of Singularity”), V acts upon itself pursuant to this vibrating interacting process (this Creative Process), thereby collapsing the wave function that represents V’s Potential (P).

Second Diagram

Duality

P

-v +v

__________

This vibrating interacting process is iterative, initially producing out of V’s Potential two v’s that are mirror images of each other(symmetry)....each v having vibrating characteristics the opposite of the other, depicted as – and + (frequently called “charges”). The logic: P:-/+. Out of a singularity (P) emerges a duality ( -/+ ).

Third Diagram

Complexity

V

VP

-v(p) +v(p)

--v ++v

__________

This vibrating interacting process (this Creative Process) is iterative for V and, potentially, iterative for each v since each of these v’s is always emerging with its potential (p) to interact with all other v’s in its surroundings and thereby produce other v’s. Currently the most basic v’s are called “strings”, “waves” or “particles” depending upon “the mind” doing the “calling” and the “measurement” it and “its “body/brain” are performing. Currently, the shortest lived of these “particles” is called a “resonance”; it lasting for 10-23 seconds as measured on a Planck time-scale – a “chronon”. Through this iterative vibrating process (frequently called a strong/weak/electro/magnetic/gravitation interacting force) these vibrations called “particles” initially combine into more complex vibrations, separate into less complex vibrations or remain in an in potentia existential state (dissonance – agitation); each v having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it. It is through this iterative process that certain of these complex v’s emit v’s of their own (“radiation”) and thereby become asymmetrical, thereby breaking the symmetry previously existing.

Fourth Diagram

Space/Time

s

|

|

|

V

VP

-v(p) +v(p)

--v ++v

|

|

|_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t

_

_________

What is now thought of and called “time” (t) and “space” (s) emerged out of V’s P, only after V acts upon itself pursuant to the vibrating interacting process. In this sense, “time” and “space” emerge out of an interacting (V acting upon/interacting with itself). It is out of this specific interacting that what is called “time” (a sense of time measured as Planck’s time) and “space” (a sense of space measured as Planck’s space) emerge; there being multiple dimensions of space (10, 11 maybe more) according to current theories (e.g. String/M Theory). In a similar, iterative manner, out of each interacting between or among any two or more v’s, a sense of “time” and “space” is always emerging for as long as the interacting exists.

Fifth Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

s

|

|

|

V

VP

-v(p) +v(p)

--v ++v

|

|

|→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→→ t

__________

This sense of time and this sense of space is always emerging in each present moment called “Now” for any two or more v’s that are interacting in that present moment. And this sense of time and this sense of space continues from present moment to present moment for as long as this interacting occurs. This interacting is iterative, meaning that it is always happening between and among any two or more v’s that are interacting. This interacting is always occurring pursuant to this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....meaning that the potential that exists between or among any two or more interacting v’s becomes actualized by collapsing of the wave function thereby producing what is real for these interacting v’s. (Two v’s called “particles” combine to form a v called an “atom”; two v’s called “atom” combine to form a v called a “molecule”, etc., all happening pursuant to this vibrating interacting process ....sometimes called “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or, simply “mimicry”; it being the process out of which each expression of “all that exists” emerges – we presences called “humans” and our “words”, “symbols” and “images” be no exceptions.

Sixth Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Two v’s Interacting in a Present Moment

s

|

|

V

VP

-v(p) +v(p)

--v ++v

| |

↓ ↓

A B

|

|→→→→→→→→ →→→→→→→→→→→t

Present Moment

__________

It is through this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....that the potential (p) of each vibration (v) – a potential (p) represented by its own unique wave function collapses. Two or more vibrations (each a v) combine to form a more complex vibration (a more complex v), separate to form a less complex vibration (a less complex v) or remain in a state of potential (p)....the later state sometimes called “dissonance” or “agitation”. Called “evolution” (also called “creationism”, bio-mimicry or, simply, “mimicry”), this natural selecting process is ongoing, producing greater and great complexity and ever increasing complex “fields” or “system”....each having its own unique potential (p) evidenced by its own unique wave function. This process is iterative, meaning as the “unique wave function of each field or system collapse”, greater and greater complexity emerges through the same vibrating interacting process producing even more complex systems....a dynamic represented by the emergence of any two complex interacting systems called “A” and “B” ( also called an “atom”, a “molecule”, a “cell”, an “organism”, a “bacteria”, a “species”, a “presence”, a “human”.

Seventh Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Two Complex v’s Interacting in a Present Moment

s

|

V

VP

-v(p) +v(p)

--v ++v

| |

| |

↓ ↓

_

_ _

A B

_ _

_

|

|→→→→→→→→ →→→→→→→→→→→ t

Present Moment

__________

A and B interact through this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing.... this natural selecting process; the dashes ( - ) representing the unique interacting that is occurring between A and B, as the potential (p) of each of these vibrations (each a v....also called a “field” or “system” or an “atom”, etc.) represented by its own unique wave function, collapses, thereby producing greater complexity. The interacting that is occurring between A and B frequently being represented by the phrase “interacting force” modified by the word, “strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” or “gravitation”, depending upon the A and B involved in the interacting (e.g. “quarks”, “leptons”, “neutrons”, “protons”, “electrons”, “atoms”, “molecules”, “cells”, etc.)

Eighth Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Two Complex v’s Interacting in a Present Moment

s

|

|

_

_ _

A B

_ _

_

|

|→→→→→→→→ →→→→→→→→→ t

Present Moment

__________

A and B interact through this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process. Although this Diagram is produced on a two-dimensional piece of paper, this Diagram can be produced in multi-dimensions of “space”, e.g. 10 dimensions (String/M theory) or three dimensions (measured as “height”, “length” and “width”). Also, although equally challenging (made easier by computer simulations), A and B (each a v) can be shown as vibrating (each expressing its own unique vibrating characteristics). Examples of these vibrating characteristics being its frequency/intensity, (can be represented by its unique Lissajous curve), its unique geometry and its unique “spin” (i.e. “angular spin”). In other words, the vibration that is A and the vibration that is B are not only exhibiting these vibrating characteristics but also combining into a more complex vibration or separating into less complex vibrations – each of these vibrations exhibiting these vibrating characteristics in its own unique way.

Ninth Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Two Complex v’s Interacting in the Present Moment

Producing More Complex v

s

|

|

_

_ _

vAv vCv vBv

_ _

_

|

|→→→→→→→→ →→→→→→→→→ t

Present Moment

__________

Two complex vibrations (each a v) symbolized as vAv and vBv interacting, producing an even more complex vibration, vCv.

Tenth Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Complex v’s Interacting in the Present Moment

Producing More Complex v’s

s

|

|

_

_ _

vAv vCv vBv

_ _

_

_

_ _

vDv vFv vEv

_ _

_

|

|→→→→→→→→ →→→→→→→→→ t

Present Moment

__________

Two complex vibrations (each a v) symbolized as vAv and vBv interacting, producing an even more complex vibration, vCv as, in the same present moment two complex vibrations (each a v) symbolized as vDv and vEv are interacting, producing an even more complex vibration, vDv as, in this same present moment other complex vibrations (each a v) are doing the same.

Eleventh Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Complex v’s Interacting in From Present Moment to Present Moment

Producing More Complex v’s in each Present Moment

s

|

|

vCPv vvCPvv vvvCPvvv vvvvCPvvvv

|

|→→→ →→→ →→ → →→→ →→→ t

Each Space A Present Moment

__________

Two complex vibrations (each a v) interacting, producing an even more complex vibration, vCPv pursuant to this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....by which the potential (p) of each vibration (simple or complex) represented by its own unique wave function, collapses: it being a Creative Process (CP) by which vibrations (each a v) exhibiting greater and greater complexity are always emerging; it being the evolutionary process by which each of we presences called “human” emerge as a vibration having its own unique vibrating characteristics, first with a “body/brain” and then with a “verbal reality/mind”....but only after the “body” – in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can using “voice” or “hand” produce these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” thereby creating and informing these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. And, then, with each “mind” having the potential to combine with other “minds” to form languages, dictionaries, glossaries of terms as well as “people made systems” (each a v) called “tribe”, “communities”, “nations”, “states” in which even more complex people made systems called “economies” or “geo-political systems” (each a v) emerge....this Creative Process being vibrationally coherent although it can be thought to be different by a “mind’ “schooled” to think otherwise.

Twelfth Diagram

Space/Time Continuum

Creative Process (CP)/Historical Bias (HB)

s

|

|

|

vCPv→→→vvCPvv→→→vvvCPvvv→→→vvvvCPvvvv

HB →→→ HB →→→ HB →→→ HB

|

|

|→→ →→→ →→ → →→→ →→t

Each Space A Present Moment

__________

Out of the Creative Process (CP) there emerges an Historical Bias (HB), a “natural bias” that is always emerging out of this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....by which the potential (p) of each vibration (no matter how simple or complex) represented by its natural wave function, collapses and produces what is “real”....in each present moment called “Now” and from present moment to present moment....each v having the potential to select actions, receive feedback, learn and create, producing pursuant to this natural Creative Process a natural Historical favoring previous acts of learning and creating.

Six Examples

Author’s Note

First, always remain mindful of the fact that absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning called “words/symbols/image” – nothing could be stated about anything nor could these words now appearing before you be sounded or marked nor would there exist these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections/measurements/thoughts” through which “the mind” views the “reality” in which its “body/brain” exists and produces its “theories” and its “models” (its creation stories) concerning the nature of this “reality” and “its source and substance”.

Next, always remain mindful that, since there exist in potentia an infinite number of these vibrations with meaning, once these vibrations with meaning emerge and both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality and “mind”, each “mind” has the potential to produce an infinite number of these creation stories, the “verbal challenge” for each “mind” and all “minds being to collapse the wave function representing this potential into that one creation story that coherently simulates the emergence of “all that exists” including we presences called “human” and our “bodies/brains”, our “words/symbols/images, our “verbal realities/minds” and our creation stories.

V acts upon its P, collapses the wave function that represents its P and produces multiple v’s; each v having the p to act upon itself in a similar manner which it does pursuant to a natural selecting process....a natural process of renormalizing....a vibrating interacting process – that is iterative. It is out of this vibrating interacting process that each expression of V emerges and continues to emerge as a v (simple or complex) having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified as “something vibrating” – a vibrating presence.

It is out of this vibrating interacting process that each vibrating presence called “human” emerges as a v having the potential (p) to act upon itself and superpose a vibration (v) upon a vibration (v)....e.g. superpose the word, “flower” upon this “something of substance” sensed – a v having its own unique vibrating characteristics by which “it” can be identified.

It is out of this vibrating interacting process that a vibrating presence (v) called “human” emerges with the potential (p) to manifest, verbally, in its vibrating verbal reality “something of substance” now thought of and called a “body”, a “brain” and a “mind” but only after that v can superpose a vibration upon a vibration and thereby superpose its vibrating verbal reality upon the real vibrating reality that lies beneath it.

It is then and only then that this vibrating presence (a v called “human” having its own unique vibrating characteristics) emerges with a “language” of its own, soon to be shaped into a “language” of the “tribe” or “community” (the “culture”) into which “he” or “she” was “birthed”

A “language” composed of these “sounds with meaning” – these “marks with meaning” – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that can become “dead” once placed in a dictionary or glossary of terms and treated by “the mind” as being “the real thing”.

A “language” composed of these “sounds with meaning” – these “marks with meaning” – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that can remain “vibrationally alive” if embraced for what they really do....that being to bring forward, vibrationally, in the word, the symbol and the image and in a verbal reality and mind both created and informed by “them” the real vibrating reality that lies beneath “them”.

First Example

A “baby” (a v – a vibrating presence having vibrating characteristics unique to it) emerges having a “body” and a “brain” and the potential (“human potential”) to act upon itself pursuant to this vibrating interacting process; but only after the “baby”

(i) has been conceived through an interacting of “sperm” with “egg” (each a v having its own unique vibrating characteristic) pursuant to this natural selecting process; and,

(ii) has emerged first as a “zygote” and then a “fetus” (each being a complex v – an expression of other v’s called “cells”, “molecules”, “atoms”, “particles”, “strings”....each having its own potential to act upon “itself”).

Thereafter, the “baby”....in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” has the potential (p) to superpose a vibration upon a vibration and, thereby produce these vibrations with meaning using

Its own unique “sound” – its own unique way of “speaking” using “voice

and

Its own unique “mark” – its own unique way of “writing/drawing” using “hand”, aided by a “marking tool” applied to a “smooth surface”.

It is in this manner that the “baby” emerges with the potential (p) to produce a “language” that is unique to it. It is in this manner that the “baby” emerges with these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”: the “mind” (as a v – a vibrating presence) dwelling in its vibrating verbal reality” as its “body/brain” (each a v – a vibrating presence) dwells in this vibrating reality that is always emerging from V.

It is in this manner that previous “babies”....now fully developed adults with fully developed “body”, “brains”, “verbal realities” and “minds” can through an act of verbal agreeing produce an acceptable “language” for its “tribe” or “community”.

Second Example

You, the reader of these words, emerged in this vibrating reality as a vibrating presence having vibrating characteristics that are unique to “you” with only the potential to superposed a vibration upon a vibration.

It is not until “you” could collapse the wave function representing this verbal potential into your first word that the vibrating presence that is “you” emerged within a “verbal reality” (“your verbal reality) having what is now thought of and called a “body”, a “brain” and a “mind”; the latter (“your mind”) gradually emerging/developing as you collapse the wave function representing this verbal potential over and over again and again.

And, it is not until “you” have collapse this wave function over and over again and again that you have the ability to shape “words/symbols/images” into “stories”....some of these “stories” being acceptable....some of these “stories” not being acceptable – depending upon the “culture” in which “you” emerged, the collective “verbal reality” and “mind” that “culture accepts through verbal agreement and the current kind of thinking, projecting and measuring that is used within this “common verbal reality/mind”.

Yet, once you have have been “schooled” in this manner, “you” do have the verbal potential to “self-reflect” upon the accuracy of this “schooling”; presenting “you” with the opportunity to collapse the wave function representing the verbal potential of “all minds” to produce an infinite number of “stories” into that “one story”....that one creation story....that best simulates in a coherent manner each expression of “all that exists” that dwells with this vibrating reality that lies beneath all vibrating verbal realities.

Third Example

The “mind” once emerging has the potential in each present moment called “Now” to select within its “verbal reality” a vibration with meaning (a “word/symbol/image”) that it communicates to the “brain” (an interacting called “Neuroplasticity”) that is re-enforced over and over, again and again until it becomes engrained in the “body” as a “habit”. This act of selection is a part of the Creative Process; this “habit” is a part of the Historical Bias that emerges out of this Creative Process.

You, the reader of these words....having a “body”, a “brain”, a “verbal reality” and a “mind”....have the potential (p – the “human potential”) to have “your mind” act upon “itself” and interact (communicate) with your “body/brain”.

“Your mind” in “its verbal reality” produces a “story” pursuant to which “your body/brain” is to act (e.g. an image of the perfect “golf swing” or the perfect “love of my life” or the perfect “life”)....the “story” created by “your mind” being a product of these vibrations with meaning serving as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”.

Through “practice”....ingraining an historical bias favoring this “story”....a “habit” emerges by which you strive to produce “your perfect golf swing”....the “love of your life”....the “perfect life” – sometime successfully performing “in the zone” – sometimes not having such a successful performance.

Fourth Example

A “mind” produces a “thought” in the form of an “image”....the “image” being a vibrating linguistic lense through which the “mind” “sees” what is possible....what lies in the potential of the “human being” of which “It” (“the mind”) is a “part”. The “image” may be that of the perfect “tool” or the perfect “method of transportation” or the perfect “house” or the perfect “organization” or the perfect “model of reality”....the perfect “theory” concerning the emergence of “anything”, “everything”, “something” or “nothing”.

The “mind” can “imagine” “anything”....be it “something of substance” such as a “time piece”, a “measuring rod”, a “horse drawn carriage”, “a car”, an “electric motor”, an “internal combustion engine”, a “straw bale hut”, a “teepee”, a “tent”, a “house”, a “place of worship”, a “church”, a “mosque”, a “temple”....

Or “something” a bit more “abstract” such as a “business organization”, an “organization composed of people”, a “joint venture”, a “corporation” (“profit/non profit”) a “people made system”, a “city”, a “state”, a “nation”, a “form of government”, a “magna carta”, a “bill of rights”, a “rule of law”, a “constitution”, a “congress”, “political parties”.....etc.

You name “it”....the “mind” can “image” it ------- and then it becomes the role of the “body/brain” to cohere with the image, vibrationally; an act of coherence that the “body/brain” can perform

It is as simple as that....yet, it is not that simple due to the fact “the mind” actually has the potential to imagine “something” in its vibrating verbal reality using a “kind of thinking” that is not coherent with the vibrating reality in which “its body/brain” dwells and with which “its body/brain” is interacting (communicating), vibrationally.

It is then that “problems” emerge that are not solvable using the current kind of thinking the “mind” is using. It being a time that, potentially, one or more “minds” can come together and imagine a new kind of thinking that is coherent with the vibrating reality in which “its body/brain” dwells and with which “its body/brain” is interacting (communicating), vibrationally.

It is then in that moment that such as book as Beneath Words emerges.

Fifth Example

Whether or not the model of reality presented in this book, Beneath Words, is ever accepted by any mind or all minds as “true”, there does exist the potential in for a presence called “human” to adopt the new kind of thinking articulated in this book and gradually embrace the fact that each expression of “all that exists” is vibrating.

If you so choose (an act of selecting) go for a walk in “nature”. As you do so, focus on “something of substance” (also an act of selecting) and observe how a “word” enters your “mind” as you sense the “something of substance” in “your body” (in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”. You “see” the “tree – you “hear” the “bird” – you “smell” the “flower” – you “taste” the “orange” – you “touch” the “tree”.

Along the way, as you continue to “choose” to keep on walking and you continue to choose to keep on focusing on a different “something of substance”:

Not only can you observe what is “happening” both in “your mind” and in “your body”

But also you can observe a collapsing of the wave function that represents the potential that you have to make other “choices” (selections) in that moment of choosing....what turns out to be an infinite number of choices at the most basic level of your existence....as a v.

In every present moment called “Now....for as long as it exists.....each v acts upon itself and collapses the wave function representing v’s potential to act in that present moment. You (a v having vibrating characteristics unique to you and also having a “brain” and a “mind”) select a vibrating act called sensing focusing “your sensing” on “something of substance” with which you are interacting. You receive a vibrating act in response. It is through this interacting that you “learn” and you “create” emerging with a “natural bias” (an Historical Bias) favoring your previous learning and creating.

Sixth Example

The “body” senses “something of substance” (a v having its own vibrating characteristics by which it can be identified). This act of sensing occurs as the “body” is interacting with this “something of substance” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

The “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” produces a specific vibration in the form of a “specific sound” or a “specific mark” and superposes that specific vibration on the “something of substance” being sense. The “mind” emerges in its “verbal reality”, a “verbal reality” composed of this specific vibration with meaning and other specific vibrations with meaning emerging in a similar manner; the “mind” using these specific vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it can view this “something of substance” with which “its body/brain” is interacting and by which it can produce “its stories”.

Two or more v’s (called “particles”) interact, forming a “nucleus” and producing an “element” with an “atomic number” (Physics/Chemistry)

Two or more v’s (called “elements”) combine to form “chemical combinations”, some labeled “organic” (Organic Chemistry) and some labeled “in organic (Inorganic Chemistry); “organic” equating to “life”; “inorganic equating to “death”....yet on a spectrum reflecting their vibrating characteristics from “high frequencies” to “low frequencies”, all that is “alive” and all that is “dead” are vibrating relative to each other.

More to the Point

Two or more v’s (called “atoms”) combine to form molecules....DNA, RNA and the like (Biology).

Two or more v’s (called “molecules”) combine to form “living cells” (stem cells).

Two or more v’s (called “stem cells”) combine to form “life”.

Two or more presences called “human” act and produce many “somethings of substance”....called by “many names”.

Twelve Questions*

__________

*Answers are based upon this new kind of thinking. See Appendix for further elaboration upon this new kind of thinking and its emergence.

Author’s Note: As you listen to or read the “words”, “symbols” and “images”....the sounds with meaning – the marks with meaning – the vibrations with meaning....that follow, always remain mindful that but for these “vibrations with meaning” nothing could be stated about anything; yet, present the presence of these vibrations with meaning there always exists the potential to ask question about and explore answers relating to this underlying reality in which your body dwells as well as their source and substance; the “good news” being that these vibrations with meaning (i) are always pointing to (standing in for/representing in a short-handed way) a “source and substance” and “process” that is always vibrating and therefor (ii) are always pointing to the “best answer”, assuming “you” and all we presences called “human” can, collectively (through a common agreement) exercise our “human potential” by selecting from a menu of all possible answers available to “us” that one answer....that one “best answer”....that is coherent with the vibrating nature of the “word”, “symbol”, “image”, thereby collapsing the “wave function” representing this “human potential” involving “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”. What follows are questions whose answers you can read for the purposes of determining whether you agree/not agree with what is being stated, while always keeping in mind this note to “you”....the listener/reader.

1

Does God Exists?

Yes, but not as a “word”, a “symbol” an “image” or a vibration with meaning. Only as an “Underlying Physical Phenomenon” – an Underlying Physical Presence – best explained, described and simulated using the “word/symbol/image Vibration (V)

An Underlying Physical Presence that acts upon itself through a natural process of renormalizing....a natural selecting process best explain, described and simulated using the phrase vibrating interacting process.

An Underlying Physical Presence that is always present in each presence no matter by what name it is called or by what name each presence that emerges from it is called.

There being no vibration with meaning – no “sound/word with meaning” – no
“word/symbol/image” that capture this Underlying Physical Phenomenon “whole” each presence that emerges from it is a “part” of it – we presences called “human” and our “words/symbols/images” being no exceptions.

2

What is “energy”, “mass” and “light”? To what are these “words” and the equation, E=MC², pointing?

What lies beneath these words is “something” that can be projected upon, measured and thought about within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” once these vibrations with meaning both create and inform the “mind” and “its verbal reality”.

That “something” is this Underlying Physical Phenomenon – this Underlying Physical Presence – best described, explained and simulated by the “word/symbol/image” Vibrations (V).

Within a “verbal reality” and “mind” grounded in “science” and its current kind of thinking, the equation, E=MC² simply points to that fact as evidenced by the following calculation in which

E = V

M = V

C = V

The Calculation:

E = MC²

V = VV²

V = V(1)

V = V

Nevertheless, within a “verbal reality” and “mind” schooled in the ways of “physics” and “mathematics”, it is best to think in terms of E, M and C with V being that point of singularity....that cosmological constant....to which all elements of “physics” and “mathematics” are pointing.

3

What is an “act of sensing”? Each “body” as a vibration (v) – a vibrating presence – has an unique vibrating characteristic (Qualia) that can be thought of and called a frequency. Each “body” is always interacting (communicating) with each other “body” in “its surroundings” (Reality). For a “body”, this interacting can be thought of and called a moving in relation to (Relativity, both Special and General); this being so for each “body” no matter whether or not the “body” has a “brain” or a “mind”....no matter whether this “body” has an “intelligence” or an “intellect” or both.

Once these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” emerge, this moving in relation to can be associate with the word, act such as, for example, an act of sensing (body-intelligence) and an act of thinking (mind-intellect. It is as simple as that; yet, it is not that simple since once the “mind” emerges in “its verbal reality”, there is always the “question” of how this “answer” is “proved true”, verbally – an act of thinking not that easy to produce, particularly if the “proof” is dependent of the current kind of thinking in which we presences called “human” are “schooled”.

4

How does this “natural selecting process”....this natural process of renormalizing....this vibrating interacting process relate to the interacting forces called “strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” and “gravitational” (both “classical” and “quantum”).

Simply stated: it depends upon the “verbal reality” that you are using as a lens through which your “mind” views what is real/what is not real.

Each of these “interacting forces” are different ways of manifesting within a vibrating existential state called “verbal reality” and a vibrating existential state called “mind” this vibrating interacting process.

A “group” of “minds” (“scientific minds”) determine that it (the “group”) has the “best answer” to a question and “collapses the wave function” around that “best answer” thereby manifesting that best answer in its collective “verbal reality” and “mind”. A “group” of “minds” (“mathematical minds”) follow this same “process” as can any “group” of “minds” that “think” their way of “projecting”, “measuring” and “thinking” is “the best”.

Bottom Line: What the phrase “interacting forces” as well as the words “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” and “mimicry” are pointing to is this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....by which all “wave functions collapse”.

It being a “process” that does become apparent once “words”, “symbols” and “images” are recognized as being vibrations with meaning pointing to

A vibrating reality in which these vibrating existential states called “body”, “brain”, “verbal reality” and “mind” are “participating”; and

A vibrating source and substance (V) out of which these vibrating existential states called “body”, “brain”, “verbal reality” and “mind” are emerging.

5

So, what about the Second Law of Thermodynamics....where does this Second Law fit in?

Simply stated, once the “mind” grasps the fact that it emerges out of (p-/+), it (the “mind” understands that it no longer needs to be concerned about “isolated systems” and the 2nd Law’s prediction of their “heat death” since there is no such “thing” as an “isolated system”. Instead, “it” (the “mind”) needs to be concerned with what is the potential of each v as an “open system”....the potential (“human potential”) of each of we presences called “human” being no exception.

6

And, what about an “act of observing”. Does an “act of observing” collapse the wave function? If “yes”, should that fact be “something” of concern.

What is now thought of and called an “act of observing” is a specific vibrating act: a vibrating act more appropriately called an act of sensing; a vibrating act performed by the “body” by which the “body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” senses “something”. In any present moment called “Now”, the “body” is always performing these acts of sensing as “the body” interacts with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) pursuant to the vibrating interacting process in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

And, in any present moment called “Now”, there always exist the potential for the “brain” to select from a menu of all potential acts of sensing a specific act of sensing, thereby collapsing the wave function representing this potential (e.g. “seeing”, “hearing”, “smelling”, “tasting”, “touching” a specific “something”).

So, let’s not be concerned about an act of observing collapsing the wave function since each “act of observing”....each act of sensing....is a part of this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process; each “bodily act” (no matter by what “name” it is called) being a vibrating act that naturally collapses the wave function.

7

And, what about each “act of wording”; the act of creating a specific vibration with meaning. Does an “act of wording” collapse the wave function? Again, the answer is “yes”; an affirmative answer that applies not only to each “act of wording” but also to each “act of symboling” and each “act of imaging” as well as each act of “projecting/measuring/thinking” performed by “the mind” within “its verbal reality” once these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” emerge.

The act of producing a specific vibration with meaning is a specific vibrating act that the “body” performs once the “body” can....in a manner coordinated by “its brain”....shape Vibration now thought of and called “Sound” and “Light” into specific vibrations called “sounds” and “marks” using “voice” and “hand”.

Once “the body” performs this specific act of “wording/symboling/imaging”, these two vibrating existential states called “mind” and “its verbal reality” emerge. Thereafter, in any present moment called “Now”, the “mind” has the potential to select from a menu of all possible vibrations with meaning then available a specific vibration with meaning by which a “specific something” being sensed through an act of sensing (an “act of observing”) can be “identified”, thereby “collapsing the wave function” that represents that potential.

It is in this way that is “specific something” sensed by the “body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” is manifested, vibrationally, in these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that emerge from the “body” pursuant to the vibrating interacting process in a manner coordinated by “its brain”.

So, once again, let’s not be concerned about an act of wording, symboling or imaging collapsing the wave function since each of these acts is a part of this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process; each of these acts being a vibrating act that naturally collapses the wave function

As is each vibrating act called sensing and observing

As is each vibrating act called “projecting/“measuring/thinking”.⁷⁷

8

And, what about an act of communicating; does an act of communicating “collapse the wave function”? The answer is “yes”. In fact, each act of communicating is a vibrating act; it being a part of the vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process.... by which the Infinite Potential (P) of Vibration (V) and the potential (p) of each vibration (v) that emerges from Vibration (V) becomes “finite” through what is appropriate called collapsing of the wave function.

Having a “mind”, you can “think” of it this way. Once the “mind” emerges, the “mind” and the “brain” – each a part of the “body” – interact vibrationally (Neuroplasticity) pursuant to this vibrating interacting process, each interacting being a vibrating act (appropriately called an act of communicating).

In this sense, within the context of “the body”, each interacting that is occurring between “it” (the “body”) and “its surroundings” (“its reality”) is a vibrating communicating act as is each act of orchestrating and each act of coordinating performed by “its brain”.

In this sense, each vibrating act that is a part of the vibrating interacting process is a vibrating communicating act; this being “true” for

Each act of “sensing” and “observing”;

Each act of “wording”, “symboling” and “image”;

Each act of “projecting”, “measuring” and “thinking”;

Each act called “learning” and “creating”;

And each specific vibrating act....no matter what “word”, “symbol”, “image” or “combination of words, symbols and images” is used for the purpose of identifying “it”.⁷⁸

9

So, what about symmetry....how does it get “broken”.

Within V what potentially “is” and what potentially “is not” exists in superposed states; the same being “true” for each v in each present moment. It is the collapsing of the wave function that breaks the symmetry....this “collapsing” and “breaking” occurring pursuant to ( : ), this natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this vibrating interacting process which really is a “Creative Process”.

10

And, what about “time” and “space”? How do “time” and “space” emerge.

As with all vibrations (v’s) that emerge out of Vibration (V), each vibration (v) interacts (communicates), vibrationally, with each other vibration (v) in “its surroundings” (its “reality”) pursuant to this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....by which what is “infinite” (V and its P) become “finite” (v) – each v having its own potential (p) to act upon itself in the same manner.

It is out of this interacting that what is now thought of and called “time” (“arrows of time”) and what is now thought of and called “space” (“dimensions of space”) emerge: each “group” of v’s having its own “time” and “space” for as long as “it” exists; this “time” and “space” being “measured” in “seconds” and “inches/millimeters” through use of “clock pieces” and a “measuring rods”....but only after these vibrations with meaning have emerged out of the same vibrating interacting process ( : ) and produced the “thought” that

A “clock” with “second hands” and a “measuring rod” with “inches/millimeters” symbolically marked thereon would be the best way to measure “time” and “space” its “body/brain” is sensing.

11

And what about these vibrating acts called “learning”, “creating” and this “thing” called “history” that is shaped by these acts of “learning” and “creating”? Where do “learning”, “creativity” and “history” fit in?

Although there is only the present moment, out of V pursuant to this vibrating interacting process there are always emerging....present moment by present moment... vibrations (v); each v having the potential to “learn” and to “create”. It is out of this Creative Process that a “natural bias” (an Historical Bias) emerges favoring that which has previously been “learned/created”.⁷⁹

A vibration (v) acts upon itself through a vibrating act (called an act of selecting) and thereby “collapses the wave function” as does another vibration (v) in response; each vibration (v) receiving what can be thought of and called an act of feedback.

It is through iterative process of selecting acts and receiving feedback that each vibration (v) “evolves” through acts of learning and creates based upon these acts of learning frequently

Combining with other vibrations (v) through vibrating acts (“resonance”);

Separating from vibrations (v) through vibrating acts (“interference”); or

Remaining in an in potential existential state (“dissonance”/“agitation”).

(See the Appendix for a more detailed simulation.)

12

So....what about “proof”?

How is “anything stated” proved true?

Absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”, nothing can be proved true. Presence the presence of words, symbols and images, anything stated in the positive can also be stated in the negative and, hence within an individual “mind” and any “group” of “minds” anything can be proved true.

Leading a “mind” to conclude that the only way any statement can be proved “true” is for all “minds” to accept (through agreement) that the statement is “true”: the specific act of agreeing being a collapsing of the wave function...a collapsing of the potential to make any statement into this one statement; this statement being true as to any model, theory, formula or equation set forth through the use of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”....the model of reality set forth in the Appendix being no exception.⁸⁰

Ultimate Question

What Is Life

Note

In his book, “What Is Life?, Erwin Schrodinger opens Chapter I with the following verbal statement, describing “The General Character And The Purpose Of The Investigation”:

This little book arose from a course of public lectures, delivered by a theoretical physicist to an audience of about four hundred which did not substantially dwindle, though wared at the outset that the subject-matter was a difficult one and that the lectures could not be termed popular, even though the physicist’s most dreaded weapon, mathematical deduction, would hardly be utilized. The reason for this was not that the subject was simple enough to be explained without mathematics, but rather that it was much too involved to be fully accessible to mathematics. Another feature which at least induced a semblance of popularity was the lecturer’s intention to make clear the fundament idea, which hovers between biology and physics, to both the physcist and the biologist.

For actually, in spite of the variety of topics involved, the whole enterprise is intended to convey one idea only – one small comment on a large and important question. In order not to lose our way, it may be useful to outline the plan very briefly in advance.

The large and important and very much discussed question is:

How can the events in space and time which take place within the spatial boundary of a living organism be accounted for by physics and chemistry.

The preliminary answer which this little book will endeavour to expound and establish can be summarized as follows:

The obvious inability of present-day physics and chemistry to account for such events is no reason at all for doubting that they can be accounted for by those sciences.

~~~

Schrodinger’s statement was authored in 1944. Not much has changed since then since the question

What Is Life?

Is still being addressed; it is still the subject of attention from both academic, scientific and religious scholars.

~~~

So,

What Is Life?

~~~

Life is Vibration (V); each expression of life (a v having vibrating characteristics unique to it) being a specific expression of V....or, more particular, VID (Vibration Differentiated).

These vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as a bridge between those v’s called “organic” (“Organic Chemistry”) and those v’s called “inorganic” (“Inorganic Chemistry”): both the “organic” and “inorganic” being “genetically engineered” through the vibrating interacting process ( : ) but with a difference:

“Organic” meaning engineered though the vibrating interacting process absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

“Inorganic” meaning engineered though the vibrating interacting process present the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

In other words, each expression of V is a v having vibrating characteristics unique to it with a potential (p) to vibrationally interconnect, interact and communicate with other v’s in “its surroundings"; the difference between v’s that are “organic” and v’s that are “inorganic” being that:

The former (“organic v’s) having not been genetically engineered, vibrationally, by interacting, vibrationally, with these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

The latter (“inorganic v’s) having been genetically engineered, vibrationally, by interacting, vibrationally, with these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

More specifically, within the context of “organic” and “inorganic” chemistry:

“Organic” means no intervention by a mind both created and inform by vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

“Inorganic” means an intervention by a mind both created and inform by vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

~~~

Every “thing” vibrates no matter whether “it” is called “some thing” or “no thing”; the only issue being whether there are “sense enhancing” devices precise enough to discern the vibrating characteristics of this “something” or “nothing” that is being measured.

Ironically, but for these vibrations with meaning both creating and informing these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, there would be no “mind” that could use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” nor would the “mind” be able to shape these “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” into “stories” called “theories”, “models”, “designs”, “plans” and “specifications” nor would the “mind” be able to work with the “body” and “its brain” to coordinate the building of “things” pursuant to these “stories” nor would the “mind” be able to genetically engineer a “natural organic something of substance” (a v having natural vibrating characteristics unique to it) into something “inorganic” such as a “genetically modified seed”.

“Designs”, “Plans” and “Specifications” emerge only once the mind has emerge and, then, only when the mind can use these vibrations with meaning in creative ways.

There is nothing wrong or right with a mind genetically engineering “something of substance” as long as the “story” upon which the mind bases its genetical engineering is coherent with (entrained with) the vibrating reality and the vibrating source and substance out of which the “mind” (and its verbal reality and “stories”) emerged.

If coherent (entrained): no problem

If not coherent (not entrained): problems.

~~~

Until the physicists, chemists, biologists, geneticists and mathematicians as well as religious and spiritual scholars cohere (entrain) around the fact that “all that exists” is vibrating (a v) emerging from Vibration (V), then the question

What Is Life?

will be remain unanswered.

~~~

However, once these physicists, chemists, biologists, geneticists and mathematicians as well as religious and spiritual scholars cohere (entrain) around the fact that “all that exists” is vibrating (a v) emerging from Vibration (V), then the question

What is Life?

Will morph into the question:

What is the Potential For All Life?

It is then that “life” will really become interesting.

Yet,

That too is only

“A Beginning”

An

Opening

To

Beneath Word, The Journey

It being a journey upon which you have already embarked.

It being a journey that you can continue by simply

Turning the Page.

A Closing Note

(An Opening To The Appendices)

The interesting aspect of “life” is that – no matter how you strive to avoid them – there are always selections to be made in the present moment from a menu of all possible selections that could be made in that present moment; each act of selecting being a collapsing of a “wave function” that represents all possible selections that did exists in that moment of selecting.

For example, when writing the “words” that comprise this Note and the Opening that preceded this Note, I, the writer of these words – in each present moment – had to select from a menu of all possible “words” available to me in that moment the “best words” by which to convey to you, the reader of these words, what I was striving to state in that present moment. Another example involves your choosing to agree/not agree with what I am stating while a third example involves your selecting from a menu of all possible actions you can select in this moment either (i) the act of moving to the next page of this journey or (ii) the act of moving away from the next page of this journey....thereby choosing another path....selecting another way.

However, whether or not you choose to move onward to the next page, you always have a choice: that being to pursue this journey, Beneath Words on your own whether or not you choose to use the preceding “words”, “symbols” and “images” that I have selected as “signs” pointing to what I sense, vibrationally (in both my body and my mind) is the “true nature” of (i) this underlying reality in which all presences (including you and I) dwell and (ii) the “source and substance” of “this reality” out of which all presences (including “you” and “me”) emerge.

The Appendix*

__________

*Note: This Appendix is a part of the Book, “Beneath Words, The Journey”. The Footnotes in the Book and its Appendix are numbered sequentially; therefor it is best to read the Book first, then the Appendix in the order presented, albeit each of these writings can stand on their own.

THE APPENDIX

Appendix A: This Journey, Beneath Words – Cliff Notes Version

Appendix B: The Act Of Communicating – Information

Appendix C: The Act of Selecting

Appendix D: The Act of Manifesting in The Word

Appendix E: Vibration/Sound/Light/System/Field/Pattern

Appendix F: Selecting/Manifesting /Sensing/Science/Simulating

Appendix G: Plasticity (A Vibrating Characteristic)

Appendix H: The Emergence of Common Languages

Appendix I: The Creative Process and Historical Bias

“Words mean. Words point.

They are arrows

Arrows stuck in the rough hide of reality

Susan Sontag

From The Conscience of Words.

_________

This quote has previously been cited in, Beneath Words, The Journey; the book to which this Appendix is attached. The book sets forth a journey in which the listener/reader discovers that “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really vibrations with meaning (expressed in the form of sounds and marks) that are always pointing to a vibrating reality and a vibrating source and substance. The journey is described briefly in Appendix A and embellished upon in the Appendices that follow. However, best practice is to read the book first before venturing into the Appendices.

Author’s Note

Occasionally, we presences called “human” use the word “nonverbal” to describe what it means to be communicating beneath the verbal. Yet, the word, “nonverbal” is just a word indicating that no matter how hard we presences called “human” try, we have to be embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” if we are to explain/describe (simulate) anything that lies beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images” we presences called “human” would have no “verbal realities” and “minds” in which to produce our “stories” nor could we be communicating (interacting), verbally, about anything of substance. Yet, each of us would still have a “body” and a “brain” that would be interacting (communicating), nonverbally, with “its surroundings” (reality), notwithstanding we could not say so verbally.

Although the word, nonverbal, is just a word, it is representative of an interacting (communicating) that is always occurring beneath the verbal.

A similar statement can be made for the words, “vibration” and “vibrating”, particularly when consideration is given to the fact that the word, “vibration” and the word, “vibrating” are vibrations with meaning pointing to a source and substance and a reality that lies beneath them.

In other words, although the word, vibration, is just a word (noun indicative of “substance”), it is representative of the source and substance of all interacting (communicating) that is occurring both beneath and in the verbal. And, although the word, vibrating, is just a word (verb indicative of “process”), it is representative of each act of communicating (each act of interacting) that is always occurring both beneath and in the verbal.

Simply stated, all of the interacting /communicating that we presences called “human” do is vibratory in nature with only a small portion being in the verbal; the balance of our interacting/communicating being nonverbal. Yet, absent the presence of the verbal we presences could not say so.

~~~

However, we presences called “human” do now have these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” at “our disposal”.

And, we do have these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” serve as vibrating linguistic lenses called “thoughts”, “measurements” and “projections” through which our “minds” view what lies beneath the verbal and by which our “minds” construct our “stories” about

What Is/What Is Not

What is Real/What Is Not Real

What Is True/What Is Not True

What Is Real News/What Is Fake News⁸¹

Simply stated: Each of “us” has a certain way of “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting” about what is occurring in his or her “life” and each of has his/her “story” to tell using his/her “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

And most of us do so without any of “us” pausing for a moment and, then, taking another moment to “think” about the question

From when comes “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”?

Other than to answer the question by attributing the source of “the word” to a “power” greater than “us”.

~~~

Words are not just “words”. They are sounds and marks, or more particularly, vibrations whose meaning is associated with an underlying vibrating reality and an underlying vibrating sources and substance.

These vibrations with meaning emerge from “us” as sounds or marks through use of “voice” and “hand”.

All presences (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species”) interact (“communicate”), vibrationally, using these sounds with meaning and these marks with meaning.

Yet, it is only we presences called “human” that call these sounds/marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

The Point

In each present moment called “Now”, the “body” of each of we presences called “human” is interacting (communicating), vibrationally, with the “bodies” of all other presences existing in his or her “surroundings”; the “brain” of each of we presences called “human” orchestrating this interacting/communicating in each present moment called “Now” – no matter what the “mind” of this presence called “human” is “thinking” and no matter what “story” his/her “mind” is “projecting”.

And, no matter whether or not his/her “mind”, thinks so or performs an act called “measuring” indicating otherwise, each presence called “human” is always sensing in his/her “body” the presence of this reality in which his/her “body/brain” dwells and its source and substance.

A similar statement can be made for any presence no matter by what “name” it is verbally called or by what “number” or “species” by which it is verbally identified.

At the most fundamental of existence, in each present moment called “Now”, we presences called “human” are always interconnecting and interacting (“communicating”), vibrationally, with all other presences then existing in what is the Potential (P) of Vibration (V); a Potential (P) that is represented by what is now thought of and called the “wave function”.

Frequently called a “field” or a “force” or a “web of life”, once actualized (collapsed), this Potential (P) is expressed within each v as its potential (its p).

It is only when “your body” orchestrated by its “brain” selects an act (act of selecting) either initially or in response to another presence selecting an act (act of selecting) that your potential (expressed as a “wave function”) is actualized (collapses) into a specific reality that is unique to you and becomes a part of reality as a “whole”.

It is only when “your body” orchestrated by its “brain” selects an act (act of selecting) either initially or in response to another presence selecting an act (act of selecting) that a specific reality (a specific reality unique to each presence) emerges and becomes a part of the reality that exists in that present moment.

It is an actualizing of potential (a “collapsing of the wave function”) that is occurring over and over again and again in each present moment called “Now” as all presences (each a v) are selecting acts and, thereby, actualizing their potential in that present moment.

In fact, but for actualizing his/her potential (p) and thereby “collapsing the wave function”, no presence could – in any present moment called “Now” – superpose a sound/mark with meaning or, more particularly a vibration with meaning upon the reality he/she/it is creating by his/her/its actions in that present moment.

~~~

What follows are the Appendices, each offered for the purpose of further elaborating upon the new kind of thinking and the Model of Reality presented in the Text. We start with a brief summary of what it means to journey, Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them. (Appendix A). We do so for purposes of emphasizing the importance of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” since without “them” we presences called “human” could not produce any “story” nor could we state, verbally, anything about anything nor would we presences called “human” have these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which we tell “our stories” concerning the “bodily sensations” we are always experiencing as we are interconnecting and interacting (“communicating”) with a vibrating reality (“our surroundings”) that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance in each present moment called “Now”....a vibrating reality in which each presence dwells (no matter by what “name”, “number” or “species” this presence may be called).

Yet, we presences called “human” do have these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning that we call “words”, “symbols” and “images”. And, each of us do have these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which we compose “our stories”.

In a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance, it does become important to understand what these vibrations with meaning portend for “our lives”, “our future” and “our human potential” since not only do these vibrations with meaning inform “our stories”; they also inform our imaginations through acts of projecting, measuring and thinking whereby

Designs are produced using these vibrations with meaning called “images” as are “plans” and “specifications” by which physical structures (people made things) are built; each “image” being used by “the mind” as a “projection” of “something of substance” that could be.

Systems (people made systems) are produced using these vibrations with meaning called “words”; verbal systems called “governments”, “religions”, “theologies”, “philosophies”, “science”, etc. that are a product of “thought” concerning “something of substance” that might be.

Abstractions (people made art) are produced using these vibrations with meaning called “symbols” and “images”; the ability to capture in an “mathematical equation” or a “picture” what could take an infinite number of “words” to describe that may be.

In other words, these people made things, these people made systems and this people made art are products of these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”....vibrating products that impact, vibrationally, “our lives”, “our bodies”, “our brains” and “our human potential”.

How?

The remaining Appendices that follow (Appendices B, C, D, E, F, G and H) provide a point of view based upon this new kind of thinking and the Model of Reality that has emerged from it.

Appendix B addresses acts of selecting and the fact that each act taken by “the body”, “the brain” or “the mind” is a vibratory act of selecting by which the “wave function” is collapsed....a vibrating act by which what exists in an in potentia existential state in a present moment is brought forth (manifested) in that present moment in the reality that exists in that moment. Appendix B also addresses how it comes to be that there is only one reality that exists in a present moment; a single reality that can and is only being experienced by each presence from its perspective (Relativity) in its own unique way (Qualia); a fact that Appendix H elaborates upon as it addresses the Creative Process and the Historical Bias that emerges from the Creative Process.

Appendix B addresses what it means to “communicate”, vibrationally; communicating with these vibrations with meaning being only one aspect of this vibrating interacting process – this natural process of renormalizing – this natural selecting process – by which “all that exists” emerges, vibrationally, and “all that exists” is always interconnecting, interacting and communicating, vibrationally, sharing information that is itself expressed as vibrations (“vibes”) in a self-organizing manner.

Appendix C addresses what it means to “manifest” in the verbal a something of substance that lies beneath the verbal, recognizing that but for this act of manifesting (act of selecting – vibrating act) using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” we presences called “human” could not be sounding (speaking) or marking (writing) our “stories” concerning any something of substance.

Appendix D addresses the words “Sound”, “Light” and the underlying something of substance (V) that lies beneath each of these words as well as the vibrating patterns that emerge out of “them”.

Appendix E addresses what it means to “sense” something of substance within the context of “science” and the “simulations” it produces.

Appendix F addresses the words “plasticity” and “neuroplasticity”, recognizing that within a vibrating reality each v has vibrating characteristics unique to it and therefore exhibits a vibrating interactivity that can easily be associated with (brought forth – manifested in) these two words.

Appendix G addresses how each “language” emerges along with its unique structures (syntax).

Appendix H addresses the creative process and how historical bias naturally emerges out of the creative process both in a “physical sense” and a “verbal sense”.

Each Appendix addresses this question of “How?” by diving deeper and deeper beneath the vibration with meaning that is the word into the vibration (the vibrating something of substance) that lies beneath....a vibration (the word) superposed upon a vibration.

Each Appendix addressing this question of “How?” by illustrating how in a vibrating reality emerging from a vibrating source and substance, each v – no matter whether existing beneath each vibrating verbal reality (Beneath Words) or in each vibrating verbal reality (in “the word”) – is interconnecting, interacting and communicating, vibrationally, with each other v in its surroundings.⁸²

A Note To The Listener/Reader

By now, you, the listener/reader of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, most likely, have experienced the linguistic mechanics – the linguistic tools – that I, the speaker/writer of these “words” use in order to disrupt the normal cadence....the normal rhythm....of your reading style so that you can experiencing diving deep Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them into the reality that lies there rather than simply skate along the surface of “your verbal reality”. That “practice” will continue. For more on this “practice” see Introducing Some Linguistic Mechanics, located in Segment One of Beneath Words, The Journey, the book to which this Appendix is attached.

Keep in “mind” that this Journey, Beneath Words, is a journey that is set forth in the verbal; yet, this journey uses the verbal for purposes of diving deep beneath the verbal in order to understand what lies there. It can be no other way since without “words”, “symbols” and “images” there would be no way to explain, describe or simulate what lies beneath them. So, yes, in the beginning of the verbal was the “word”, each “word” pointing to its underlying “source/substance (Vibration). And, yes, the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform our “verbal realities” and “our minds” are a great complement to “our bodies” and “our brains”, allowing we presences called “human” to learn, to create and to produce many people made things, many people made systems and much people made art including “creation stories” and “models of reality”. Yet, if not careful, we presences called “human” (Humanity as a whole) and each of we presences called “human” (an individual expression of Humanity) can become stuck in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”. Thus, the need for these linguistic mechanics – these linguistic tools; their purpose being not only to celebrate “the word” but also to free us from “the word” so that we can also celebrate what lies there.

Our Glossary Of Terms

vibration with meaning A “sound with meaning” or a “mark with

meaning” representing the vibration (the

“something of substance”) that lies beneath the

“sound with meaning”or the “mark with

meaning”.

word/symbol/image A vibration with meaning expressed either as a

“sound with meaning” or a “mark with meaning”;

at their most fundamental, vibrating, level there

being no difference among “words”, “symbols”

and “images” – each being a vibrating with

meaning serving as a sign pointing to the

vibration (the “something of substance”) that lies

beneath it.

vibration A “something of substance” that exists beneath

the vibration with meaning superposed upon “it”.

v Symbol representing a vibration.

vibrating As to each v, its own unique

characteristics

(i) “frequency”/intensity” (“F&I”)....measured as a wave having an amplitude;

(ii) “geometry/space” (“G”)....measured,

comparatively, one v in relation to another v

(Relativity).

(iii) “spin” (“S”)....measured as angular spin.

(iv) “potential” (“p”)

Vibration An underlying “something of substance” that is

the “source and substance” of “all that exists”.

Frequently, thought of and called a probability

wave (Quantum Theory) or an Oscillating Zero

Point Field (Classical Theory), its Potential (P)

remains in wave form until actualized pursuant to

the vibrating interacting process consistent with

the equation

V (P-/+)

:

v

. the most fundamental physical expression of V

being a vibration now thought of and called string

that remains in “wave form” – v (p-/+) – until a

vibrating act breaks “its symmetry”.

V The symbol representing Vibration

Vibration V existing in an existential state of Potential, an

Undifferentiated existential state that exists in each moment called “Now”

Vibration V expressing its Potential by acting upon itself

pursuant

Differentiated to the vibrating interacting process.

VUD Symbol representing Vibration Undifferentiated

VID Symbol representing Vibration Differentiated

Potential The vibrating characteristic of V that allows V to act upon itself pursuant to the vibrating interacting process.

P Symbol representing the Potential of V

potential The vibrating characteristic of each v that allows each v to act upon itself pursuant to a vibrating interacting process.

p Symbol representing the potential of each v

In Potentia The vibrating existential state in which V exists until “it” acts upon “itself” pursuant to the vibrating interacting process and actualizes its P.

in potentia The vibrating existential state in which each v exists until “it” acts upon “itself” pursuant to the vibrating interacting process and actualizes its p

vibrating

interacting The natural process of renormalizing....the natural process selecting process....by which the wave function representing V’s P and the wave function representing the p of each v is collapsed thereby making real (infinite) what was in potentia.

: Symbol representing the vibrating Interacting process

vibrating reality The reality in which all v’s dwell.

vibrating linguistic lens The lens through which each mind views vibrating reality; each vibration with meaning equating to a vibrating linguistic lens within the mind and the

verbal reality in which the mind dwells.

in potential vibrating in potentia state of V and each v emerging from V

existential state

actualized vibrating in potentia vibrating existential state actualized

existential state through the vibrating interacting process

vibrating presence A v as sensed by another v

verbal reality Actualized vibrating existential state that

emerges out of the body in a manner coordinated

by “its brain”

mind Actualized vibrating existential state that dwells

within a verbal reality only after this verbal reality

emerges.

no mind The absence of the mind and a verbal reality in

which the mind dwells; it being an actualized

vibrating existential state that is free of these

vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols”

and “images”.

body A vibrating presence (no matter whether it has a

brain or no brain).

brain A vibrating presence that emerges within the body pursuant to the vibrating interacting process.

no brain Similar to a body in an existential state of “no

mind” except in this case a body existing in a

vibrating existential state without a brain.

vibrating act Vibrating expression of a body or the body/brain.

act of selecting A vibrating act that actualizes the P of V and the p

of each v; a vibrating act that collapses the wave

function.

wave function A verbal phrase that in the verbal discipline of

physics stands in for the P of V and the p of each v

as that P/p exists, vibrationally, in each present

moment.

sensing A vibrating act typically associated with vibrating

acts called “seeing”, “hearing”, “smelling”,

“tasting” and “touching” – yet really being one

way “bodies” are always interconnecting and

interacting (communicating)

with other “bodies” in their surroundings.

sensing presence A vibrating presence that senses another vibrating

presence through an act of sensing.

sensed presence A vibrating presence that is being sensed by

another presence through an act of sensing.

communicating Interconnecting and interacting vibrationally

manifesting Bringing forth into the verbal with lies beneath the verbal.

the verbal Collectively, all verbal realities and all minds and

all words, symbols and images that both create

and inform them.

nonverbal What lies beneath the verbal.

thinking/measuring A vibrating act of the mind performed within its

projecting verbal reality using these vibrations with meaning

as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it

views the vibrating reality in which both its body

and its brain dwells and by which it tells its

“stories”.

new kind of thinking New kind of thinking, measuring and projecting

that treats it acts of thinking, measuring and

projecting as being a product of vibrations with meaning that emerge from the body in a manner

coordinated by its brain and both create and

inform the verbal reality and mind in which these

acts are performed.

creative process The vibrating interacting process by which (i) a v produces a vibrating act (product of an act of

selecting,(ii) receives in response (feedback)

vibrating acts (each a product of an act of

selecting) from other v’s in its surrounding (its

vibrating reality) and thereby learns and creates.

historical bias A natural bias that arises out of the creative process by which each v favors previous acts of

learning and creating.

Appendix A

This Journey, Beneath Words

Note To The Listener/Reader

What follows in this Appendix A is a “Cliff Notes Version” of This Journey, Beneath Words set forth in “twelve steps” numbered I - XII. Not as simple as it may appear, the actual journey can be experienced by visiting the Center For Vibrational Studies website:

www.centerforvibrationalstudies.com

and noting the number of verbal paths that just one mind can take as it strives to understand the source and substance of the reality that lies:

There:

Beneath Words

And

Beneath The Symbols And Images

That Accompany Them

A source and substance and a reality to which all “words”, “symbols” and “images” are pointing. ⁸³

I

The Journey commences once you sense in your body that when you speak a word or write a word, the word is emerging from your body in the form of a specific sound or a specific mark....a specific sound/mark whose presence you and other presences in “your surroundings” can sense once it emerges from you and enters “your surroundings” (“your reality”).

In other words, this Journey called Beneath Words commences only when a presence called “human” (e.g. “you”) experiences the “word/symbol/image” as a specific sound or specific mark that he/she or some other presence can produce....a specific sound/mark whose presence he or she can sense once “it” emerges from him/her or from some other presence with which he/she is “communicating”, verbally.⁸⁴

~~~

The Journey continues when you sense in your body that a specific sound or a specific mark that you produce is associated with “something of substance”; the specific sound/mark serving as a sign pointing to this “something of substance”.

For example:

The word, “flower” pointing to the underlying “something of substance” that is called “flower”.

The word, “tree” standing in for the underlying “something of substance” that is called “tree”.

The word, “body”, “brain” or “mind” bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal what lies beneath these “words”.

The word, “event” representing in the verbal “something happening here”....beneath the verbal description of “it”.

~~~

The Journey continues to take shape once you sense through an act of observing yourself (act of selection called “self-reflection”) that your words, symbols and images are emerging from you only if:

You can produce a specific sound using the mechanics of “voice” (“your voice”)

Or

You can produce a specific mark using the mechanics of “hand” (“your writing hand”) aided by a making tool (a pen/a computer key) applied to a smooth surface (paper/computer screen)

And

You can associate the specific sound or specific mark with a meaning.

The meaning emerging due to your associating the specific sound or the specific mark with the “something of substance” to which the specific sound or the specific mark is pointing....a “something of substance” that is being manifested in the specific sound – the specific mark – now thought of and called a “word”, a

“symbol” or an “image”.⁸⁵

II

However, this Journey really takes shape when you sense yourself superposing these specific sounds/marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” upon “something of substance” in the same manner as an “infant” superposes the word, “ma ma” on the “something of substance” ultimately called “mother”.

For it is then that you begin to understand that....in the beginning....when these specific sounds with meaning and marks with meaning were first emerging from their producer

There did exist the potential for this producer to select from a “menu” of an infinite number of “sounds” or “marks” the “specific sound” or “specific mark” that was the “best sound” or the “best mark” by which to identify (point to) this “something of substance” that he/she/it was sensing....in the body.

And

As this producer and other producers selected different “sounds” or “marks” from this “menu” to represent the same “something of substance” to which each of them could “point”, the best practice was to agree to select the same “sound” or “mark” to represent (to serve as a sign pointing to) this same “something of substance”.

Simply stated: The “producer” of the first “word/symbol/image” – the first “sound” or “mark” with “meaning” – produced his/her/its first sound/mark with meaning just like a child produces his/her “first word”; the first “language” emerged through an act of agreeing.⁸⁶

III

Observe a new born baby and note that you were in the moment of your birth in a similar state: having the ability to produce specific sounds (such as “crying” and “cooing”) and specific marks (such as “urinating” and “defecating”); yet, having no sounds with meaning or marks with meaning (called “words”, “symbols” and “images”) by which to state anything or describe, explain or simulate anything.

Next (and this is the hard part to accept if you are inclined to think you are “special”), observe that a dog or a cat or most any “species of life” produces “specific sounds” and “specific marks” and associate these “specific sounds/marks” with “meaning”.

The lion roars – the sound of the roar moving outward. The wolf urinates as it moves along its way. Each of the lion and the wolf staking its territory with its own unique “sound” or its own unique “mark”; each doing so in its own unique way, producing an unique sound with meaning or an mark with meaning that, once produced, serves as a sign to those “species of life” that soon “learn” to sense (listen/read) the sign

A sign of something of substance here....now.

~~~

Next observe how a healthy child....once it can produce these sounds and marks with meaning called “words/symbols/images”....learns how to accept (through verbal agreement) the fact that the “tribe” or “community” into which he/she has been birthed, has already selected through verbal agreement the best “word” by which to described each “something of substance” he/she is sensing in his/her “body”, thereby creating the “language” of the “tribe” or “community” and the “glossary of terms” – the “definitions” – that serve as the “building blocks” for this “language”.

Observe how this learning process is an interacting process by which the members of this child’s “tribe” or “community” perpetuate this “language” and the “thoughts”, the “measurements” and the “projections” that emerge in each member’s “mind”, once the “glossary of terms” is accepted as “true”.

A presence in the presence of the “toddler/child” points to herself and sounds the sound, “ma ma”, over and over, again and again. Ultimately, the toddler/child” – in a manner coordinated by “its brain” – “learns” to mimic the sound, “ma ma”, and the relationship is established....that of “teacher/student”

A relationship that also involves “da da” or any presence that is in the presence of the “toddler/child” in those moments of early “learning”

A relationship that continues as the “toddler/child” develops into a “student” whose “teachers include his/her “teacher” in “pre-school”, “grade school”, “high school”, “college” and those institutes of “higher learning” in which the “student” earns his/her PhD.

A relationship that....although in the beginning only involves “learning” how to produce/listen/read “words” in the form of sounds with meaning or marks with meaning....soon advances to “learning” to listen/read in a similar manner the “symbols” and “images” that inform a “story” or a “sheet of music” and, ultimately, a “mathematical equation”.

A “learning” that gradually allows the “adolescent/student/adult” to interact (“communicate”), verbally, with all of the other members of his/her “tribe” or “community” in a manner that is acceptable (through agreement) to these other members and “learn” from them.⁸⁷

A “learning” that ultimately allows the “adolescent/student/adult” to interact (“communicate”) with members of his/her “tribe” or “community” and members of other “tribes” or “communities”, thereby allowing him/her not only to learn “something new” but also to create “something new” (such as a new kind of thinking).⁸⁸

IV

All Well And Good So Far

However, this Journey, Beneath Words begins to take a strange turn when you begin to sense in both “your body” and “your mind” that these sounds with meaning and these marks with meaning (now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”) are really vibrations with meaning that can only emerge from “the body” once “the body” (“your body”)....in a manner coordinated by “its brain (“your brain”) can

Shape Vibration (V) called “Sound” into a specific vibration (a “specific sound”) using the mechanics of “voice” (“your voice”)

Or

Shape Vibration (V) called “Light” into a specific vibration (a “specific mark”) using the mechanics of “hand” (“your writing hand”) aided by a marking tool (a “stick”, a “stone”, a “finger”) applied to a smooth surface (“dirt”, “sand” “the wall of a cave”)

And

Associate the specific vibration with a meaning; the meaning coming from the “something of substance” to which the specific vibration is pointing.

For it is then and only then you begin to sense within both “your body” and “your mind” that these sounds with meaning – these marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “words/symbols/images” are actually creating and informing two vibrating existential states called “your verbal reality” and “your mind”....as “they” emerge from “your body”.

~~~

In fact, it is then....in that moment...that “your mind” is “blown” since it then becomes apparent that it is “the body” not “the mind” that emerges first and that once “the body” can produce one vibration with meaning there are potentially an infinite number of “words”, “symbols” and “images” that “the body” can produce, meaning that there are, potentially, an infinite number of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” that potentially can emerge.

Leading to the conclusion that although there is only one reality to which all vibrations with meaning are pointing and in which “all bodies” exist (each expressing itself in its own unique way), there are an infinite number of verbal realities and minds that can, potentially, be superposed on this one reality.

V

Yet, that is only “the beginning” since once you recognize that “your verbal reality” and “your mind” are two vibrating existential states created and informed by these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, you soon begin to sense that you are bringing forth (manifesting) in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” in each present moment....in a manner coordinated by “your brain”....a “verbal reality” that is being superposed upon an underlying reality that you are sensing in that moment in your body in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”.

In other words, as the “brain” is orchestrating the body’s interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”) with “its surroundings” (underlying reality), the “brain” is coordinating

Not only the body’s production of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”;

But also the body’s production of these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”

The latter (“the mind”) dwelling in the former (“its verbal reality”)

The “mind” using these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses (called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”) through which it

Views this underlying reality in which “its body/brain” dwells

And

Produces its stories (creation stories/models of reality) concerning

The “source and substance” of “all that exists

and

How “all that exists” emerged and continues to do so.⁸⁹

VI

Yet, what has been stated is only a “beginning point” since what you soon discover is that in order for any “mind” to state what has just been stated, that “mind” had to choose (act of selecting) a specific language in which to make these statements; a specific language of a specific “tribe” or “community” that has embedded within “it” both

(i) a current kind of thinking concerning what is real/not real

And

(ii) a natural bias (an Historical Bias) favoring this current kind of thinking and the words, symbols and images upon which this current kind of thinking is based....a natural bias that must be overcome if any “mind” (including “your mind”) is to emerge with a new kind of thinking .

Leading To The Conclusion

That

VII

In order for you to really understand “what is going on”, you must dive deeper and deeper into this Historical Bias for the purpose of understanding it and, potentially, supplementing it and the current kind of thinking that it naturally favors with a new kind of thinking; a new kind of thinking that is embedded

Not only in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”;

But also in these vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images”.

IX

How To Begin?

You begin by recognizing that, much like a physicist seeks to identify a “theory” concerning the emergence of “everything”, you begin by seeking to identify a “theory” concerning the emergence of every “language”.

You continue by recognizing that, potentially, there exist an infinite number of “languages” since (i) “words”, “symbols” and “images” both create and inform a “language” and (ii) there are, potentially, an infinite number of “words”, “symbols” and “images” that can emerge from the body. As you do so, you accept the fact (Quantum fact) that the “wave function” representing this potential – as it relates to each existing “tribe” or “community” having a “language” – was previously collapsed in favor of the “language” that the “tribe” or “community” is using.

However, by your doing so, this does not mean that a “new language” will not emerge for some “tribe” or “community” (whether presently existing or reshaped through various iterations and permutations – See Order Out Of Chaos, Man’s New Dialogue With Nature, Ilya Prigogine and Isabelle Stengers, Bantam Books, 1984).

By your doing so, this does mean that as to “languages”, currently existing, what you are striving to identify is the characteristics (really the vibrating characteristics) common to all of these currently existing “languages”.

X

How Do You Start?

You start by selecting any currently existing language and the words, symbols and images that create and inform that language since without words, symbols and images and language there would be no way to communicate about anything including what has just been stated up to this “point”. And, through this act of selecting, you adopt, for the moment, the meanings associated with each “word”, “symbol” and “image” that creates and informs this language – this language being your “language of choice”; these meanings typically being set forth in a “dictionary”.

Next, you recognize that the words, symbols and images that inform this language also create and inform not only this language but also (i) the “collective verbal reality/mind” of the “tribe” or “community” that has produced this language as well as (ii) each “group of minds” and each “individual mind” dwelling within this “collective verbal reality”....each “group of minds” and each “individual mind” dwelling in a “verbal reality” that is, initially, entirely a subset of this “collective verbal reality” – “your mind” being no exception.

Next, you recognize that each “tribe” or “community” has its current way of thinking about “anything”, “everything”, “something” and “nothing”; this current way of thinking being evidenced by the current kind of thinking that is embedded in that “tribe” or “community” and each of “its members” (either individually or in “groups”).

Next, you recognize that the natural selecting process (Creative Process) by which emerge the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that create and inform a “tribe’s/community’s” language, “collective verbal reality” and current kind of thinking produces a “natural bias” (an Historical Bias) favoring these previously selected “words”, “symbols” and “images”, meaning that

To break away from this Historical Bias when using “the word”, “the symbols” and “the images” that created it is quite difficult.

XI

So....having established a “theory” concerning the Creative Process by which all currently existing languages have emerged and the Historical Bias by which all languages are “saddled” (a theory yet to be accepted by agreement and thereby “proved true” by those individuals having the authority to do so), you continue by striving to discern what is the best way by which to break away from this “bias” – this Historical Bias – that naturally emerges (and continues to emerge) in each language of each “tribe” or “community” – that that “tribe” or “community” called a “state”, a “nation”, a “culture” or a “scientific”, “religious” or “spiritual”.

~~~

The breakthrough emerges when “your mind” grasps the fact that it is “your brain” doing the “hard work”....it being “your brain” that coordinates the body’s production of “your words”, “your symbols”, “your images”, “your verbal reality” and “your mind” while orchestrating your body’s interacting with “its surroundings” (“its reality”).

That is When This Journey, Beneath Words

Really Gets Interesting

Since It Is Then And Only Then

That Your Mind Begins An Inquiry Into

~1~

What Really Is The Nature Of Each Something Of Substance

That Lies Beneath Each

Word/symbol/image

~2~

What Really Is The Process By Which All That Emerges.

~3~

What Really Is the Nature of the “Source” of

“All That Exists”

Including We Presences Called “Human”

And

Our Bodies

Our Words/Symbols/Images

Our Verbal Realities/Minds

Our Projections/Measurements/Thoughts

And

Our Stories.

XII

For it is then and only then that a “mind” begins to supplement the current kind of thinking with a new kind of thinking that embraces the fact that “all that exists” is vibrating and can be measured as vibrating including the reality in which each expression of “all that exists” emerges as a vibration (v) having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it....a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating “source and “substance”.....an underlying physical something of substance best represented by the word, “Vibration”, since Vibration is the something of substance to which all words/symbols/images are really pointing.

And, it is then and only then that a “mind” begins to supplement the current kind of thinking both created and inform by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” with a “glossary of terms” that shifts the emphasis from “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” to what lies beneath “all words”, “all symbols” and “all images”.

And, it is then and only then that a “mind” begins to break away from the Historical Bias embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” while embracing the fact that there is a “bias” (an Historical Bias) that naturally favors all previous acts selected by each vibration (a v) that has emerged out of Vibration (V); each act of selecting actually having collapsed the wave function that existed in that present moment of selecting.

~~~

What follows are eight Appendices, each based upon the Model of Reality presented in Segment Five of our journey, Beneath Words, and the new kind of thinking described in the preceding four Segments.

Reference should frequently be made to the Model of Reality, particularly its Glossary of Terms, since the Model and its Glossary serve as the basis for all of the verbal statements made in these five Appendices.

Reference should also be made to the Section of this Book styled: Introducing Some Linguistic Mechanics. It is in that section that the linguistic mechanics used in the Text are described.

It a practice that I, the speaker/writer of these sounds/marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” will continue throughout these Appendices.⁹⁰

Appendix B

The Act of Communicating – Information

We shall not take a closer look at the mechanistic world view as it emerged from the work of Galileo, Newton, and their successors. We wish to describe its strong points, the aspects of nature it has succeeded clarifying, but we also want to expose its limitations.

Ilya Prigogine

Order Out of Chaos

Man’s New Dialogue With Nature

__________

In their book, Order out of Chaos, Man’s New Dialogue With Nature, Ilya Prigogine and his co-author, Isabelle Stengers (Bantam Books, 1984) explore self-organizing systems that operate far from equilibrium and bifurcate pursuant to a create process by which new self-organizing systems emerge. In other words, rather than stating that all “systems” are “isolated systems” seeking equilibrium (2nd Law of Thermodynamics), Prigogine and Stengers treat each “system” as an “open system”. It was and still is a new way of thinking about the subject of Thermodynamics. What Prigogine and Stengers suggest is that the current kind of thinking is not broad enough to take into consideration new information that is always being gleaned from the principles of “self-organizing” as more intense sense enhancing devices reveal this new information. Building on that theme, this new kind of thinking that is the subject of this writing suggest that the current kind of thinking (even expanded by the “minds” of Prigogine and Stengers as well as the “minds” of Einstein and Schrodinger) is not broad enough to take into consideration this new information....not broad enough to take into consideration the fact that all information if vibrationally – vibratory in nature.

Author’s Note

A shift in thinking occurs within “the mind” when “the mind” begins to accept the fact that, fundamentally, there is no difference among “words”, “symbols” and “images”: each being a vibration with meaning that is emerging from the “body” once “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can

Shape Vibration called “Sound” and Vibration called “Light” into specific vibrations called “sounds” and “marks”

And

Associate these specific vibrations with something of substance to which the specific vibration is pointing.

Thereafter, it is relatively simple for “the mind” to accept the fact that “it” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells are vibrations – or, more particularly, vibrating existential states – that are both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning and in which these vibrations with meaning serve as vibrating linguistic lenses (called “projections”, “measurements” and “thought”) through which “the mind” views the reality in which “its body/brain” dwells and by which “the mind” produces “its stories” concerning this reality.

In fact, for “proof”, the “mind” can simply observe “its body” (in a manner coordinated by “its brain”) through use of vibrating mechanics (motion) of “voice” or “hand” produce these vibrations with meaning.

In fact, if you, the listener/hearer, pause for a moment to “observe yourself” speaking a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”, you can observe both in your body and in your mind these vibrations with meaning – these sounds with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerging from “you” through vibrating mechanics of “voice” by simply sounding the word, “I” or the phrase, “I am” and observing (hearing) “your voice” sound the word/phrase, vibrationally.

Similarly, if you, the reader/seer, pause for a moment to “observe yourself” marking/drawing (writing) a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”, you can observe both in your body and in your mind these vibrations with meaning – these marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerging from “you” through vibrating mechanics of “hand” by simply marking/drawing the word, “I” or the phrase, “I am” and observing (seeing) “your hand” mark/drawn the word/phrase, vibrationally; in this case, the “hand” being aided by a “marking tool” applied to a “smooth surface” as you “observe/see” the “word”, “symbol” or “image” gradually emerge on the smooth surface as a function of this Vibration called “Light”.⁹¹

~~~

The shift in thinking continues to occur within the mind when the mind accepts the fact that no matter what a something of substance is “named” using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, it is a vibration having vibrating characteristics unique to it.

Thus, not only is each something of substance vibrating and interacting (communicating), vibrationally, with other somethings of substance in “its surroundings” through a vibrating interacting process; it and each something of substance with which it is interacting (communicating) is also, in substance, a vibration.

Once that “shift in thinking” occurs, it is an easy “step” for the “mind” to conclude that each something of substance is a vibration with vibrating characteristics upon which a vibration with meaning can be superposed; the “body”, the “brain” and “the mind” being no exceptions.

~~~

Understanding the vibrating interacting/communicating that is always occurring among “the mind”, “the body” and the brain” is always challenging since

Not only must “the mind” accept the fact that “it” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells are vibrations (each a v having vibrating characteristics unique to “it”) as are “words”, “symbols” and “images”

It must also accept the fact that the “reality” in which “its body/brain” dwells and its “body/brain” are also vibrations (each a v having vibrating characteristics unique to “it”)

All “minds”, all “verbal realities”, “words/symbols/images”, all “bodies”, all “brains” and the single “reality” in which “all that exists” dwells are always emerging from V as a v.

And “they” are doing so pursuant to this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process by which acts of selecting emerge and the Potential/potential (P/p) of V/v represented, verbally, by “the wave function” is actualized (“collapsed”).

~~~

Whenever V or a v acts, the act is a vibrating act or, more particularly, an act of selecting whereby V or any v acts upon and actualizes its P/p.

Each v has vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and allow it to be identified by a vibration with meaning in the form of a “sound” or a “mark”.

All v’s act vibrationally no matter whether the v is now thought of and called (identified as) a “string”, or a “particle” or an “atom” or a “molecule” or a “cell” or a “bacteria” or a “virus” or an “organism” or a “body” or a “brain” – each of we presences called “human” being no exception.

As one v acts upon its potential, vibrationally, all other v’s in “its surroundings” act on their potential vibrationally, allow each v, individually, and all v’s, collectively, to be in a continuous state of self-organizing, sharing information, vibrationally.

~~~

No matter whether you are interacting/communicating verbally, with words, or interacting/communicating physically, beneath words, you as a vibration (a v having vibrating characteristics unique to “you”) are interacting and interconnecting with other vibrations (each a v having vibrating characteristics unique to it), exchanging information vibrationally.

All “communicating”, all “interacting” and “all interconnecting” is occurring vibrationally pursuant to this natural selecting process – this natural process of renormalizing – that is really the vibrating interacting process by which Vibration (V) acts upon “itself” and produces this something of substance called “reality” and each of we presences called “human” acts upon “himself” or “herself” and produces these somethings of substance called his/her “verbal reality” and his/her “mind”.

It is as simple as that;

Yet, it is not that simple,

Since there is always the matter,

Isn’t there?

Of “proving true” to “the mind”

What is always sensed as “true” in “the body”

If “the mind” would only “listen”.

Some Typical Definitions of “The Word”

Inform: To give material form to

Information: The communication or reception of knowledge or intelligence

Intellect: The power of knowing as distinguished from the power to feel and to will : the capacity for knowledge.

The capacity for rational or intelligent thought

Intelligence: The ability to learn or understand or deal with new and trying situations.

Communicate: To share knowledge or information about

Make known < story >

Interact: To act upon another

Interactive: Mutually or reciprocally acting

Interaction: Mutual or reciprocal action or influence

Connect: To become joined

Interconnecting: To connect with one another : to be or become

mutually connected

__________

Taken from Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary

Once “the mind” understands that “words”, “symbols” and “images” are vibrations with meaning expressed as “sounds” and “marks” and that it (“the mind”) and the “verbal reality” in which it dwells are really vibrating existential states in which these vibrations with meaning equate to vibrating linguistic lenses, a new kind of thinking begins to emerge; a new kind of thinking that complements the current kind of thinking.

The current kind of thinking remains embedded in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” as well as the “definitions” that are created for each “word”, each “symbol” and each “image” through use of other “words/symbols/images”. In this current kind of thinking no “thought” need be given to any something of substance that exists Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany them.

Rather, the “game” (the “story”) is one of intellect – of intellectual prowess measured in terms of being “successful/not successful” in playing the “game”.

Of being “successful/not successful” in manipulating “words”, “symbols” and “images” within the context of the “game” (or “the story”).

However, this new kind of thinking does not stop at “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” nor does it stopy by simply embracing a “mind” or a “verbal reality” or a “game” or a “story” created and informed by “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

Instead, this new kind of thinking dives deep Beneath Words and the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “words”

Not only into the sounds with meaning – the marks with meaning – the vibrations with meaning that inform the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform the current kind of thinking

But also into the vibration that is the “body”, the “brain”, the “reality” and the “source/substance” out of which these vibrations with meaning emerge.

For it is then and only then that the intelligence of “the body” and “its brain” comes into play.

Simply stated:

Intellect resides in “the mind” and its “verbal reality”

Intelligence resides in “the body” and “its brain” and “the reality” in which “the body” and “its brain” dwells.

Each “body”, “brain” and “the reality” in which all “bodies” and “brains” dwelling having emerged out of Vibrations (V) pursuant to a vibrating interacting process by which all vibrations (v) are interconnecting and communicating vibrationally, sharing bits of information about “each other”, “the reality” in which “they exists” and the “source and substance of “all that exist”.

~~~

It is to the subject of interacting/interconnecting/communicating to which we now turn simply by turning the page and entering Appendix C.

We do so being mindful that each act of selecting is a vibrating act and each act of interconnecting/interacting/communicating involves at least two vibrating acts – one vibrating act being initiated by a vibration (a v, no matter what its “name”, “number” or “species”) through an act of selecting; the other vibrating act being initiated “in response” by another vibration (a v, no matter what its “name”, “number” or “species”) through its act of selecting.

More To The Point

Once a “mind” embraces this new kind of thinking and accepts the fact that each expression of “all that exists” is a v that emerges from V and has vibrating characteristics unique to it by which it can be “identified”, it becomes relatively easy for “the mind” to conclude that “all that exists” is communicating vibrationally and that each bit of information is also a vibrations (a “vibe”).

In other words, beneath words and the symbols and images that accompany them, V is always acting upon its Potential (P) and each v is always acting upon its potential (p), interconnecting/interacting/communicating with V and each other v in “its surroundings” in what can be thought of and called a self-organizing manner or autopoiesis.

This self-organizing Potential/potential residing in V and each v emerging from V is vibrationally, physically real existing in an in potentia existential state until acted upon through an act of selecting by which what exists as potentially real in the P of V and the p of each presently existing v becomes actualized and thereafter participates in what is now thought of called a “process” of self-organizing/autopoiesis.

Even More To The Point

This self-organizing P/p resides in V and each v as a “whole” and each v, both individually and as a part of “the whole....a “holon”....a “whole” that is a part of a “whole”....self-organizing into what can be thought of and called a “vibrating field” or a “vibrating system”.

The most basic v’s (be they identified as “strings” or ultimately called by some other “name”) are always self-organizing as they interconnect and interact (communicate) with each other and all that exists through acts of selecting thereby actualizing their potential (i.e. “collapsing the wave function”).

A similar statement applies to all “particles”, “atoms”, “molecules”, “cells”, “organisms”, “bodies”, “brains” and – once they emerge out of the “body” in a manner orchestrated by “it brain” – all “words/symbols/images, all “verbal realities/minds” and all “stories”; we presences called “human” and “our bodies”, “our brains”, “our words/symbols/images”, “our verbal realities/minds” and “our stories” being no exception.

Each v acts through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process by which V and all v’s

Interconnect/interact/communicate vibrationally.

Each v and the V out of which all v’s emerge being an open, self-organizing system having the P/p to operate “far from equilibrium” in an “holonic, self-replicating” manner.

It is as simple as that;

Yet, it is not that simple,

Since there is always the matter,

Isn’t there?

Of “proving true” to “the mind”

What is always sensed as “true” in “the body”

If “the mind” would only “listen”.

Appendix C

The Act of Selecting

“Today is only one day in all the days that will ever be. But what will happen in all the other days that ever come can depend on what you do today. It’s been that way all this year. It’s been that way so many times. All of war is that way”.

Ernest Hemingway

Author’s Note

Hemingway had it right as to war and almost right as to “life” since the choices (acts of selecting) that you, the listener/reader, are making in each present moment called “Now” are shaping the choices (acts of selecting) you are making in the next present moment.

War can be a “war of words” or a “physical war”. Typically, war is initially a “war of words” (e.g. a boundary dispute or an ideology, theological or an economical dispute) that escalates into physical brutality. Absent the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”, the “verbal dispute” would not occur; present the presence of “words”, “symbols” and “images”, the “verbal dispute” frequently does emerge.

As indicated in Appendix A, in developing its language, the members of each “tribe” or “community” chose (act of selecting), collectively, the best word by which to represent each “something of substance” each member is sensing in his/her “body” as his/her “body” in its own unique way is interacting with “its surroundings” (reality) in a manner orchestrated by their “brains”.

Each “language” of each “tribe” or “community” can be thought of as a “common” much like “air”, “water”, “food” is “common” to each “tribe” or “community” and each member’s “body” and “brain” has characteristics that are “in common”. Yet, there is a difference.

The words, “air”, “water”, “food”, “body” and “brain” stand in for each “something of substance” that lies beneath “them”. The word, language” is a product of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” – that emerge from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” and create/inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

Yet, there is “something of substance” common to both “the word” and what lies beneath “the word”; that being vibrating acts called acts of selecting; the purpose of this Appendix B being to explore The Act of Selecting since every act (no matter how “named”) is a vibrating act of selecting that collapses the “wave function” and makes real what otherwise lay in potentia.

Some Typical Definitions of “The Word”

Act A state of real existence rather than possibility

Select To take by preference from a number or group : pick

out : CHOOSE ~ : to make a choice

Selection A natural or artificial process that results or tends to

result in the survival and propagation of some

individuals or organisms but not of others with the result

that the inherited traits of the survivors are perpetuated

-- compare DARWINISM NATURAL SELECTION

Selecting To select – to choose – from a menu of all potential selections/choices then available.

__________

The first three definitions are taken from Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary. The definition of Selecting is based upon these three definitions. However, when reading the words comprising this Appendix B and the words informing each Appendix that follows, know that there exists beneath the words, symbols and images that inform these definitions a reality and a source and substance of this reality. Thus, let us not forget the goal of each of these Appendices: that being to dive beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” for purposes of determining whether the Model of Reality previously presented in this Book is the best “story” by which what lies beneath the verbal can be simulated. And, let’s not forget the Glossary of Terms that accompany this Model of Reality since the “definitions” complement the Model. (For example, an act of selecting is not just an “act”; rather, an act of selecting is a vibrating act.)

Acts of Selecting

The existence of we presences called “human” is not necessary for there to be present a natural selecting process (Darwin) out of which this vibrating reality emerges nor is the presence of we “humans” necessary for there to exists a source and substance that can act upon itself pursuant to this natural selecting process and produce this vibrating reality nor is the presence of we presences called “human” necessary for there to exist this vibrating reality and this source and substance.

However, the presence of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” is necessary for there to exist a “verbal reality” and a “mind” in which “stories” can be produced concerning this vibrating reality, its source and substance and each something of substance that exists independent of “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”; these “stories” called

“philosophies”

“theologies”

“creation stories”

“models of reality”

And these somethings of substance called

“Vibration”

“Sound”/ “Light”

“sound”/ “mark”

“body”/ “brain”

being no exceptions.

~~~

In fact, until these vibrations with meaning emerged, nothing could be stated about any something of substance nor could any “story” be told about “them”.

Yet, during some moment in this natural selecting process, a vibration (v) did emerge with the potential (p) to act upon itself and bring forth/manifest (act of selecting) a specific vibration representing a “something of substance” that it could sense in its “body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

From the moment when this potential (p) was first actualized, there emerged the possibility that other vibrations (each a v having vibrating characteristics unique to it) could emerge that

Not only could produce these vibrations with meaning

But also could call themselves “human” and their vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Simply Stated

Each act of selecting is a vibrating act that is part of a natural selecting process that has existed and continues to exist....no matter whether it (this natural selecting process) is associated with the word,

“evolution”

“creationism”

“bio-mimicry”

“mimicry”

or an interacting “force” called “strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” or “gravitational” (classical or quantum) producing something of substance called a

“field”

“system”

“particle”

“atom”

“molecule”

“cell”

“organism”

“body”

“brain”

“human”

More To The Point

This natural selecting process is the result of a process that can now be thought of and called “renormalizing”....a “process” that is really the vibrating interacting process by which

Vibration (V) acts upon its Potential (P), produces vibrations (v’s) and interacts vibrationally with these vibrations (these v’s)

While

Each vibration (v) acts upon its potential (p), interacts with other vibrations (v’s) and produces more vibrations (v’s).

~~~

In his book, Third Thoughts (The Belknap Press of the Harvard University Press, 2018), more particularly in the chapter of this book styled “The Trouble With Quantum Mechanics”, Steven Weinberg presents his “thoughts” concerning the subject of Quantum Mechanics with specific emphasis on the fact that Schrödinger’s equation (a “verbal equation”) sets forth a verbal “determinism” that does not seem consistent with the reality that lies beneath “it”

Nor does it seem consistent with the fact that, until a measurement is taken, what can be thought of and called “reality” actually exists in an in potentia existential state – a state of “superposition” or “entanglement” in which what could become “real” only becomes “real” when an act of measurement (act of verbal selection) is made.

And, since this inconsistency does surface when a “physicist” in his/her laboratory selects an experiment to perform and takes a measurement (an act of selecting) within the context of this experiment, it is only logical to “think” that this act of selecting called an “act of measuring” is only a “human” act as opposed to being part of this natural selecting process.

Having presented this “case”, Weinberg then describes the various verbal methods by which certain “physicists” have sought to reconcile these “differences” and thereby eliminate “the trouble with quantum mechanics”: one “group” of physicists generally described as the “realist”; the other “group” of physicists generally described as the “Instrumentalist”.⁹²

Within the context of these “thoughts”....after discussing the “instrumentalist” point of view, Weinberg expresses this view concerning the fact that “human acts of measuring” are always getting in the way of the instrumentalist:

“Thus the instrumentalist approach turns it back on a vision that became possible after Darwin, of a world governed by impersonal physical laws that control human behavior along with everything else. It is not that we object to thinking about humans. Rather, we want to understand the relation of humans to nature, not assuming the character of this relation by incorporating it in what we suppose are nature’s fundamental laws. But rather by deduction from laws that make no explicit reference to humans. We may in the end have to give up this goal, but I think not yet.” (Emphasis added)

Weinberg then addresses the realist’s point of view and a number of theories that physicists have proposed for dealing with these matters of “superposition”, “entanglement” and “collapsing the wave function” through acts of measurement.

Ultimately Weinberg concludes that a new theory is needed and yet, most likely, it is not he (Weinberg) who will produce it.

As to the new theory, Weinberg states:

“The goal in inventing a new theory is to make this happen not be giving measurement any special status in the laws of physics but as part of what in the post-quantum theory would be the ordinary processes of physics.”

As to his role, Weinberg states:

“Unfortunately, these ideas about modifications of quantum mechanics are not only speculative but also vague, and we have no idea how big we should expect the corrections to quantum mechanics to be. Regarding not only this issue, but more generally the future of quantum mechanics, I have to echo Viola in Twelfth Night: ‘O time, thou must untangle this, not I.’”⁹³

However, what is true for Weinberg and for all of Humanity is that when we are measuring something of substance using “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” to do so, each of “us” is performing this act of measuring (act of selecting) in the verbal – in his/her “mind” and within the “verbal reality” in which his/her mind dwells.⁹⁴

Thus, goal is to dive beneath “the verbal” and embrace all somethings of substance that dwell there for purposes of determining their true nature....be that something of substance

“the source and substance of all that exists”

“reality”

“each body”

“each brain”

“each word”

“each symbol”

“each image”

“each mind”

“each verbal reality”

“each story”

~~~

“Think not yet” is the correct point of view

Since once “your mind” accepts the fact that Shrödinger’s Equation is a “verbal equation” that has been chosen verbally (verbal act of selection) by this “tribe” or “community” called “physicists” as the best equation to simulate the reality that is occurring beneath “it”, “your mind” soon begins to sense that each act of selecting called “measuring” (as well as each “act of measuring” involving these vibrating with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”) is a vibrating act that is a part of this natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this vibrating interacting process.

In other words, forget the “complex numbers”; forget the complex equations; forget the verbal; vacate “the mind”; and, enter this existential state called “no mind”.

And, as you do so, sense what is really happening Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them.

In other words, get into “your body” and sense what is really happening “there” for the purpose of determining whether the Model of Reality previously presented in this book provides the best simulation of

the reality in which your body dwells

and

its source and substance.

~~~

Vibration (V) acts upon its Potential (P) through this vibrating interacting process and manifests (act of selecting) from a menu of all possible vibrations (v) that, potentially, could be selected two vibrations (each a v); each v mirroring the other v....one v having what can now be thought of and called a “positive charge” or a “positive spin”; the other v having what can now be thought of and called a “negative charge” or a “negative spin”.⁹⁵

Over and over again and again, Vibration (V) acts upon itself through this natural selecting process and produces a vibrating reality populated by vibrations (each a v having vibrating characteristics unique to “it”) just as a presence called “human” acts upon “himself/herself” and produces a vibrating reality populated by these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”....each vibration with meaning standing in form/representing/bringing forth/manifesting in the verbal the vibration – the something of substance – that lies beneath it.⁹⁶

Over and over again and again, acts of selecting are occurring beneath the verbal and in the verbal; a Creative Process that natural produces a “bias” (an Historical Bias) favoring acts of selecting previously made....the “choices” that each of we presences called “human” make in each present moment being no exceptions.

In Summary

It is pursuant to this Creative Process and this Historical Bias that each something of substance emerges with it unique vibrating characteristics be those characteristics called

Frequency & Intensity (“F&I”)

Geometry/Space (“G”)

Spin (“S”)

Potential (“P”)

Dimensions of Time and Space

Etc.

The vibration called an elementary particle being no exception no matter by what name that elementary particle is called.

And, no matter whether that elementary particle be defined, verbally, as a

“physical system that has no continuous degrees

of freedom except for its total momentum” ⁹⁷

or in some other manner such as, for example, a “string”.

Yet, no matter what its “name”, this elementary particle once emerging through this vibrating interacting process exists and it is out of this natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalizing that all particles, atoms, molecules, cells, organisms, bodies, brains, words, symbols, images, verbal realities, minds and stories emerge....each being biased in favor of acts of selection previously made.

See Appendix H

The Creative Process & Historical Bias

Appendix D

The Act Of Manifesting In The Word

Some Typical Definitions of “The Word”

Manifest (i) readily perceived by the senses and esp. by the

sight;

(ii) easily understood or recognized by the mind; (iii) to make evidence or certain by showing or

displaying

__________

*Taken from Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary

Author’s Note

Your “body” interacts with a “something of substance”, sensing this “something of substance” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. It is only after you choose (act of selecting) a vibration with meaning to represent this “something of substance” that this “something of substance” emerges in your “verbal reality” and in “your mind”. It is only then that this something of substance is manifested in “the word”.....in the verbal.

Reference is, once again, made to the Section of this Book styled: Introducing Some Linguistic Mechanics. It was in that section that the linguistic mechanic called “renormalizing” was introduced; that being the mechanic that allows the theoretical physicist and mathematician to make “finite” what is “infinite” for purposes of making their calculations easier.

This is not to suggest that these theoretical physicists and mathematicians discard the Infinite as not relevant. Rather it is to suggest that by using this linguistic technique called “renormalizing”, the explaining....the describing....the simulating....of what is real/not real using “theories” and “models” of “reality” is made easier thereby allowing the applied physicist to make his/her observations for purpose of determining whether (or not) a “theory of reality”....a “model of reality”....a “creation story”....a “verbal story”....makes sense.

And, it is not to suggest that the Infinite does not exists. Rather it is to suggest that if the Infinite does exist (which it does – as V – a “something of substance”), then “everything” must emerge from It pursuant to an identical (common) iterative “process”.

~~~

Within the broader context of determining what is real/not real, this linguistic mechanic called renormalizing is more than just a linguistic mechanic.

It is the “process” (a natural selecting process) by which the wave function representing the P of V and the p of each v collapses.

It is the vibrating interacting process (the common process) by which that which exists in the Potential (P) of Vibrations (V’s P) becomes actualized....becomes real, vibrationally, both in the underlying vibrating reality in which each “body” dwells as a vibration and in each vibrating verbal reality in which the “mind” dwells as a vibration.

It is an “iterative process” that works this way.

Manifesting In A Vibrating Verbal Reality An Underlying

Vibrating Reality And Its Source And Substance

Manifesting Reality

And

Its Source and Substance

In “The Word”

Emergence

What can now be thought of and called “all that exist” emerges out of V pursuant to a vibrating interacting process ( : ). What is now thought of and called “reality” (an ever-expanding v having vibrating characteristics unique to “it” also called the “universe” or the “multiverse”) emerges out of V – or, more particularly, V’s P pursuant to this vibrating interacting process:

This “reality” being the underlying vibrating reality in which all v’s emerge;

This vibrating interacting process being a natural selecting process....a natural process of renormalizing....frequently called an “interacting force” (“strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic”, “gravitational” – both “classical” and “quantum”) or “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or “mimicry” – depending upon the “story” being told.

Each v emerges pursuant to this vibrating interacting process as a v having its own unique p and its own unique vibrating characteristics.

Each v emerges in this underlying vibrating reality pursuant to this vibrating interacting process no matter by what “name” it is called”: each the following v’s being no exceptions:

“wave”

“particle”

“proton/neutron/electron”

“atom”

“molecule”

“cell”

“field”

“system”

“pattern”

“body”

“brain”

“verbal reality”

“mind”

“story”

Each of we v’s called “human” and his/her “body”, “brain”, “words”, “symbols”, “images”, “verbal reality”, “mind” and “stories” also being no exceptions.

In this sense, Vibration (V) acts upon “itself” and brings forth (manifest) a vibrating reality comprised of many v’s (called “waves/particles”) in the same manner as a vibration (v) called “human” acts upon himself/herself and brings forth (manifest) a vibrating verbal reality comprised of many v’s (called “words”, “symbols” and “images”):

Each v called a “body” and each v called a “brain” dwelling in the former (i.e. a single vibrating reality).

Each v called a “mind” and each of its “stories” dwelling in the latter (i.e. multiple vibrating verbal reality, each created and informed by these vibrations with meaning.

~~~

However, once these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, it is relatively easy for a “mind” to use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”

Through which the “mind” views this “universe” (the “reality”) in which “its body/brain dwells”

and

By which it produces its “stories” concerning what is real/not real.

~~~

In fact, once these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, it is relatively easy for a “mind”....using these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” to measure what is “real” in terms of “time” and “space” using what can be thought of and called an “oscillator”.⁹⁸

~~~

Nevertheless, absence the presence of these vibrations with meaning, nothing could be stated within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” since “they” would not have yet emerged.

Leading to the real verbal challenge we v’s called “human” face once “we” have at our disposal the use of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”; that being:

Through this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....select from a menu of all potential explanations/descriptions (simulations) that one best explanation/description (simulation) that coherently describes the emergence of each v including the emergence of this single vibrating reality (frequently called the “universe” or the “multi-verse”) in which all v’s emerge; the “body/brain”, “words/symbols/image” and multiple “verbal realities/minds” of each of we v’s called “human” being no exception.

Thereby solving....along the way....the “mystery” of how these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerged.⁹⁹

Emergence of The Body

This v....this vibrating presence....now thought of and called the “body” emerges first; but only after Vibration (V) has

(i) acted upon itself (its P) through this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process (frequently called “evolution”, “creationism”, bio-mimicry” or, simply, “mimicry”)

(ii) Collapsed the wave function representing its Potential (its P); and

(iii) Initiated this natural selecting process by which each expression of “all that exists” emerges – naturally – vibrationally.¹⁰⁰

It is pursuant to this natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this vibrating interacting process....that each expression of “all that exists” called a “body” emerges as a v with vibrating characteristics that are unique to it, thereby allowing it to be sensed as unique while being unique in the way it senses.

This natural selecting process is iterative, meaning it is occurring in each present moment called “Now” and from present moment to present moment – it being a Creative Process out of which emerges a natural bias (an Historical Bias) favoring that which has been previously created.¹⁰¹

All v’s emerge in this manner, each v having the potential (p) to act upon itself in the same manner as V and thereby collapse the wave function representing its potential.

All v’s emerge in this manner – whether or not – there exists these vibrations with meaning by which to state so verbally: each “body” emerging into and thereafter dwelling (for as long as “it” exists) as a v in a vibrating reality that is “real” and is also “evolving” (emerging); the “body” of each presence called “human” being no exception.

Emergence of The Brain

Through this vibrating interacting process....natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalizing....a v now thought of and called the “body” emerges first....having “no brain” – yet having vibrating characteristics that are unique to “it”.

Then....through this iterative selecting process....this evolutionary process....the “brain” gradually develops (emerges) within a “body” in its own unique way; each “brain” being a v (a vibrating existential state) that naturally emerges within certain “bodies” as each of these “bodies” are

Interacting (“communicating”) vibrationally with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) in its own unique way.

Emerging (“evolving”) vibrationally in its own unique way.

Thereafter, for each “body” having a “brain”, “its brain” orchestrates this vibrating interacting (“this communicating”) in its own unique way.

Emergence of These Vibrations With Meaning

Gradually....through this vibrating interacting process....the “body” (a v having vibrating characteristics unique to “it”) emerges with the potential (p) to stand erect, thereby allowing

(i) sounds with meaning to be “sounded” more easily as they are emerging from “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” both “outward” and “upward” using the mechanics of voice

(ii) “marks with meaning” to be “marked” more easily as they are emerging from “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” both “outward” and “upward” using the mechanics of hand

(a) aided by a “marking tool” (“stick”, “stone”, “finger”, “brush”, “pencil”, “pen”, “key”)

(b) applied to a “smooth surface” (“sand”, “dirt”, “wall of cave”, “parchment”, “paper”, “canvas” “screen”).

Thereby allowing these sounds/marks with meaning....these vibrations with meaning....called “words”, “symbols” and “images” as well as “voice” and “hand” to participate in this vibrating interacting process....the natural process of renormalizing....the natural selecting process....

A vibrating interacting process that is always occurring in each present moment no matter whether (or not)

These vibrations called “sounds” and “marks” are emerging from a “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain”

Or

A “body” is interacting with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

More To The Point

A vibration with meaning emerges out of a “body” only after this “body”....in a manner coordinated by “its brain”....can produce these vibrations with meaning in the form of “sounds” and “marks” and associate a “specific sound” or a “specific mark” with a meaning that is sensed, vibrationally – the “specific sound” or “specific mark” being a sign of “something there – something happening”.

A product of this natural selecting process....the emergence of these vibrations with meaning – these “sounds” or “marks” with meaning....are not unique to we v’s called “human”.

After all “bees buzz”, “crickets chirp”, “birds sing”, “lions roar”, “bears growl”, “wolves/coyotes howl” while also making “their marks”.

And, all v’s with “bodies” and “brains” can read signs in the form of “sounds with meaning” and “marks with meaning” or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning – we v’s called “human” being no exceptions

Yet, we v’s called “human” are the only product of this vibrating interacting process (now thought of and called “evolution”) that call these vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images”, once they emerge from the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” using

The mechanics of voice shaping Vibration (V) called “Sound” (if the word/symbol/image” is “spoken/sounded”)

Or

The mechanics of hand shaping Vibration (V) called “Light” (if the word/symbol/image is “written/drawn/marked”).¹⁰²

Emergence of Verbal Reality/Mind

Each vibration with meaning....each “word/symbol/image”.... as it emerges both creates and informs these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. In this sense, each “verbal reality” is a vibrating presence (a v having its own unique vibrating characteristics) as is each “mind”. In this sense, what is called “verbal reality” is really a vibrating verbal reality.

In this sense, for any v to be manifested in this vibrating verbal reality, there must be a vibration with meaning

a “sound with meaning”

a “mark with meaning”

a “word”, “symbol” or “image”

superposed upon it. A vibration superposed upon a vibration.

Simply stated:

The Word Is Not The Thing¹⁰³

The “Word”

Is not the “something of substance”

Represented by “the word”,

Meaning:

The word, “body” is not the “something of substance” (the v) represented by the word, “body”.

The word, “brain” is not the “something of substance” (the v) represented by the word, “brain”.

The word, “mind” is not the “something of substance” (the v) represented by the word, “mind”.

Nor is the phrase “verbal reality” the “something of substance” (the v) represented by that phrase.

Manifesting A Vibration ( v ) and its Potential (p)

In A Verbal Reality And A Mind

The underlying vibrating presence called “flower” (“something of substance”) exists independent of any vibration with meaning (the “sounded”, “marked” word, “flower”) that is superposed upon “it”. Similarly, the underlying vibrating presence called “body” exists independent of any vibration with meaning that is superposed on it as does the underlying vibrating presence represented by

the word, “brain”,

the phrase “verbal reality”

the word, “mind”

Each “flower”, “body”, “brain”, “verbal reality” and “mind” is a v having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified through use of a vibration with meaning.

However, once the word, “flower” (a vibration with meaning) is superposed upon this underlying vibrating presence (this v) that is called “flower”, this underlying vibrating presence is manifested in “the word” (in this example, the word, “flower”).

Similarly, once the word, “body” (a vibration with meaning) is superposed upon the underlying vibrating presence now thought of and called “body”, this underlying vibrating presence is manifested in “the word” (in this case, the word, “body”); a similar statement being applicable to:

the word, “brain”,

the phrase “verbal reality”

the word, “mind”

Nevertheless, it is only after “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” can produce these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that an underlying vibrating presence can and does emerge as a specific vibration with meaning within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind

Each of these specific vibrations with meaning emerging as a vibrating presence (v) in the form of a “sound with meaning” – a “mark with meaning” -- a “word”, “symbol” or “image” – having its own vibrating characteristics

The vibrating characteristics of each specific vibrations with meaning, once emerging, being sensed, vibrationally by both the “body/brain” and the “mind” – the “latter” doing so only after this specific vibration with meaning with its specific vibrating characteristics has emerged within “its verbal reality”.

Each of these vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” being a v having its own unique vibrating characteristics: “verbal reality” being more accurately described as a vibration (called “verbal reality”); “mind” being more accurately described as a vibration (called “mind”).

Manifesting Vibration and Its Potential

In A Verbal Reality

It is in a similar manner that Vibration (V) and its Potential (P) becomes manifested in one or more vibrations with meaning (one or more “words/symbols/images”) and in each of these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

V is “something of substance”.... a vibrating physical phenomenon....a vibrating physical presence....as is its Potential (P). As V acts upon its P the wave function representing V’s P collapses in the identical manner as when a v acts upon it p and collapses the wave function representing that p.

Simply Stated

Using “Words”, “Symbols” & “images”

V acts upon itself (its P)

And produces

Two v’s

P

-v +v

Once having done so V exists in three states

V

VUD VID¹⁰⁴

V = Vibration; in Its “in Potentia” Vibrating Existential State

VUD = Vibration Undifferentiated; in its “in potentia” vibrating existential state (what remains “in potentia”....not yet actualized....real in a virtual sense)¹⁰⁵

VID = Vibration Differentiated in its actualized vibrating existential state (what emerges out of “in potentia” as acutalized/real in a real sense)

This being the identical process by which a v called “human” acts upon its potential and manifest in the verbal what lies beneath “the verbal”.¹⁰⁶

~~~

Of course, once the source and substance of all that exists is manifested in a verbal reality and a mind using a specific word, symbol or image or combination of words, symbols and images, it does become quite challenging for the “mind” to select another “word” to superpose on this “source” and this “substance”....particularly considering the “natural bias” – the Historical Bias – favoring the word, the symbol, the image or the combination previously selected.

And, this challenge of overcoming this natural bias – this Historical Bias -- does exists within the “human population”: “person by person”....“tribe by tribe”.... “community by community”.... “culture by culture”.....“story by story”.

Who knows if what has just been stated in this book to this page is “right” or “wrong” or “to be determined “right”/“wrong” based upon further analysis.

Yet, once “thing” is certain and that is that none of we “presences” called “human” will ever really know whether what is being stated is “right” or “wrong”, since we “presences” are a part of the determination.

Appendix E

Vibration/Sound/Light/System/Field/Pattern

Author’s Note

Each v has vibrating characteristics that are unique to it. These vibrating characteristics allow each v to be sensed, vibrationally.

And, these vibrating characteristics allow each v to be manifested, vibrationally, (identified) through use of these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” once Vibration in the form of Sound and Light can be shaped into specific vibrations called sounds and marks.

These vibrating characteristics also allow a v to interact with other v’s through vibrating acts called “resonance” by which “they” form a vibrating pattern now thought of and called a system or a field; each system or field having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and that are acting in common with each v’s vibrating characteristics.

Two or more v’s interact. It is through this interacting that a v will combine, vibrationally, with other v’s through vibrating acts called “resonance” into a vibrating pattern called a system or a field.

Thereafter, once formed, each system or field can

(i) Combine through vibrating acts called “resonance” and form a more complex vibrating pattern called a system or field;

(ii) Separate through vibrating acts called “interference” reducing this “complexity”; or

(iii) Remain in a vibrating existential state (frequently called “dissonance” – yet, really an vibrating existential state of potential until “it” either combines through “resonance” or separates through “interference”.

~~~

It is as simple as that; yet, it is not that simple since there is always the matter of proving “true” to “the mind” in the verbal that is always being sensed as “true” in “the body”....beneath the verbal.

Some Typical Definitions of Some Common Words

Vibrate 1 : to swing or move to and fro

2 : to emit with or as if with a vibratory motion

3 : to mark or measure by oscillation (a pendulum vibrating seconds)

Vibration 1 a : periodic motion of the particles of an elastic body or medium in alternately opposite directions from the position of equilibrium when that equilibrium has been disturbed (as when a stretched cord produces musical tones or particles of air transmit sounds to the ear).

b : the action of vibrating : the state of being vibrated or in vibratory motion

Sound 1 a : the sensation perceived by the sense of hearing

b : a particular auditory impression : TONE

c : mechanical radiant energy that is transmitted by longitudinal pressure waves in a material medium (as air) and is the objective cause of hearing.

Sound to put into words : VOICE

Light 1 a : something that makes vision possible

b : the sensation aroused by stimulation of the visual receptors

c : an electromagnetic radiation in the wavelength range including infrared, visible, ultraviolet, and X rays and traveling in a vacuum with a speed of about 186,281 miles per second.

System a regularly interacting or interdependent group of items forming a unified whole.

Field a complex of forces that serve as causative agents

Pattern a natural or chance configuration

__________

*Taken from Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary

What is “Sound”, really?

What is “Light”, really?

What is a “System”, really?

What is a “Field”, really?

Vibration

First, recognize that it is only after bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal something of substance that lies beneath the verbal that any something of substance can be the subject of vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

Next, recognize that it is then and only then that the “mind” can use the vibrations with meaning that both create and inform “it” and “its verbal reality” to produce its “stories” concerning what is not thought of and called Vibration, Sound, Light and Vibrating Patterns of Sound and Light such as the speed of light and the speed of sound.

Next, recognize that within the verbal reality and mind of health practitioners, the recordings of vibrations in the form of Sound and Light emitted as images of magnetic resonance (MRI’s) or images of “sound” (Sonnegrams) are really indicative of Vibration (called “Sound/Light”) being used to measure a vibrating pattern called a system or a field, or, more particularly, a system or a field called a “body” or a “brain” or a “mind”).

Simply stated, this something of substance now thought of and called Vibration (and frequently called “oscillation” as in Oscillating Zero Point Field) is usually brought forth (manifested) in the words, “Sound” or “Light”, depending upon the “story” being told; “Sound/Light” really being vibrating patterns experienced by “the body” through an act of sensing (act of selection – vibrating act) called “seeing” and “hearing” orchestrated by “the brain”.

In other words, at their most fundamental level of existence, what is called “Sound” and what is called “Light” are manifestations of Vibration; the manifestation of Sound and Light being different only because of the difference in which they are being “measured”, “thought about” and “projected” (the difference being dependent upon the “mind” doing the calling and the “verbal reality” in which that “mind” then dwells).

A fact that once emerged in many “systems of thought”

Systems of thought that treated “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” as a manifestation of Vibration – as a vibration with meaning

But somehow have been lost in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”....lost in the verbal.¹⁰⁷

Vibrating Patterns

V acts upon itself. It does so pursuant to a vibrating interacting process that can now be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal. Infrequently called a natural process of renormalizing and, more frequently, called a natural selecting process

(depending upon the “mind” doing the calling and

the “verbal reality” in which it then dwells)

this vibrating interacting process is frequently called an interacting force that produces an interacting field

This interacting force frequently being called “weak”, “strong”, “electro”, “magnetic” or “gravitational” (depending upon the “mind” doing the calling and the “verbal reality” in which it then dwells)

This interacting field being a vibrating pattern frequently associated with the words, “field” or “system” or “body” or “brain” or “mind” (depending upon the “mind” doing the calling and the “verbal reality” in which it then dwells).¹⁰⁸

More To The Point

Initially, V acts upon itself and produces v’s

Each v having vibrating characteristics unique to it and by which it can be identified through acts of sensing.

Each v and its vibrating characteristics capable of being sensed as a vibrating pattern (a something of substance) frequently thought of and called a “system” or a “field” or a “body” (depending upon the “mind” doing the calling/thinking and the “verbal reality” in which it then dwells).

Eventually, through this natural selecting process (frequently called “evolution” and also called, depending upon the “mind” doing the calling, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry or, simply, “mimicry”) a v having what is now thought of and called a “body” and a “brain” emerges; a “body” and a “brain” having the potential to

Shape Vibration called “Sound” and “Light” into specific vibrations called “sounds” and “marks”

And

Associate each of these specific vibrations with a v (a something of substance having vibrating characteristics) that lies beneath it.

Once this potential is actualized through acts of selecting (each a vibrating act) performed by a v, the v not only produces these vibrations with meaning but also emerges with these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

It is in this manner that each we presences called “human” emerge not only with a “body” and a “brain” but also with a “verbal reality” and a “mind” – albeit “we” are the only presences that call these vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

And, it is in this manner that each presence (a v – no matter by what name, number or species it is manifested in the verbal) emerges as what can now be thought of and called a system or field (depending upon the “mind” doing the thinking/calling and the “verbal reality” in which it then dwells).

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, each something of substance can be sensed, vibrationally, as a vibrating pattern; present the presence of these vibrations with meaning, each something of substance, when sense, can also be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal as a “system” or a “field” or as

“energy”

“mass”

“light”

“sound”

“an energy field”

“point of Light”

Vibration

depending upon the “mind” doing the thinking/calling and the “verbal reality” in which it then dwells.

It is as simple as that

Yet, it is not that simple

Since

There is always the matter of

Proving “true” to “the mind”

In the verbal

What is always being sensed as “true”

In “the body”

Beneath the verbal

A “proving true” that is now in the domain of

Science.

Appendix F

Selecting/Manifesting/Sensing/Science/Simulating

Some Typical Definitions of Some Common Words And Phrases

Sense (i) a meaning conveyed or intended; (ii) the faculty of perceiving by means of sense

organs;

(iii) a specialized animal function or mechanism

(as sight, hearing, smell, taste, or touch) basically

involving a stimulus and a sense organ.

Sensing (i) to perceive by the senses

(ii) to be or become conscious of (something i.e.

danger)

(iii) to grasp, to comprehend, to detect,

automatically

Sciens scientia, scient-, sciens having knowledge

Science (i) the state of knowing

(ii) knowledge covering general truths or the

operation of general laws, especially as obtained

and tested through scientific method.

Scientific Method principles and procedures for the systematic

pursuit of knowledge involving the recognition

and formulation of a problem, the collection of

data through observation and experiment, and the

formulation and testing of hypotheses.

Simulation (i) the imitative representation of the functioning

of one system or process by means of the

functioning of another.

(ii) examination of a problem often not subject to

direct experimentation by means of a simulating

device.

__________

*Taken from Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary

Author’s Note

In order to make any verbal statement concerning any something of substance, you must be able to bring forth (manifest) that something of substance in the word. In other words, absent the presence of the word, nothing can be stated about that something of substance or any something of substance including these somethings of substance represented by these words

“body”

“brain”

“mind”

Simply stated: each word stands in for the something of substance it represents, each word serving as a sign pointing to the something of substance that lies beneath it.

Similar statements can be made for the symbol and the image; in this sense there being no difference among “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

The Point

Until these somethings of substance are brought forth (manifested) in the “word/symbol/image”, there is no way to describe/explain (simulate) them.

Once these somethings of substance are brought forth (manifested) in the “word/symbol/image”, they can be described/explained (simulated).

In fact, bringing forth (manifesting) something of substance in the word, the symbol and/or the image is the way each of we presences called “human” brings forth (manifests) this something of substance called the “body” and this something of substance called the “brain” and this something of substance called an act of sensing and ends up with a “mind”.

In fact, bringing forth (manifesting) a something of substance in the word, the symbol and/or the image is the only way each of we presences called “human” are now talking about any something of substance; a “fact” to remain aware of as we dive deeper beneath “words/symbols/images” using them to do so.

~~~

Once the word emerges anything can be stated about anything including a something of substance. For example, once the word emerges anything can be stated about the word and anything can be stated about its “source and substance”. In fact, this “source and substance” of the word can be explained and described (simulated) in, potentially, an infinite number of ways until through an act of selecting the best word is selected for that purpose.

And, this previous statement brings us to the subject of coherence since to be accepted (through agreement) by all of we presences called “human”, the emergence of each something of substance including the word and its “source and substance” must be explained and described (simulated) coherently in the verbal while existing beneath the verbal.

A fact that now brings us to the words, “sense” and “sensing”; these words bringing forth (manifesting) in the verbal what can now be thought of and called vibrating acts that are being experienced beneath these words, thereby allowing these verbal statements to be made – statements that bring me to this point:

Before manifesting (bringing forth) something of substance in the word, this something of substance must be capable of being sensed in something of substance called “the body” in a manner orchestrated by this something of substance called “its brain”.

Hopefully, you, the listener/reader

Get the Point

What are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are sounds with meaning and marks with meaning -- more particularly, vibrations with meaning that provide “you” the way to bring forth (manifest) in the word each something of substance that lies beneath the word and that is being sensed by this something of substance called “your body” in a manner orchestrated by this something of substance called “your brain”.

More To The Point

Before the word emerges in “the mind”, the something of substance that gives the word its meaning must be sensed by “the body”.

This act of sensing is a vibrating act.

This act of sensing can be a vibrating act called “seeing”, “hearing”, “smelling”, “tasting”, “touching” or identified by other words such as a “sense of being connected”, a “sense of interacting with something”, a “sense of time”, a “sense of space” and a “sense of temporal and spatial dimensions”.

The subject of an act of sensing can be any something of substance; a sensing that

“something is there”

“something is present”

“something happening here”

The relationship is one of a “sensing presence” (a something of substance) interacting with a “sensed presence” (a something of substance) as the “sensed presence” is interacting with the “sensed presence”.

In fact, as long as a presence called “human” continues “to skate along” the surface of the verbal without the benefit of “sense enhancing devices”, this description seems adequate and was adequate.

~~~

However, with the word, the symbol and the image come the mind and the potential of the mind

Not only to self-reflect (self-examine) but also

But also to use the word, the symbol and the image to construct people made systems and people made things through use of verbal designs, plans and specifications.

People made systems such as systems of education and systems of government.

People made things such as sense enhancing devices and computers.

And, with these sense enhancing devices and computers comes the ability to more accurately observe a something of substance and the somethings of substance out of which this something of substance is constructed.

Admittedly, a “reductionistic approach”, these sense enhancing devices as they are being continually perfected reveal more particularly what is happening within a something of substance called “space” (telescope) and a something of substance called “body” or “brain” (microscope) and a something of substance called “reality” (Higgs Boson – Superconducting Supercollider).

Deeper and deeper “we go” bringing forth (manifesting) in the word, the symbol and the image what could not be sensed – but what now can be sensed with these sense enhancing devices – until we presences called “human” meet “ourselves” coming and going.

A something of substance (a v)

measuring itself and the vibrating reality (a v)

of which it is a part

And finding “itself” being always a “part” (a v)

Of each something of substance (a v)

That it is measuring

Called the “observer/observed” effect

Leading science to determine

That the best science or any form of knowing can do is simulate in the verbal what lies beneath the verbal

And,

That notwithstanding the scientific method, nothing can be “proved true” until

(i) brought forth (manifested) in the word, the symbol and the image and,

(ii) accepted (through agreement) by we presences called “human” using these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

Appendix G

Plasticity

Definitions Of “The Words”*

plastic: 1 : FORMATIVE, CREATIVE (forces in nature)

2 a : capable of being molded or modeled (clay)

2 b : capable of adopting to varying conditions :

pliable (ecologically ~ animals)

3 : SCULPTURAL

plasticity 1 : the quality or state of being plastic; esp : capacity for being molded or altered

neur/neuro 1 : nerve (neural) (neurology

__________

*Taken form Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary.

Author’s Note

Consult any dictionary and, as you do so, recognize that each “word”, “symbol” and “image” is a “sound” or a “mark” (a vibration) that is being brought forth (manifested) in a “verbal reality” (vibrating verbal reality) and whose “meaning” the dictionary is affirming as “true”.

Recognize also that the only way the “meaning” of each of these “words”, “symbols” and “images” could emerge is for two or more presences called “human” to accept (through agreement) that this meaning is “true”.

Each “tribe” and each “community” focused on “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” has its own dictionary by which its members construct their common stories concerning

What Is Real/What Is Not Real

In other words, before there can be a common story accepted (through agreement) by a “tribe” or “community”, its members must choose (act of selection) the best “sound” or “mark” (the best vibration) by which to bring forth (manifest) a something of substance they are experiencing/feeling (sensing).

Until a “specific sound” or “specific mark” (a specific vibration) is accepted (through agreement) by the members of the “tribe” or “community” (or by a “group” of these “members” who have been delegated authority over the word), each “member” of the “tribe” or “community” has the freedom to choose (act of selecting) his/her best “specific sound” or “specific mark” (a specific vibration) for such purpose.

However, once the members of the “tribe” or “community” (or the delegated “group”) accepts (through agreement) the best “specific sound” or “specific mark” (the best specific vibration) for that purpose, a “bias” emerges in that “tribe” or “community” favoring the word selected over all other words.

All best “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge in a “tribe” or “community” in this manner and all dictionaries (glossary of terms) constructed by each “tribe” or “community” in this manner.

More To The Point

Consult any dictionary (no matter in what language it is presented) and note that the word, brings forth (manifests) “something of substance” that the word is seeking to simulate. This “something of substance” gives the word its meaning.

The problem is that any word....including the words

“plastic”

“plasticity”

“neur”

“neuro”

can be brought forth (manifested) in the word only if other words are available to give the word its meaning.

And, this “problem” continues to as to all “words”....including the words

“word”

“symbol”

“image”

Until “the mind” (a product of the “word/symbol/image”) grasps the fact that the word, word, is a sound/mark (vibration) that equates to a sign pointing to something of substance that give “it” its meaning.

For it is then in that moment that “the mind” chooses to dive deeper beneath “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” rather than to “skate along their surface” historically biased by their definitions and the current kind of thinking similarly historically biased by these definitions.

In Appendix E, this historical bias will be elaborated upon. However, in this Appendix C, what we will be addressing is the words “plasticity” and “neuroplasticity” and what these words really mean when considered within the context of a vibrating reality (a v) emerging from V.

Plasticity

(A Vibrating Characteristic)

Once “the mind” understands that “it” and “the body” and “the brain” out of which “it” (“the mind”) emerges are vibrations (each a v) existing in a vibrating reality that is always emerging from V, then it becomes relatively easy to understand that neuroplasticity is

Not only a vibrating characteristic of the “body”, “brain” and “mind”

But also a vibrating characteristic of vibrating reality and V.

Hard for the “mind” to “grasp” initially; it ultimately does become easier for the “mind” once “it” has chosen (act of selecting) to these verbal statement as facts:

1

The “body” and “its brain” emerges first – a product of this vibrating interacting process – this natural process of renormalizing – this natural selecting process frequently called “evolution”; the “body” interacting, vibrationally, with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

2

It is only after the “body” and “its brain” have emerged in this manner that the “body”....in a manner coordinated by “its brain”....could produce these vibrations with meaning – these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – that we presences called “human” choose (act of selecting) to call “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

3

Then and only then do these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” emerge: the latter dwelling in the former; the latter using these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses (called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”) through which it

Views the vibrating reality in which “its body” and “its brain” dwell

And,

Constructs its “stories” concerning this vibrating reality and its vibrating source and substance.

~~~

In other words, for the “mind” to be able to “self-reflect” upon “itself” and “its body/brain” in this manner “it” must accept the following “verbal statements” as “facts”:

A

It and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells are both created and informed by these sounds with meaning and marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – “it” (“the mind”) calls “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

B

It (the “mind”) and the “verbal reality” in which “it” exists are vibrating existential states.

C

Each “mind” and the “verbal reality” in which “it dwells” is in each present moment called “Now” emerging from “the body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” as “its brain” is orchestrating in each present moment called “Now” the interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”) that is occurring in that moment between “its body” with “its body’s surroundings”.

For it is then and only then that “the mind” can conclude:

That just as “it” (“the mind”) exists in a vibrating verbal reality as a v having vibrating characteristics unique to it; each of “its body” and “its brain” exist in a vibrating reality as a v having vibrating characteristics unique to each of “them”.

That these orchestrating and coordinating acts that the “brain” is performing are vibrating acts

And,

That all that “exists” is interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”), vibrationally, as a “whole” through vibrating acts

Sensing through acts of sensing while

being sensed through acts of sensing.

Verbal statements that, once embraced by “the mind” as “facts”, allows “the mind” to complement its current kind of thinking with a new kind of thinking that recognizes these “facts”.

Facts that allows “the mind” to recognize (once they have emerged) vibrating patterns

vibrating patterns that exists in each v and its vibrating characteristics

vibrating patterns that are always influencing vibrating acts selected by each v – each of we presences called “human” being no exception.

vibrating patterns previously emerging shaping vibrating patterns subsequently emerging

vibrating patterns existing in a present moment influencing vibrating patterns that are chosen (act of selecting) in that moment.

Vibrating patterns that when apparent to “the mind” can be changed by the “mind” selecting acts that change these vibrating patterns.¹⁰⁹

Neuroplasticity Of Body, Brain & Mind

These two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and the “mind” emerge only after this something of substance called the “body” can produce vibrations with meaning in a manner coordinated by this something of substance called “the brain”.

Present the presence of these vibrations with meaning, these somethings of substance called “the body” and “the brain” can be brought forth in the verbal.

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, these somethings of substance cannot be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal; yet, these somethings of substance exist.

What’s The Point?

These somethings of substance called “the body” and “the brain” exist independent of these vibrations with meaning.

A similar statement cannot be made with reference to these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” since they emerge only as these vibrations with meaning emerge.

In other words, once something of substance that exists independent of these vibrations with meaning is brought forth (manifested) in the verbal, it exists both in the verbal and beneath the verbal; examples being this something of substance called “flower” or “tree” or “reality” or “source” or “substance” and these somethings of substance called “body”, “brain” or “this presence called “human”.

Or more simply stated, once something of substance that exists independent of the word is brought forth (manifested) in the word, this something of substance exists both Beneath Words and in the word

These vibrations with meaning serving as a bridge between a vibrating reality that exist independent of “them” and a vibrating verbal reality that emerges only after “they” emerge.

More To The Point

It is only after these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” have emerged that the “mind” can choose (act of selecting) to “self-reflect” upon how “it” and the “words/symbols/image” that inform “it” emerged.

A “self-reflecting” that ultimately reveals to “the mind” in its vibrating verbal state that but for these sounds/marks with meaning – these vibrations with meaning – “it” now calls “words”, “symbols” and “images” and these two somethings of substance “it” now calls “the body” and “the brain”, “it” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells would not exist.

Simply stated: Through an act of self-reflecting, the “mind” while existing in its vibrating verbal reality, recognizes that “it” and “the body” and “the brain” out of which “it” emerges are v’s

Each being a vibration having certain vibrating characteristics that are unique to “it” and allow “it” to be brought forth (manifested) in the verbal.

Each being a vibration that is sensing, vibrationally while being sensed, vibrationally in a vibrating reality that is emerging from V.

The “brain” coordinating, vibrationally, “its” (“the mind’s) emergence and the emergence of each vibration with meaning as “it” (“the brain”) orchestrates, vibrationally, each act of sensing that “its body” is experiencing as “it” (“its body”) is interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”), vibrationally with its surroundings.

~~~

Simply stated:

“Story”

“Mind”

“Verbal Reality”

“Word”

“Brain”

“Body”

“Reality”

“Source/Substance”

Emerge, vibrationally, in ascending order from “bottom” to “top”; yet, this ascending order is revealed to the “mind” only after the “mind” reverses this ascending order into a descending order and senses, vibrationally, that this descending order must be reversed into an ascending order; that being:

“Source/Substance”

“Reality”

“Body”

“Brain”

“Word”

“Verbal Reality”

“Mind”

“Story”

~~~

Absent a “mind” to focus the “brain” on a “specific act” being chosen (act of selecting) by the “mind”, the “brain” focuses only on having “its body” survive as “its body” is interacting vibrationally with “its surroundings”.

Present a “mind” to focus the “brain” on a “specific act” being chosen (act of selecting) by the “mind”, the “brain” focuses

Not only on having “its body” survive as “its body” is interacting vibrationally with “its surroundings” in a manner that “it” (“the brain”) is orchestrating;

But also on having “its body” thrive as “its body” is interacting vibrationally with “its surroundings”, building “things” based upon designs, plans, specifications and drawings (“verbal structures”) that “the mind” produces and directs “its body” to perform in a manner coordinated by “its brain” – which “it” (the “body” does) in the form of “physical structures”.

~~~

All that is occurring is occurring vibrationally within a vibrating reality emerging from V.

All that exists is communicating, interconnecting and interacting vibrationally within a vibrating reality that is emerging from V.

There is a boundary between the vibrating reality in which the body/brain dwells and the vibrating verbal reality in which the mind dwells; that boundary being defined by the vibrations with meaning that emerge from the body and create and inform the mind

Yet, all that occurring is occurring vibrationally.

And, in that sense, neuroplasticity applies throughout all vibrations now matter by what name or number or species “they” are called”.

Which leads to the subject of Vibrating Patterns, the Creative Process and Historical Bias....subjects addressed in Appendix F, but only after the subject of language and its syntax is addressed in Appendix E.

Appendix H

The Emergence Of Common Languages

In most cases of people actually talking to one another, human communication cannot be reduced to information. The message not only involves, it is, a relationship between speaker and hearer. The medium in which the message is embedded is immensely complex, infinitely more than a code; it is a language, a function of a society, a culture, in which the language, the speaker, and the hearer are all embedded.

Ursula K. Le Guin*

*The Wave in the Mind, specifically, the essay, “Telling Is Listening”

Part I

A. One Vibrating Reality

The reality in which all v’s dwell is a vibrating reality that is always emerging from V as “source” and “substance”. Each v has vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be sensed (“identified”). In this “sense”, all v’s are vibrationally interconnected, existing in a vibrating interconnective collective existential state frequently associated with the word, “entanglement”.

V has the potential to act upon itself pursuant to a vibrating interacting process that is a natural process of renormalization or, more particularly, a natural selecting process. Each v has a similar potential.

Two or move v’s always have the potential to vibrationally interact pursuant to this vibrating interacting process, frequently (i) combining into more complex v’s (ii) separating into less complex v’s or (iii) or remaining in an in potentia vibrating existential state until combining or separating.

This process is iterative, meaning that this combining and separating is always occurring, yielding ever increasing layers of complexity....i.e.

previously existing, less complex v’s (frequently called “vibrating/oscillating systems” or “vibrating/oscillating fields”) combining to form more complex v’s....

....each of these v’s having a sensitive, vibrating dependence upon the v’s out of which they emerged.

And, this iterative process has been occurring over and over again and again at all levels of vibrating existence (both simple and complex) long before any vibrations with meaning were superposed upon it such as, for example, (i) the “words” just stated, or (ii) the words, “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” and “mimicry” or (iii) the words, “interactive force” (be it called “strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” or “gravitational” – either “classical” or “quantum”.

B. The Emergence Of A Vibrating Verbal Reality.

These vibrations with meaning emerge later; but only after a specific v (who has emerged out of this iterative process having specific “vibrating characteristics” unique to “it”) can through this vibrating interacting process

(i) produce a specific vibration; and,

(ii) superpose that specific v upon an underlying v that gives the specific v its meaning – a v superposed upon a v.

In fact, it is then....and only then....that this specific v emerges with two vibrating existential state in which these vibrations with meaning can be thought of and called “sounds” or “marks” – or, more particularly – “words”, “symbols” or “images”:

Two vibrating existential states (a “vibrating verbal reality” and a “vibrating mind”), the latter dwelling in the former.

Two vibrating existential states in which this specific v can now “think” of “itself” as having a “body” with a “brain”; the latter both

(i) orchestrating the vibrating sensations that this specific v is sensing, vibrationally, as it interacts, vibrationally, with “its surroundings” while

(ii) coordinating the emergence of these vibration with meaning that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

Each vibration with meaning serving as a vibrating linguistic lens through which the “mind” can view the vibrating reality and vibrating source and substance out of which it emerged.

Two vibrating realities: one a vibrating reality and the other a vibrating verbal reality; each interconnecting with the other as the “body”, “brain”, “verbal reality” and “mind” of this specific v....while simultaneously dwelling in both realities....is interacting and communicating with “itself” and with each other v having similar but not identical vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

Two vibrating realities: one a vibrating reality and the other a vibrating verbal reality; the latter emerging out of the former only after these vibrations with meaning emerge out of the former – these vibrations with meaning serving as a bridge between the former and the later, thereby providing this specific v (and all v’s having similar abilities) with the potential to interconnect, interact and communicate, vibrationally, using what can now be thought of and called “sounds with meaning” – “marks with meaning” – or, more particularly, “words”, “symbols” and “images”

C. Only One Vibrating Reality

Once these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” emerge, it becomes relatively each for the “mind” to use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it views this vibrating reality out of which it emerged.

Thereafter, it is relatively easy for the “mind” to use these vibrations with meaning as “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which it constructs its “stories” concerning:

What Is Real/What Is Not Real

In fact, thereafter, it becomes relatively easy for the “mind” to produce one or more “creation stories” in which “it” (the “mind”) states that “it” is the “source” and “substance” of “all that exist” including “its body” and “its brain”.

Yet....notwithstanding this potential for the “mind” to produce these multiple stories, it remains “true” that:

But for these vibrations with meaning, nothing could be stated about anything nor would there exist a verbal reality and mind in which any “story” could be told.

Leading to the conclusion that any v and all v’s having the benefit of these vibrations with meaning and these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” will always have a challenge of producing out of a menu of all “stories” potentially available, that one “story” that best represents this single vibrating reality out of which all vibrating verbal realities and all minds emerge.

Part II

One Vibrating Mind

Once a “mind” accepts the fact that each expression of all that exists having a “body” is a vibration (v) that has emerged from Vibration (V) as source pursuant to this iterative process, it becomes relatively easy for “the mind” to accept the fact that all of these v’s are interacting, interconnecting and communicating vibrationally – we presences called “human” being no exception.

Further to the Point: Once a “mind” accepts the fact that each expression of all that exists is a vibration (v) having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be identified, it becomes relatively easy for “the mind” to grasp the fact that each expression of all that exists is a vibrating presence that can sense other vibrating presences in its surrounding while being sensed by these other vibrating presences – we presences called “human” and “our words”, “our symbols” and “our images” being no exception.

However, this “awareness” is not complete until “the mind” (a v having vibrating characteristics unique to “it”) understands that:

(i) “it” and “its verbal reality” are vibrating existential states that have emerged from “its body” only after the “its body” could produce vibrations with meaning; and,

(ii) these vibrations with meaning serve as a “bridge” between the underlying reality in which “its body” dwells” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells.

Thereafter, “the mind” has the potential to understand, once it emerges, that “it” and “its body” are not only interacting, interconnecting and communicating, vibrationally, as “one” but also are a part of a “universe” in which all that exists are interacting, interconnecting and communicating, vibrationally, as a “whole” – a fact that is “true” no matter whether (or not) the “verbal reality” in which “the mind” presently exists is coherent with the underlying reality and underlying source and substance out of which “they” emerged.

Leading to the conclusion that if “the mind” or a “group of minds” exists in a “verbal reality” that is not coherent with this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance and “the mind” or this “group of minds” select vibrating acts exhibiting this lack of coherence, “strange events” can happen and “these minds” and “their bodies” interact, interconnect and communicate with their surroundings.

Part III

The Emergence of Common Languages

And Their Structures/Syntax

(A Prelude)

A. Words, Symbols & Images

As stated in the Opening, words, symbols and images are interesting subjects of study. Absent their presence nothing could be stated verbally about anything nor would there exist the words

“we” “presences” “called” “human”

Nor could we presences called “human” state, both individually and collectively, that we are unique due to our ability to produce languages comprised of words, symbols and images.

Yet, present the presence of words, symbols and images there exists the potential to for we presences called “human” to state anything about anything, verbally, leading to the most fundamental questions that can be asked concerning “words”, “symbols” and “images”; that being:

From whence do “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge?

What is their “source”?

What is their “substance?

~~~

Initially, we simply answered these questions based upon the simple observation that “words”, “symbols” and “images” emerge out of our “bodies” in a manner orchestrated by our “brains”; an emerging that becomes apparent once you observe how a “baby/toddler/child” learns to produce its first word and thereby initiates the develop its linguistic skills.

Soon thereafter, we discovered that “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really “sounds/marks with meaning” or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”; these vibrations with meaning equating to vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”

(i) through which the “mind” views the underlying reality to which all vibrations with meaning are pointing (as signs); and,

(ii) by which the “mind” produces its “stories” concerning this underlying reality and its underlying source and substance.

B. A New Kind Of Thinking

What we also discovered is that once a “human mind” (“your mind”) emerges in this manner, the “human mind” (“your mind”) has the potential (“human potential”) to choose (act of selecting) either

(A) to “skate along the surface” of a “verbal reality” comprised of “words”, “symbols” and “images”

or

(B) to dive deep beneath the surface of this “verbal reality” into the underlying reality to which all “words/symbols/images” are pointing....as signs.

Choosing A equates to “your mind” choosing (act of selecting) to continue “skating along the surface” of its “verbal reality”. Nothing wrong with making that choice. However, in making this choice, what usually occurs is that “your mind” continues to apply a current kind of thinking in which “your mind” has been “schooled” by “your teachers”.

Choosing B equates to “your mind” choosing (act of selecting) another way....another path, pursuing a new kind of thinking that supplements this current kind of thinking; it being a new kind of thinking that embraces these facts:

(a) “our bodies” and “our brains” are really vibrations (each a v having unique vibrating characteristics);

(b) “our bodies” are interacting (communicating) with “their surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “their brains”; and,

(c) “our words/symbols/images” are really vibrations with meaning that:

(i) emerge from “our bodies” in a manner coordinated by “our brains”;

(ii) inform “our languages”; and,

(iii) both create and inform two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”.

C. Embracing This New Kind Of Thinking

What we also discovered is that once this new kind of thinking is embraced, it soon becomes apparent that in each present moment called “Now”

1

“Our brains” and “our minds” are interacting (communicating), vibrationally, with each other (Neuroplasticity)

2

As “our bodies” are interacting/communicating (sensing), vibrationally, the unique vibrating characteristics of each v in “their surroundings” – unique vibrating characteristics by which each of these v’s can be identified by one or more vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” that inform “our languages” and both create and inform “our verbal realities/minds”.

Leading to the conclusion that we presences called “human” and the “languages” that we produce are not unique since potentially there exist many “species” of v’s having what are now thought of and called “bodies/brains” out of which emerge

vibrations with meaning (now called “words/symbols/images” by we presences called “human”) that allow each “species” to interact (communicate), vibrationally, through what are now thought of and called languages and to have two vibrating existential states (called “verbal reality” and “mind”) that are unique to “it” (the “species”).

~~~

So....keeping these words, in mind, let’s move on to the subject of “Languages”.

~~~

And, while doing so, since we presences have chosen (act of selection) to call our vibrations with meaning “words”, “symbols” and “images” and since our “words”, “symbols” and “images” inform

(i) our “human languages” by which we presences called “human” verbally interact (communicate), vibrationally; and,

(ii) our “verbal realities” and “minds” in which we presences called “human” project, measure, think and produce our “stories”

It is best that we address the subject of languages using our “words”, “symbols” and “images” and associating “them” with their usual definitions (meanings), keeping in “your mind” what has previously been stated in this Annex.*

__________

*Keeping in mind what has previously been stated concerning this new kind of thinking will remain challenging until you accept the fact that all vibrations with meaning including you vibrations with meaning (your “words/symbols/images”) are the product of the same vibrating interacting process....the same natural process of renormalizing....the same natural selecting process (called “evolution”) by which “all that exists” emerges; these vibrations with meaning providing each of we presences called “human” with a “verbal reality/mind” and a “short-handed” way to interact (communicate), vibrationally, between and among “our minds” concerning (i) this vibrating reality to which all vibrations with meaning are pointing (as signs) and (ii) its “source and substance” (Vibration).

Part IV

Explaining/Describing/Simulating

The Emergence of Common Languages And Their Structures/Syntax

(Using “Words/Symbols/Images” To Do So)

A. Development of a Language’s Structure/Syntax

1

Initially, there must exist two or more presences, each having the ability to produce his/her/its own words, symbols and images and his/her/its own unique language. And, these two presences must combine into what is now thought of and called a small “group”.

Thereafter, these presences (i.e. the original members of the “group”) must, through a natural selecting process, agree that out of all of the potential words, symbols and images they can produce for the purpose of representing a specific “something of substance”, there is one “word”, “symbol” or “image” that best represents this specific “something of substance”; this “process” being iterative, meaning that once commenced, it continues over and over again and again.

It is in this manner that a specific “something of substance” sensed by the “body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” is called a “tree” while another specific “something of substance” similarly sensed is called a “flower”.¹¹⁰

2

Having developed the “language” of their tribe or community (their “group”) in this manner, thereafter, through a similar “process”, these original members of the tribe or community select the acceptable manner in which these words, symbols and images will be “strung together” into what are now thought of and called “phrases”, “sentences”, “equations”, “formulas”, “pictures” and “stories”.

It is in this manner that each language of each tribe or community gradually develops, each having its own unique structure....syntax: albeit all languages emerge in the same manner; this natural selecting process (frequently called “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or, simply, “mimicry”) producing a “natural bias” (an Historical Bias) favoring selections previously made....it being a “natural bias” that naturally emerges in the same manner in all languages.

B. Continuing Development of Structure/Syntax

Once developed in this manner, this unique structure of the language of each tribe/community/group is perpetuated in the following manner:

1

A presence called “human” as a “baby/toddler/child” learns to produce the “sounds” and “marks” that are his/her words, symbols and images in his/her own unique way, thereby creating and informing a language of his/her own.

As part of this learning process the “child/student/adult” ultimately learns the accepted way by which the words, symbols and images that he/she can produce – words, symbols and images that both create and inform his/her unique language – are to be used within his/her tribe or community.

It is through this learning process that the “child/student/adult” selects his/her best “words”, “symbols” and “images” to represent each specific “something of substance” he/she and the other members of his/her “tribe” or “community” sense in their own unique way; his/her best words/symbols/images conforming to the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that have been accepted (through verbal agreement) by his/her “tribe” or “community” to be the best words, symbols and images by which to explain, described or simulate each specific “something of substance” that all member of the “tribe” or “community” are sensing....each in

his/her own unique way.

This natural selecting process is iterative, meaning it is the “process” by which all , “languages” emerge; the emergence of the unique “structure/syntax” of each language of each “tribe/community/group” being no exception.

2

Leading to the fact that....due to the common natural selecting process by which each language emerges, a common brain structure naturally develops within all “brains” of all of we presences called “human” producing a “natural bias” (an Historical Bias) that

favors the manner in which “our languages” are formed; and,

not favors the many other ways by which “languages” can be formed (and are formed in other “species”.¹¹¹

C. The Emergence of Common Human Languages

With Common Structures/Syntax

Just because a specific language initially has a specific structure (syntax) does not mean that that specific structure cannot change. In fact, the development of the specific structure (syntax) of any language will change to comport with the specific structure (syntax) of each other language as the users of each language begin interacting (communicating) with each other using their respective languages and accept through verbal agreement a “common translation”.

First, there must exist two or more “groups” (called “tribes”, “communities”, “cultures”, etc.): each “group” having a common language unique to it; each common language of each “group” having a similar – but not identical – structure/syntax. In this sense, the structure/syntax of all “languages” emerge in a similar, but not identical, manner orchestrated by “the brain”.

Then, these two “groups” must be striving to interact (communicate) with each other since it is only out of this interacting (“communicating”) that a common language can emerge between or among these two “groups”.

Thus, for example, although each member of a “tribe” and “community” retains his/her own language and in that language has a different sounding or appearing “word/symbol/image” representing a “specific something of substance”, once a member of one “tribe” or “community” begins interacting (communicating) with a member of another “tribe” or “community”, there is always the potential for these “members” to sense that the different sounding or appearing “words/symbols/images” point to the same specific “something of substance”.

It is out of this sensing that this “common translation” emerges; this “common translation” emerging in the same manner as the members of these “tribes” or “communities” produced their “common vocabulary”.

It is out of this sensing that each “common translation” is orchestrated by the “brain”; this orchestration being the product of this natural selecting process (called “evolution); this development being the evolutionary tendency of the “brains” of all “groups” of presences called “human” once these “groups” begins interacting (communicating) between or among themselves using their different languages while seeking a “common translation”.¹¹²

Appendix I

A New Kind of Thinking Concerning

Learning, Creating and The Historical Bias Favoring

Learning and Creating.

I

Prelude

A New Kind Of Thinking

First, we must begin by using words, symbols and images since absent their presence nothing could be stated verbally about anything nor would there exist any languages comprised of words, symbols or images by which anything could be explained, described or simulated nor would there exist any verbal reality or mind nor would there exists the potential of the mind....within the verbal reality in which it dwells....to use these words, symbols and images as “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” by which it (the mind) can produce “its stories” concerning “what is real/what is not real”.

Next, we must continue by using the definitions ascribed to these words, symbols and images since their meanings are now accepted through common agreement among all “minds”.

Next, we must accept the fact this this common agreement emerged through a natural selecting process....a natural process of renormalizing....whereby out of the infinite number of words, symbols and images that could be selected by each individual mind, one word, symbol or image was selected by all minds as being the best word, symbol or image by which to define that “something” to which this word, symbol or image was pointing....as a sign (Semiotics)

These definitions typically being set forth in a dictionary

The words, “body”, “brain”, and “mind” being three examples.

Next, we must accept the fact that, since there are potentially an infinite number of words, symbols and images that can exists, there are potentially an infinite number of verbal realities and minds that can exist and an infinite number of stories that can be told concerning “what is real/what is not real”, leading to the challenge that all minds of we presences called “human” face when using words, symbols and images; that being to select from the infinite number of words, symbols and images that potentially exists, the words, symbols and images that best explain and describe (simulate) what lies beneath all words, symbols and images and to which all words, symbols and images are pointing.

Next, we must accept the fact that through translating one language into another, the words, symbols and images that inform these languages provide the users of these languages with both

A short-handed way to interact (communicate) about the sensations that are always occurring in their bodies as their bodies....in a manner orchestrated by their “brains”....interact (communicate) with the underlying reality in which their bodies dwell

and

The potential of these users to accept through a common agreement in a common verbal reality and a common mind a common story (a common theory or model or reality) that best explains, describes and simulates what these sensations are and why these sensations are happening.

Next, we must accept the fact that each word/symbol/image is either a sound with meaning or a mark with meaning.

The spoken word/symbol/image emerging once the body in a manner coordinated by its “brain” can shape “Sound” into a specific sound through use of “voice”.

The written word/symbol/image emerging once the body in a manner coordinated by its “brain” can shape “Light” into a specific mark through use of “hand” – the hand being aided by a marking tool applied to a smooth surface.

The meaning of the specific sound or specific mark emerging once the “brain” can associate the specific sound or specific mark with something being sensed by “its body”.

Next, we must accept the fact that once we dive deep beneath the word, “word”, what lies there is a specific vibration in the form of a “sound” or a “mark” whose meaning is derived from the “something” to which the specific vibration is pointing....a “something” that gives this specific vibration its meaning:

The word, “symbol” and the word, “image” being no exceptions;

Each “word/symbol/image” being a “sound with meaning” – a “mark with meaning” – or, more particularly....a vibration with meaning.

Next, we must accept the fact that each “verbal reality” and each “mind” is a vibrating existential state both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning....the latter (the “mind”) dwelling in the former (its vibrating verbal reality

A vibrating existential state in which each of these vibrations with meaning equates to a vibrating linguistic lens (now thought of and called a “projection”, a “measurement” and a “thought”) through which the “reality” in which each “body” dwells can be viewed.

Each “story” that the “mind” is producing from present moment to present moment being dependent upon the specific vibrations with meaning – the specific vibrating linguistic lenses – the “mind” is selecting in that present moment for purposes of explaining, describing and simulating the sensations that are always occurring in “its body” as “its brain” interacts (communicates) with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) in its own unique way.

And Then Having Accepted These Facts

Each of we presences called “human” must take the present moment to quiet his/her mind since it is only after he/she does so and really senses what it means to exist in an existential state called “no mind” that he/she can and does emerge with a new way of thinking about what is real/not real; a new way of thinking that embraces both

The fact that each “word”, each “symbol” and “each image” is a vibration superposed upon a vibration (the latter giving meaning to the former)

And

The fact that the only way any theoretical “story” produced by “the mind” can be proved true is for all “minds” to verbally accept through a common agreement that the “story” is true since it best simulates the similar (but not identical) sensations each of “us” is having in “our bodies” as each of “our brains” orchestrate his/her acts of sensing in its own unique way (Qualia) and each of “our bodies” interact and interconnect with each other “body” in “its surroundings” in its own unique manner (Relativity).¹¹³

Quieting the Mind

Once you accept the fact that “your mind” is really a vibrating existential state both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning, you accept the fact that to enter that existential state called “no mind”

You must quiet the flow of all vibrations with meaning that inform “your mind” while being present in “your body”

While recognizing that “your body” is always interacting with its surroundings in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” for as long as “it” (“your body”) exists.

Let’s assume you are walking in the park. To enter this existential state of “no mind” while performing an act called “walking in the park”, you must be able to perform this act in “your body”, independent of this vibrating existential state called “your mind” and independent of any vibrations with meaning that usually are emerging as “your body” performs this act.¹¹⁴

The word “flower” appears and as it does you dismiss the presence of this vibration with meaning while being present with the presence that is represented by this word “flower”. The word, “Joe” or “Sue” appears and as it does you dismiss the presence of these vibrations with meaning and you become present with the presence that is called “Joe” or “Sue”.

It is this existential state of presence in the body absent these vibrations with meaning that is “no mind”....an existential state in which “your body” in a manner orchestrated by “it brain” senses each presence in its presence as a vibration – your “body” being no exception; it being the existential state in which “your body” emerged, at birth

An existential state in which you had the naturally ability to “listen/ read” the “sounds” and “marks”....the vibrations....that were present in your presence, save and except the “sounds with meaning” – the “marks with meaning” – the vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that were present in your presence

The presence of these vibrations with meaning being made present by other presences “sounding” and “marking” them in your presence as you sensed their presence and the presence of all “things” that existed in your presence as vibrating presences....each a vibration – your “body” being no exception.¹¹⁵

Entering the Body

So....let’s do so now....let’s each of “us” take a few moments to quiet his/her “mind” and listen/read the vibration that is his/her “body” – the “rhythmic pulsing/beating” that is always ongoing in each present moment in “your body” no matter what “your mind” is “thinking/measuring/projecting”.

And, as “you” do so, sense the interacting and interconnecting (communicating) that is always occurring, vibrationally, with the other vibrations that exist in “your surroundings”; an interacting/interconnecting/communicating that is always occurring

As “your body” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” is sensing the vibrating characteristics of the “bodies” of these other vibrations; and,

As these other vibrations are sensing the vibrating characteristics of “you” (or, more particularly, “your body”).

It is in this sense that each vibration is a sensing/sensed vibrating presence – a fact that can easily be proved in both the laboratory of “life” and in the “science lab”, assuming an appropriate listening to and reading....an appropriate sensing.... of the vibrations that surround “us”.

An appropriate sensing that can now be enhanced through sense enhancing devices now thought of and called “microscope”, “telescope”, “linear accelerator”, “superconducting supercollider”, etc.;

A sensing that indicates there is no such “thing” as “nothing”.

There is only Vibration (V) as “source/substance” and a vibrating interacting ( : ) as “process”; the latter ( : ) being a natural process of renormalizing....a natural selecting process....by which V acts upon it own infinite Potential (P) and produces each finite expression of “all that exists”.

Each finite expression emerging out of V as a vibration (v) having its own unique vibrating characteristics by which it can be sensed (identified) and having its own potential (p) to act upon itself through this same vibrating interacting process.¹¹⁶

II

A New Kind Of Thinking

Once Vibration (V) is accepted as the best vibration with meaning by which to simulate “source” and “substance” and vibrating is accepted as the best vibration with meaning by which to simulate this natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalization, there naturally emerges a new kind of thinking that, coherently, embraces “all that exists” as vibrating, these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” and these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” being no exceptions.

And, there naturally emerges within the “mind” and “its verbal reality”, the ability to use these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses called “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts” to tell this “story” for the purpose of determining whether other “minds” agree/not agree with “it” (this “story”)

The Story

I. The Way

In the beginning, there exists “something”: a “something” of “substance” that existed then and exists now; a “something” of “substance” that is always present and that is always being sensed in the “body” since each “body” is always emerging from “it” and interacting with “it” for as long as it (the “body”) exists. This “something of substance” is the “source and substance” of “all that exists”.

Frequently called “nothing” this “something of substance”/ “this source” cannot be explained, described or simulated using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” since these vibrations with meaning and the reality to which these vibrations with meaning are pointing are a part of it.

Within a common vibrating existential state called a common mind, the Potential (P) of this “something of substance”/ “this source” can be simulated by a wave function (Schrodinger’s Equation), meaning that in order for its Potential (P) to be actualized this “something of substance”/ “this source” must be able to act upon itself through a natural interacting process that is both selecting (thereby “collapsing the wave function”) and interacting (thereby “communicating” with all that emerges from it).

II. Source/Substance

Absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, nothing could be stated about this “something of substance”/ “this source”; yet, this “source/ substance” would still exists as would “our bodies”

Each of “our bodies” emerging from this “something of substance” as a “something of substance” independent of any vibrations with meaning superposed upon “them”;

Each of “our bodies” interacting with both the “reality” into which each of “us” was birthed and, the “source/substance” of each of “us” and this “reality”.

Notwithstanding “our minds”....once emerging....may “think” otherwise.¹¹⁷

However, since present the presence of these vibrations with meaning anything can be verbally stated about this “source/substance” within these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, the challenge we presences called “humans” face when using these vibrations with meaning is to collapse the wave function representing the infinite number of vibrations with meaning that can represent this “source/substance” by selecting that one vibration with meaning that best simulates this “something of substance”

That one best vibration with meaning being Vibration (V)

Since “vibration” is the only vibration with meaning that stands in for itself

and

Since the only way any “something of substance” can be “measured” is to sense its vibration – a fact that can be proved by using a sense enhancing device (albeit the accepted scientific word, “oscillation” frequently stands in for/represents vibration.

III. Process

Similarly, since present the presence of these vibrations with meaning anything can be verbally stated about this natural interacting process, the challenge we presences called “humans” face when using these vibrations with meaning is to collapse the wave function representing the infinite number of vibrations with meaning that can represent this “natural interacting process” by selecting that one vibration with meaning that best simulates this “natural interactive process”

That one best vibration with meaning being vibrating, meaning this “natural interacting process” is a vibrating interacting process, a process that is coherent with V being “source/substance” since V and each vibration (v) that emerge from it are vibrating and each v can only be identified by sensing, vibrationally, its vibrating characteristics.

IV. A Vibrating Model Of Reality

So now using these vibrations with meaning, the vibration that is “you” and the vibration that is “me” have the potential (the “human potential”) to accept (through agreement) the fact that what “we” now think of and call “reality” emerged....and is continuing to emerge....in this manner – thereby proving this fact true in the “common verbal reality” and “common mind” that exists between us.

Recognizing that it is only when these vibrations with meaning are present that there exists the potential for all “minds”....as a common vibrating existential state....to produce that one common collective creation story that is the one best theory of reality – the one best model of reality that simulates, coherently the emergence of V and each v.¹¹⁸

A. The Beginning

1

Initially, Vibration (V) as “source/substance” acts upon itself pursuant to a vibrating interacting process (:) and produces two vibrations (v); each v being a “mirror image” of the other v....the infinite potential (P) of V (represented by a “wave function”) becoming “finite” (“collapsing of wave function”). This process is iterative, meaning that the finite potential of each v (also represented by a “wave function”) becomes more “finite” (“collapses”) once it acts upon itself pursuant to this vibrating interacting process.

2

Once emerging, each v in each present moment acts through this natural selecting process as does each other v in “its surroundings” (“its reality”):

Each v acting upon itself pursuant to this vibrating interacting process receiving acts of selection (“feedback”) to its selected acts, thereby “learning” and emerging with the potential (p) to “create” through selecting acts.

3

Once initiated, this vibrating interacting process is iterative, there being a natural bias that is always emerging favoring previous acts of selecting:

Each act of selecting being a vibrating creative act....a part of this vibrating interacting process

There being a natural bias favoring each previous vibrating creative act.

4

This vibrating interacting process and this natural bias has existed ever since “the beginning” and it existed prior to the emergence of we presences called “human” and each of these “sounds with meaning” – these “marks with meaning” – “these vibrations with meaning – now thought of and called “our words”, “our symbols” and “our images”

5

It is out of this vibrating interacting process that the “bodies” of we presences called “human” emerged and it is out of this vibrating interacting process that the “minds” of we presences called “human” emerged....but only after the “body”, while acting pursuant to this vibrating interacting process in a manner coordinated by “its brain” could produce these “sounds with meaning” – these “marks with meaning” – these vibrations with meaning – now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

6

And, it is out of this vibrating interacting process that this natural bias occurs both within “the body” and within “the mind” favoring acts previously selected.¹¹⁹

B. The Creative Process & Historical Bias

Once these vibrations with meaning emerge and both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, there is a natural tendency for “each mind” to select the best vibration with meaning....the best “word”, “symbol”, “image” or “combination of words, symbols and images” to label this vibrating interacting process and this “natural bias”

One example being Creative Process and Historical Bias

Other examples being “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or “mimicry”.

There also being the tendency to call Vibration and its vibrating interacting process by many names:

The latter being associated with the words “interacting force” such as “strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” and “gravitational”

The former being associated with “life force”, “the way” or a “deity”.

There also being a tendency to associate this “natural bias”....this Historical Bias....with a sense of what is called “time” and a sense of what is called “space”.

C. A Sense of Time/A Sense of Space

What can now be thought of and called a sense of time (“time”, or more particularly, an “arrow of time”) and what can now be thought of and called a sense of space (“space” or, more particularly, “dimensions of space”) emerge when two or more vibrations (v) are interacting pursuant to the vibrating interacting process.

For we presences called “human”, absent the vibrating presence of these “sounds with meaning” – these “marks with meaning” – these vibrations with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images, nothing could be stated about anything including “time” and “space”.

Yet, for we presences called “human”, once “we” have produced “our words”, “our symbols” and “our images”, what “we” sense vibrationally can be associated with one or more of these “words”, “symbols” and “images”.....the sense of time and the sense of space being no exceptions.

Nevertheless, no matter whether these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” exist/not exist, it does remain “true” that:

What can now be thought of and called a sense of time ( “time”, or more particularly, an “arrow of time”) and what can now be thought of and called a sense of space (“space” or, more particularly, “dimensions of space”) emerge when two or more vibrations (v) are interacting pursuant to the vibrating interacting process (:).

It is pursuant to this vibrating interacting process that each v (for as long as this interacting occurs) is always receiving vibrating acts of selecting (“feedback”) in response to each other v’s vibrating acts of selecting (“selection”) thereby participating in vibrating acts called “learning” and “creating” while, concomitantly, producing a natural “bias” favoring this “learning” and “creating”.

It is pursuant to this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....this Creative Process that all v’s and each v – from present moment to present moment and in each present moment:

“Combine” through vibrating acts called “resonance”;

“Separate” through vibrating acts called “interference”; or

“Remain” in a vibration existential state of potential (p) called “dissonance” until “combining” or “separating”.

And thereby create a continuing bias (an Historical Bias) favoring the “combining” and the “separating” that has previously occurred.¹²⁰

D. The Creative Process/Historical Bias

If you associate “time” with a “horizontal axis” and “space” with a “vertical axis”, the interacting out of which a sense of time and a sense of space emerge can be diagrammed as occurring in multiple dimensions of “space” and “time” (“space/time”); these “dimensions” emerging (starting) from a “point of singularity” (which is really more than a “point”) and continuing on from that “beginning point”.

If you accept the fact that the “point of singularity” is really the “beginning point”....that moment when Vibration (V) acts upon itself pursuant to the vibrating interacting process (:) and “collapses the wave function” representing V’s Potential (P), then you really begin to get “the point” that reality is a continuum....a “probability wave”....that remains in potentia until V (or some vibration (v) emerging from V) acts upon its Potential/potential, collapses the wave function (i.e. the “probability wave” – the “wave”) and initiates its Creative Process as well as its “natural bias”....an Historical Bias that favors acts “it” has previously selected.¹²¹

¹The Opening Statement, Prologue and Journey have many footnotes. Please read the footnotes.

²This something of substance may be called (named) anything – for example: a “presence”, “happening”, “event”, “consciousness”; a “particle”, “wave”, “string”, “thing”; a “boson”, “lepton”, “quark”; a “neutron”, “proton”, “electron”; an “atom”, “molecule”, “element”; a “cell”, “organism” (or, more particularly, a “prokaryote”, “eukaryote”, “bacteria”); a “sound”, a “mark”, a “vibration”; a “word”, a “symbol”, an “image”; a “verbal reality”, a “mind”, a “story” – a noun. Or a verb such as any act of “sensing”, “pointing”, “sounding”, “marking” “speaking”, “writing”, “thinking”, “computing” as well as any act of “cooing”, “crying”, “urinating”, “defecating”, “turning over” , “crawling”, “standing”, “dancing”, “maturing”, “developing”, “loving”, “copulating”, “birthing”. The point is: it is the something of substance that gives its name its true meaning.

³Drawing this distinction between the verbal and the nonverbal, most likely, will initially be difficult for your “mind” to do, particularly, if, at birth, you had a healthy “body” and “brain” with all “senses” functioning and you had no difficulty learning to speak (sound) or write (mark) what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”. Yet, for those presences called “human” who emerged at birth “deaf/blind” and, thereafter, were not taught the art of signing or “braille”, this distinction is apparent. See A Man Without Words, 2nd Edition, by Susan Schaller, foreword by Oliver Sacks (University of California Press). Note the references in Sacks’ foreword to the French philosophes, the “languageless boy, Massieu”, how Helen Keller “came to understand her first word, ‘water’” and how Schaller taught Ildefonso (an man – age 27) to see “for the first time, the meaning of a sign” – Sachs pointing out this distinction: “signs are abstract, unlike gestures or pantomime”. In other words (paraphrased), pointing to something of substance through acts of “gesturing”, “pantomiming” or “signing” (nonverbal) is different than “producing” something of substance called a word/symbol/image whose meaning is associated with something of substance to which the word, the symbol or the image is pointing (verbal).

⁴Your choice: either skate along the surface of the verbal (and words such as “Life”, “Consciousness”, “Evolution”, “Process and “Source”) or dive deep into the nonverbal and each something of substance to which the verbal points.

⁵The word, “infant” (source – Latin word, infans) means unable to speak (i.e. speechless). The word, “baby” typically refers to a “newborn” (2 months of age or less) or an “infant” (1 year of age or less).

⁶The point is that this something of substance called “infant/newborn/baby” has no “words/symbols/images” at its disposal including the words, “infant”, “newborn” and “baby”; yet this something of substance exists beneath any “words”, “symbols” or “images” superposed (projected) onto it by anyone including “its mama” and “you”.

⁷See Footnote 2. In the case of Susan Schaller (the “teacher”) and Ildefonsa (her “student”) the image/picture was that of a “cat” that she drew on a board (smooth surface) with “chalk” (a marking tool) thereby ultimately enabling her “student” (Ildefonsa) to associate the “image/picture” with the marks “C-A-T”, using a technique that most of we presences called “human” learn relatively easy – that being, ultimately, to associate a something of substance (i.e.“the cat”) with another “something of substance” (i.e. a mark) drawn on a smooth surface (e.g. dirt, sand, cave wall, parchment, paper, computer screen) using a marking tool (e.g. finger, stick, twig dipped in pigment, crayon, pencil/ pen, keyboard) – the “mark” being a function of Vibration called “Light”....a fact that becomes obvious once you realize that without Light” there is only “Dark” thereby eliminating your ability to “see”.

⁸The “tribe” or “community” is each “tribe” or “community” composed of presences called “humans” (or, more specifically, “members”) who produce their vibrations with meaning (their own sounds/marks with meaning”), each in his/her own unique way....yet, collectively agree that a specific mark or specific sound (no matter how uniquely vibrated (produced) is the best mark or sound (the best “word/symbol/image”) by which to represent a something of substance to which all “members” of the “tribe/community” can point.

⁹See Footnote 6 and text surrounding that footnote.

¹⁰Note: The “tribes” or “communities” the subject of this particularly writing are “tribes” and “communities” that are comprised of presences called “human”; each having their own unique languages shaped by the “sounds” and “marks” that both create and inform their language – “sounds/marks (vibrations with meaning) that each tribal/community “member” can produce in his or her own unique way using his/her own unique “voice” and “hand”. However, this emphasis on “human tribes/communities” should not be read as if no other “group” of presences (e.g. “birds”, “ants”, “bees”, etc.) has a “language” of “its own” comprised of the unique sounds/marks (vibrations with meaning) that its “members” sound/mark. The point is that at the most basic vibratory level of language and its vibrations called “sounds” and “marks”, each “group” is actually interacting (communicating) vibrationally.

¹¹See Footnote 10.

¹²The point is that once “your mind” – through an act of “self-reflecting” – accepts the fact that it is a product of vibrations shaped as “sounds” and “marks” whose meaning emerges from the some-things of substance to which these vibrations point, it becomes relatively easy for the mind to conclude that:

The substance of each something of substance is vibration – or, more particularly, an underlying physical substance (an underlying physical presence) that is called vibration and is vibrating

Leading to the conclusion that each something of substance (including “the body”, the “brain” and its “neural cells”, “neurotransmitters” and “nucleic acids” are really vibrations interacting through a natural selecting process (frequently called “evolution” – occasionally called “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or, simply “mimicry”) that is really a vibrating interacting process.

¹³Once your vibrations with meaning have both created in inform these two vibrating existential states called “your mind” and “your verbal reality” and these two vibrating existential states called “your mind” and “your verbal reality” are complementing these two vibrating existential states (vibrations) called “your body” and “your brain”, it does become challenging to tease out from the verbal what lies beneath the verbal since every something of substance is a vibration that is vibrating. For example, “you” go for a “walk” and sense something of substance vibrating – a “flower”. Almost but not quite simultaneously, the vibration with meaning (the word, “flower”) emerges in “your mind” and points to the something of substance (a vibration that is vibrating) with which “your body” (a vibrating existential state) is interacting in a manner coordinated by “your brain” (a vibrating existential state); the “word, “flower” equating to a vibrating linguistic lens called a “thought”, a “measurement” and a “projection”. The Point: When “you” sense (hear or read) a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image” think of the “word/symbol/mark” as a sound with meaning – a mark with meaning – or, more particularly, a vibration whose meaning is associated with something of substance with which “your unique body” is interacting in a manner coordinated by “your unique brain”. It is then that your mind” (a vibration) will differentiated between the verbal and what lies beneath.

¹⁴See All Else is Bondage, Non-volitional Living, by Wei Wu Wei (Hong Kong University Press, 1964). Also Ken Wilbur’s book, No Boundary (Shambhala, 1985)

¹⁵Excuse the ubiquitous use of quotation marks (“ ”) and print that is set forth in bold, italics or bold italics. These are just a few of the linguistic tools used in this writing to disrupt the rhythm of your reading style – to cause you to pause for a moment for purposes of understanding that “words”, “symbols” and “images” are more than just words, symbols and images. They actually point to an underlying reality and underlying source and substance in which “your body” and “its brain” dwells – an underlying reality and an underlying source and substance that gives true meaning to “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image”.

¹⁶See Footnote 1. Another linguistic tool used in this writing is the phrase “now thought of and called”; this phrase indicating that what something of substance is “called” does not equate to the true nature of what something of substance is. For example, what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really vibrations expressed in the form “sounds” and “marks”; their true meaning emerging from what lies beneath them....a “fact” whose “proof” will soon follow.

¹⁷Most likely, you, the reader of these words, are now aware that each footnote is another example of the multiple linguistic tools used in this writing; other examples being the use of four dots (....), multiple dashes (– –), forward slashes ( / ) and a process called “renormalizing” which is more than what it appears. Best practice is that you read each footnote when it appears since each footnote always complements the text that references it.

¹⁸As you, the reader of these words, will ultimately discover (if you choose to keep reading), this natural selecting process now thought of and called “evolution” by which choices (each an act of selecting) are made is really a vibrating interacting process that can best be thought of as a natural process of renormalizing whereby what is “infinite” (“Infinite Potential”) becomes “finite” (“actualized”)....a vibrating interacting process by which an underlying physical phenomenon – an underlying physical presence – best simulated by the word Vibration acts upon itself and produces each something of substance....what are now thought of and called “strings”, “waves”, “particles”, “atoms”, “molecules”, “cells”, “bacteria”, “viruses”, “organisms”, “bodies” “brains” “minds” and “stories” being no exceptions. In this sense, selecting from a menu of all possible words, the word, Vibration, to be the best word by which to simulate this underlying source and substance of all that exists is an example of this natural process of renormalizing – this natural selecting process – this vibrating interacting process by which all that exists evolves and continues to evolve....what is now thought of and called “the body”, “its “brain” and “its mind” being no exceptions to this vibrating interacting process.

¹⁹Self-reflect on this “thought”. Once “the mind” emerges, one of the functions that “it” serves is to project an image of “the body” performing an act. The act could be any act such as “dancing the tango” or “swinging a golf club” or “planning a nice romantic evening” or “thinking about your next meal” or “measuring something of substance or “mapping a new territory that has yet to be explored”. First, the mind projects the image of “the body” performing the act; next “the body” performs (or has to learn to perform) the act in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. The act of self-reflecting is an act; a verbal act (VR) that does requires the projection of an image – particularly when “thinking about” or “measuring” any something of substance that lies beneath the “word” or “symbol” (the “image”) superposed (projected) upon it....particularly, when “thinking about” or “measuring this something of substance called reality (UR) and its source and substance. Indeed, this act of self-reflecting takes a lot of practice just like performing an bodily act....all “you” need to do is observe presence called a “human baby” at birth and then through its development as a “toddler”, “child”, “adolescent”, “student”, “adult” and “elder” to prove “true” that learning/creating any act requires practice....practice....practice.

²⁰Practice – practice – practice: It takes a lot of practice for you to use your mind to perform an act of self-reflecting (a vibrating act using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”; particularly when the act of self-reflecting relates to what “your body” is really doing when “its brain” is orchestrating the interacting of “your body” with its surrounding reality (UR). Although not apparent, what “your brain” is doing is sensing (a vibrating act) the vibrating reality in which “your body” dwells and its vibrating source/substance. For the “brain”, the interacting is being orchestrating for the evolutionary purpose of “survival” – something of substance more immediate than having a “mind”. Yet, when “the mind” gradually emerges through this natural selecting process called evolution, there emerges the possibility to “your mind” to self-reflect on the something of substance that is really happening as the “body/brain” is interacting (communicating) with this something of substance called reality (UR) of which it is vibrationally a part of....the “body” and “its brain” each being a vibrating existential state (or more particularly) a vibration having vibrating characteristics that are unique to “it”....just like “the mind” (“your mind”) and “its verbal reality”.

²¹Cutting through the opaqueness of a current kind of thinking that is embedded only in the “words/symbols/images” is difficult for a “mind” trained “to think” in that manner. Fortunately, we presences called “human” evolved with the potential to “think” about “thinking” and adopt a new way of thinking – one way being this new kind of thinking to which you, the listener/reader, have now been introduced.

²²Simply stated: Once you open “your mind” to this new kind of thinking and the act(s) of self-reflecting to which “you”, the listener/reader, have now been introduced, “you” will experience “you” being a vibration comprised of many vibrations called “strings” and other “things” – all vibrating....each a something of substance that is much more than “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image”.

²³Note: There are many footnotes set forth in this book. Since each footnote elaborates upon what has just been stated in the text, best practice is for you to read the footnote as soon as it is referenced in the text.

²⁴Embedded in this writing and all other writings appearing on the Center For Vibration Studies website is another linguistic mechanic: a linguistic tool now thought of and called “renormalizing” whereby – through an act of selecting – what is “infinite” becomes “finite”. This process called “renormalizing” being a natural selecting process by which what lies in an in potentia existential state is actualized – by which what is potentially real/not real becomes real. This process called “renormalizing” really being a natural selecting process whereby from a potential of infinite possibilities (e.g. a menu of an infinite number of “words”, “symbols and images that could be selected) there is one possibility (one “word”, “symbol” or “image”) that is selected, that possibility (that one “word”, “symbol” or “image”) being the best possibility (the best “word/symbol/image”) by which to actualize this potential. A natural selecting process that is frequently associated with the word, “evolution”, “creationism”, “bio-mimicry” or, simply, “mimicry”; yet, is really a vibrating interacting process through which “each expression” of “all that exists” (i.e. each presence no matter by what “name”, “number” or “species” it is identified) emerges from a common source and substance – the true nature is best simulated by the word, Vibration. It being the goal of this writing and all other writing appearing on the Center For Vibrational Studies website to prove true as fact that this underlying physical phenomenon now thought of and called vibration is this common source and substance – the letter “v” frequently being capitalized in honor of this underlying physical phenomenon – this underlying physical presence – being the “source” and “substance” of “all that exists”.

²⁵Pardon the ubiquitous use of quotation marks, the bold, italic print and the other linguistic mechanics previously mentioned. One of their purposes is to disrupt the natural rhythm of your reading cadence. Another purpose of these linguistic mechanics is to cause you to pause for a moment to focus upon the fact that “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” or “the combination of words, symbols and images” that is framed by quotation marks (“ ”) or set forth in bold, italic or bold italic print is representing/standing in for something of substance (a “presence”, an “event”, etc.) that is happening beneath “the word”, “the symbol”, “the image” or “the combination” superposed on it. A third purpose is to facilitate the matter of proof – of “proving” to “you” that the verbal statements concerning this Underlying Physical Presence now thought of and called Vibration set forth in this Prologue and, thereafter, along the way in this Journey, Beneath Words, are “true”. See Footnote 2.

²⁶For an example, see The Master Algorithm, How The Quest For The Ultimate Learning Machine Will Remake Our World by Pedro Domingos (Basic Books, 2015). However, this vibrating interacting process is more than being just “The Master Algorithm; instead, it is the process by which Vibration acts upon itself and through all that emerges from it and thereby creates each expression of all that exists as a vibration – a vibration having vibrating characteristics unique to it and by which it can be identified – these vibrations called “the body”, “the brain” and “the mind” being no exceptions.

²⁷As previously stated, there are many footnotes set forth in this book. Please read each footnote once it is referenced in the text since each footnote elaborates upon the text by diving a bit deeper beneath the words, symbols and images that inform the text. For example, the thought that “reality” and its underlying “source and substance” can never be captured “whole” using these vibrations with meaning is simply a reference to the fact that a “part” of a “whole” can never capture “whole” the “whole”. In other words, if Vibration is the source and substance of these vibrations with meaning, then capturing Vibration (whole) using these vibrations with meaning (parts) is impossible. The best that can be done is to choose (act of selecting) the best vibration with meaning (“the best word”) by which to simulate this source/substance – the ultimate inquiry being whether Vibration is the best vibration with meaning (“the best word”) by which to simulate the source and substance of “all that exists” including these vibrations with meaning now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”.

²⁸My request: Please read each footnote when it appears. After reading the footnote, please reread the paragraph in which the footnote appears before proceeding to the next paragraph of the text. My intent is to have each footnote and each paragraph of the text serve as an aphorism: “something of substance” upon which “your mind” can focus; “something of substance” that not only is the “source and substance” of (A) each “word”, each “symbol” and each “image” that both creates and informs “the mind” and its “verbal reality” and (B) each “body/brain” out of which each “word/symbol/image” emerges but also is the “source and substance” of (C) each presence (no matter what its name, number or “species”) as well as (D) the reality in which all of these presences and their “bodies” dwell....we presences called “human”, “our bodies/brains”, “our words/symbols/images” and our “verbal realities/minds being no exceptions.

²⁹Once you, the “listener/reader” select (choose) to make this journey, Beneath Words, “your journey”, what you soon discover is that “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really sounds with meaning/marks with meaning – or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning – that serve as signs pointing to a single reality and a single source and substance that lies beneath “them”. Yet, that “discovery” is only “the beginning”.

³⁰These questions are the most fundamental questions for Humanity to answer since once “words/symbols/images” have emerged, anything can be stated about how “they” emerged within any “language” created and informed by “them”, leading to the ultimate verbal challenge Humanity faces when using “words”, “symbols” and “images”....that being to select from a menu of all potential “words”, “symbols” and “images” that comprise all “languages”, that one “word” that best simulates their real source/substance. Not any easy challenge to meet since selecting the wrong “word”, can and has led to many “wrong turns” and many problems for Humanity to solve. It is a challenge that we will strive to meet in the pages that follow as we move onward in our journey Beneath Words.

³¹See Footnotes 2 and 3 as well as the text relating to each of those footnotes.

³²One of the most difficult “thoughts” for the “mind” to embrace is the “thought” that at the most fundamental level of their existence, there is no difference among “words”, “symbols” and “images”; each being a vibration with meaning. Another difficult “thought” for the “mind” to embrace involves recognizing that absent the presence of these vibrations with meaning, we presences called “human” could not be bringing forth (manifesting) in “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” what lies beneath them. In other words, the meaning associated with each sound/mark/vibration with meaning emerges from what lies beneath it. Not easy “thoughts” to embrace, initially, these “thoughts” do become easier for “your mind” to embrace once you “observe” yourself interacting (communicating) with other presences in “your surroundings” using “sounds” and “marks”. Clearly, the “sounds” called “words” you produce are a product of Vibration called “Sound”. However, it does take a moment or two for “your mind” to grasp the fact that each “mark” you produce is a product of Vibration called “Light” – a fact that seems elusive until “your mind” recognizes that absent “Light” there is only “Dark” with no ability to distinguish a “mark” from “its surroundings”.

³³There is this “thought” that permeates the current kind of thinking in which we presences called “human” are “schooled” that “truth” or the “law” (religious, scientific, spiritual or mathematical) is immutable/absolute when, in fact, the “truth” or the “law” is only a verbal statement called “the truth” or “the law” that remains “the truth” or “the law” for only as long as we presences called “human” (or any “group” of “us” – e.g. a specific “tribe” or “community” or “its delegates”) agree that this is so and act accordingly. A new kind of thinking is needed.

³⁴In other words, at their most fundamental level, there is really no difference among what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”; each being a vibration whose meaning emerges from the “something of substance” that lies beneath “it”. In this sense, each vibration with meaning can be thought of as a “bit of information” – a vibe – a “sounded byte” (if spoken) or a “marked byte” (if mark, drawn or written) concerning “something of substance” that lies beneath “it”.

³⁵To be coherent, a model of reality must simulate in a consistent manner (hold together firmly as “parts” of a “whole”) the emergence of “all that exists” including not only the “source and substance” of “all that exists” but also each expression of “all that exists” that emerges from “it”. In other words, in order for a theory or model to simulate, coherently, the emergence of “all that exists”, it must coherently simulate the emergence of each expression of “all that exists” including the “words”, the “symbols”, the “images” and the “language” that informs this theory/model, meaning this theory/model must coherently simulate not only the emergence of (i) this source and substance; (ii) this underlying reality in which all presences dwell and (iii) the respective “sounds” and “marks of these presences but also the emergence of (iv) we presences called “human”; (v) “our bodies” and “our brains”; (vi) “our words”, “our symbols” and “our images”; (vii) “our verbal realities” and “our minds”; and, (viii) “our stories”.

³⁶What you, the listener/reader will ultimately discover....if you choose to make this journey, Beneath Words, “your journey”....is that “your body” and “your brain” emerge not only with the natural ability to listen to/read vibrations in the form of “sounds” and “marks” (signs) but also with the potential to produce vibrations with meaning i.e. your first word and the many “words”, “symbols” and “images” that follow. Your natural ability to listen/read signs is a product of a natural vibrating interacting process....a natural process of renormalizing....a natural selecting process....now thought of and called “evolution”. Your potential to produce your first word (and the many “words”, “symbols” and “images” that follow) is actualized once “your body”, in a manner coordinated by “its brain”, can (i) shape Vibration called “Sound/Light” into a specific vibration through use of “voice” or “hand” and (ii) associate this specific vibration with “something of substance” (something vibrating), thereby giving this specific vibration its meaning: (A) the “voice” being “trained” to shape Vibration (called “Sound”) into specific vibrations (“specific sounds”); (B) the “hand” being “trained” to shape Vibration (called “Light”) into specific vibrations (“specific marks”) aided by a “marking tool” (“crayon/finger”) applied to a “smooth surface” (“paper/sand”); (C) the “body/brain”, having the natural ability to read/listen to these specific vibrations with meaning called “word/symbols/images” as signs once the “body/brain” has learned (either on its own or been “schooled”) to do so – the “mind” and its “verbal reality” emerging with the emergence of your first word.

³⁷Meaning that it is in that moment and the moments that follow that you begin to feel within “your body” the vibration that is “its life” (a vibration frequently called its “life force” or “chi”/“ki”/“energy”/“prana” or “anima/ether”, depending upon the “caller’s linguistic heritage). A vibration that you can “hear”, once you really listen to “your body” and its rhythmic movement of “your pulse”, pulsating; “your “heart”, beating and “your blood”, pumping. A listening/hearing that is coherent with Vibration being the best vibration with meaning (the “best word”) by which to represent this underlying physical phenomenon – this Underlying Physical Presence....that is the “source and “substance” of “all that exists and that is always being sensed as present in each “body”; that Underlying Physical Presence being an emergent “source/substance” that acts upon itself and all that it creates.

³⁸In the words of Susan Sontag: “Words mean. Words point. They are arrows. Arrows stuck in the rough hide of reality.” From The Conscience of Words.

³⁹The most difficult “thought” for “any mind” (including “your mind”) to grasp is the “thought” that “it” and the “verbal reality” in which “it” dwells are really vibrating existential states that are not only superposed on a vibrating reality in which “its body” and “its brain” dwells as vibrations but also that “it” and “its body/brain” emerged into this vibrating reality out of a physical phenomenon called Vibration – a physical phenomenon called Vibration that acts upon itself and through all that emerges from it pursuant to a natural selecting process....a natural process of renormalizing....that is really a vibrating interacting process often associated with the word, “evolution”. Not an easy thought to embrace, initially, this “thought” does become easier to embrace once you “observe” the fact that all presences are interconnecting/interacting (communicating), vibrationally, as vibrating presences and certain vibrating presences (now thought of and called a “bird” or a “bee”) are – in each present moment – always interacting/communicating/sensing through the physical mechanics associated with “Sound” and “Light”. Admittedly, not easy for “any mind” (including “your mind) to accept, it does become easier for a “mind” to accept once it embraces the fact that each presence – no matter what its “name”, “number” or “species” – can only identified by the vibrating characteristics that are unique to “it”....what is now thought of and called “a wave”, “a particle”, “a string”, “an atom”, “a molecule”, “a cell”, “an organism”, “a body” or a “human” being no exception.

⁴⁰Although there exists only one underlying reality (UR) – it being a single reality in which all presences dwell (no matter by what “name”, “number” or “species” they are called), each of we presences called “human” are creating and informing moment by moment a verbal reality (VR) in which his/her mind dwells moment by moment; the purpose of each verbal reality (VR) being to explain and describe (simulate) the “life experiences” that he/she is having as his/her “body” interacts with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. In other words, although there is only one underlying reality – a single reality in which all presences dwell, there are multiple verbal realities that can and do exist moment by moment. The challenge for Humanity as a whole and each individual “human” within its “tribe/community” is to produce that one verbal reality (VR) – that single verbal reality (VR) that best simulates this single underlying reality (UR). See Précis, particularly its third and fourth paragraph.

⁴¹Absent the presence of what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, no verbal statement can be made using “them”. Thus, it is only logical to state, that in the beginning of a verbal reality (VR), there is “the word”. However, the real inquiry is: From whence comes “the word”?

⁴²See Footnote 8 and the text to which this footnote refers.

⁴³See Footnotes 13 and 14 and the text to which each of these footnotes refer.

⁴⁴ What is recommended is that you read each Segment of this Book, each of its footnotes and each of its Appendices in the order presented. If after doing so you desire more “proof” before accepting this New Model of Reality, there is another path -- another way. Simply visit the Center For Vibrational Studies Website and journey through the other writings published there. Or, if your preference is to move directly to Segment Five and its New Model of Reality, you can find a shorter version of this book published there; one that includes only Segment One and Segment Five. Its title is Beneath Words, The Journey (Short Version).

⁴⁵To be sure, the “words” which you, the listener/reader, have just interacted may be difficult for you to follow; yet, the order in which they have been presented has a meaning of its own: that being that within a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance called Vibration (V), each act is a vibrating act – a vibrating act of selecting that actualizes the Potential (P) of V or the potential of each vibration (v) emerging from V, thereby (i) “collapsing” the “wave function” that represents this P/p and (ii) initiating a vibrating interacting/interconnecting called “communicating” whereby two or move v’s either combine through vibrating interacting called “resonating”; separate through vibrating interacting called “interfering”; or, remain in an in potentia vibrating state called “dissonance” until combining through vibrating acts of resonance or separating through vibrating acts of interference. A similar statement applies to each vibrating verbal reality – albeit the “source” of the vibrations with meaning that inform this vibrating verbal reality is the potential that exists within “the body” and the vibrating act (act of selecting) that actualizes this potential relates specifically to the vibration(s) with meaning chosen (act of selecting) to bring forth (manifest) in the verbal a specific vibration – a specific vibrating presence – that lies beneath “it”.

⁴⁶Actually, you, the reader of these words, have available to you an infinite number of verbal paths you can take in order to dive deep beneath the verbal reality in which “your mind” dwells into the underlying reality in which “your body” and “its brain” dwells. All verbal paths lead to this underlying reality and its underlying source/substance since all words, all symbols and all images point to “them”. The onus is on you to choose (act of selecting) your “path”; a choice you may not choose to make, willingly, unless some “life experience” dictated that you do so. This Journey, Beneath Words, set forth in this book provides one path. It is one of many paths I, the writer of these words, have taken to allow “my mind” to have some understanding of what lies beneath words and the symbols and images that accompany them. Yet, no matter what “path” you select, keep in “your mind” that the ultimate goal of any journey, beneath words, is to produce the best Model of Reality by which to describe this underlying reality and its source/substance to which all words, symbols and images are pointing.

⁴⁷Note to the reader of these words: Before commencing each of the following Segments of this Journey, Beneath Words or each Part of a particular Segment of this Journey, it is best that you re-visit the Prologue that is located previous to the Table of Contents and draw your “attention” to that part of the Prologue describing the awareness that you, the listener/reader of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” must maintain as you journey through these Segments and through “life”. As stated, maintaining this awareness is not an easy task. Nevertheless, maintaining this awareness present moment by present moment is required if “you” are to be successful in diving deep “words”, “symbols” and “images” into what lies beneath.

⁴⁸Reference is made to Segment Four of this Journey, Beneath Words for a more detailed presentation of how this new kind of thinking embraces the maps, stories, games and rules that guide us through “our lives”.

⁴⁹Reference is made to Segment Two – Part One of this Journey, Beneath Words in which the New Model of Reality (set forth in Segment Five) is briefly summarized; it being a model of reality that treats the verbal reality (VR) in which “our minds” dwell as really being a vibrating verbal reality (VVR) and the underlying reality (UR) in which our “bodies/brains” dwell and in which all presences (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species”) emerge as really being a single vibrating underlying reality (VUR) that is always emerging from an underlying source and substance – an underlying physical presence best simulated by the word, Vibration. Best that you keep this summary in “mind” as “you”....or, more particularly, “your body”, “your brain” and “your mind” move onward in this Journey.

⁵⁰Note: This Journey Beneath Words is comprised of Five Segments. The First Segment opens “the mind” to this Bridge: the Segment Two provides more detail to this bridge, its crossing and this new way of thinking that facilitates the crossing. Segment Three illustrates how UR is brought forth (manifested) in VR (a crossing from UR to VR); Segment Four illustrates how VR is always pointing to UR (opposite crossing). Segment Five presents the New Model Of Reality.

⁵¹Note to the listener/reader: As you journey across this bridge, continue to remain mindful that what are now thought of and called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are really sounds/marks with meaning or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning and what are now thought of and called “verbal reality” and “mind” are really two vibrating existential states both created and informed by these vibrations with meaning – “your words”, “your symbols”, “your images”, “your verbal reality” and “your mind” being no exceptions.

⁵²In “truth” and in “fact”, the “I” that is “you” is always interconnecting, interacting and communicating, vibrationally, with the source/substance of “all that exists” (Vibration), both “in the word” and beneath “the word”. However, once emerging, it is easy for “the mind” to forget that “truth/fact” and “think” that “it” is (or an all-knowing Mind to which it is connected) is the “source and substance” of “all that exists”. To be sure, the “mind” exists as a vibrating existential state as do all “minds” including this all-knowing Mind. Yet, each is a product of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images. As to the matter of Consciousness, there is a difference. Mind is a product of these vibrations with meaning; Consciousness is a product of Vibration, meaning all that exists is vibrationally alive – all that exists is vibrationally conscious. It is as simple as that; however, it is not that simple since with “the mind” comes the “matter of “proof” – of proving “true” to “the mind” what “the body” already consciously knows.

⁵³My experience of this existential state called “no mind” was unique to me just like a “near death experience” or an “ah ha moment” is unique to the individual experiencing “it”. Observing “planet earth” while floating “in space” could be such an experience. The experience reshapes “your thinking” once you emerge from the experience. Moving into this existential state of “no mind” is not easy. Yet, assume that you can easily access this existential state of “no mind” and remain only in “your body” as “your body” is interacting/communicating with “your surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain”. Perhaps being able to easily enter into this existential state called “no mind” is what the “shaman” or a “shape shifter” does when he/she reshape his/her “body” into a different expression of “itself”; the latter “beings” (the shaman and the shape shifter) being more attuned to his/her body/brain/mind being a presence – a something of substance – a vibration – that is vibrating having vibrating characteristics unique to it. A vibrating awareness that, at the most fundamental level of vibratory existence, allows “your body” as a vibrating presence and “all bodies” as vibrating presences to interconnect, interact and communicate, vibrationally. It is, most likely, why the “shaman”, the “shape shifter” and “their tribes/communities” have a deep, reverence for “all that exists” including the “source and substance” (Vibration) out of which “all that exists” emerges. However, really understanding this “reverence” can take quite a while, particularly, if you are striving to get “there” only using “your mind” and the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that both create and inform it. It is (as you shall now experience) a “step by step” process– one that requires “you” to be able to move in both directions across the bridge (i.e., the vibrations with meaning) that connects the vibrating verbal reality (VVL) in which “your mind” dwells (as a vibration) and the underlying vibrating reality (UVL) in which both “your body” and “your brain” dwells (each as a vibration).

⁵⁴See Footnote 12 and text relating to that footnote.

⁵⁵If you have never been present at the moment of birth of a new born, healthy baby, simply imagine being present and know that, if present, you would confirm the observations set forth in the following paragraphs numbered 1 and 2. Better yet, arrange to be present at the birth of a baby – to witness the birth, particularly a home birth. It is an awesome experience, assuming all goes well.

⁵⁶As you consider these questions, consider the fact that this presence called “baby”, at birth, is no different from many other presences at birth (e.g., a “kitten” or a “puppy” or a “cub”); each of these presences having the natural ability to read “signs” in the form of “sounds” or “marks”; each of these presences having a “mother”; each of these presences having the natural ability to interact/communicate with “its mother” pre-birth and with all presences in “its surroundings post-birth

⁵⁷Just like an artist really “sees” – really senses – a “tree” or a “flower” as something of substance that lies beneath any “word” superposed upon “it”, the “baby” really “sees” – really senses – this something of substance. No matter whether the act of sensing is called “seeing”, “hearing”, “smelling”, “tasting” or “touching”, the “baby” is interacting/communicating with this something of substance as this something of substance is interacting/communicating with “it”; the “baby” sensing the “spatial patterns (“fields”), “sounds”, “odors/smells”, “flavors” and “sensations” (textures) that this something of substance is emitting.

⁵⁸Note To The Listener/Reader: While performing this Second Thought Experiment, remain mindful that although they may have similar dictionary meanings, the similar sounds and marks called “words”, “symbols” and “images” that “you” and each other presence called “human” produce are actually different; you and each other presence called “human” having his/her own unique manner of “sounding a word” (speaking) or “writing a word” (writing). In this sense, the manner in which “your brain” coordinates “your body” when producing a sound or mark called “a word”, “a symbol” or “an image” is unique to you (Qualia). In fact, a similar statement can be made concerning the manner in which “each brain” orchestrates “its body’s” interacting/communicating with “its body’s surroundings”: this interacting/communicating experience also being unique to each presence called “human” including “you” (Qualia); a fact that “we” will be exploring later in this Journey, Beneath Words.

⁵⁹If your answer is based only upon a “dictionary” meaning, recognize that when you open the dictionary for the purpose of determine the meaning of any “word”, “symbol” or “image” you find that the meaning sought is defined in terms of other “words/symbols/image” whose meaning you then have to determine through a similar process – ultimately leading you back to “the word” or “the symbol” or “the image” whose meaning you initially sought. Now you may “think” there is “nothing wrong with that” and you would be correct....there is nothing wrong with that.

⁶⁰Be careful here. Recognize that the “tribe/community” could be any “group” of presences (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species”). However, if you think (new kind of thinking) that each presence is a vibration exhibiting vibrating characteristics unique to “it”, then it becomes relatively easy for a “mind” to understand that this “group” of presences called a “tribe” or “community” could be a “group of bees” or a “group of birds” or any “group” (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species”. After all: “bees buzz”; “birds sing” and all presences (no matter what their “name”, “number” or “species” sound (and most of “them” mark in their own unique manner – marking by defecating or urinating being no exceptions.)

⁶¹Once again, be careful here. This part of the Journey is “slippery”; it being that part of the Journey in which you, the listener/reader of these specific marks – these specific vibrations with meaning – appearing on this page must remain separated from the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that “they” inform. Not an easy task to perform; yet, necessary to perform if you are to continue on this Journey.

⁶²Admittedly, both “kinds of thinking” – the current and the new – are linear and reductionistic. However, while the former (current kind of thinking) ignores or limits the potential that exists in each vibration in each present moment (selecting, instead, to manifest each vibration as an “open”, “closed” or “isolated” “system” or “field”); the latter (new kind of thinking) embraces the potential that exists in each vibration in each present moment.

⁶³As you, the “listener/reader” will soon discover if you choose (select) to move on in this journey, the “brain” is always orchestrating the interacting and interconnecting (the “communicating”) that is always occurring between the “body” and “its surroundings” (the underlying reality in which the “body” dwells). Thus, what “the body” is sensing in each present moment is a product of what “its brain” is orchestrating in each present moment....an orchestrating that is occurring through a natural selecting process – a natural process of renormalizing – that is really a vibrating interacting process (typically called “evolution”) by which each expression of all that exists emerges including “all bodies”, “all brains”, “all words/symbols/images”, “all verbal realities/minds” and “all stories” including all tribal stories.

⁶⁴Please re-read Footnote 5 and that part of Text to which Footnote 5 relates. As you read this Section styled, Manifesting In A Verbal Reality The Underlying Reality That Lies Beneath, keep “in mind” the verbal statements set forth in Footnote 5. More particularly, keep “in mind” these facts that is also embraced by this new kind of thinking:

The only way any “group” of presences called “human” (e.g. a “tribe” or “community”) can “prove” any verbal statement “true” or “not true” is to have all members of the “group” accept (through verbal agreement) that the verbal statement is either “true” or “not true”. Similarly, the only way any “group” of presences called “human” can “prove” that something of substance “exists” or “not exists” is for the “group”, collectively, to verbally agree that this something of substance either “exists” or “not exists”.

Otherwise, the matters of “true” or “not true” – “exists” or “not exists” – remains in an in potential verbal state until the “group” or “its delegation” makes its choice through a collective act of selecting.

⁶⁵Please re-reread “Introducing Some Linguistic Mechanics” (Located in Segment One, Introduction). Although efforts will be made to limit the use of these quotation marks and bold italic print as this journey, Beneath Words, proceeds, it seems important that these linguistic mechanics be continued for the reasons previously stated – at least for a while.

⁶⁶Once emerging at birth, those presences called “human” that are present at the baby’s birth can easily superpose upon this something of substance that emerged at birth a word (“baby”), a symbol (“baby No. 5”) and an image (“picture of baby”). However, this something of substance called “baby” by these other presences cannot perform similar fetes, notwithstanding this something of substance called “baby” is present in the presence of these other somethings of substance – these “other presences”. One of the challenges for we presences called “human” is to explain/describe (simulate) in the verbal the existential state of being that each of us experiences at birth beneath the verbal....to explain/described (simulate) this something of substance called “life” (What Is Life? – Erwin Schrödinger) – using the “word”, “the symbol” and “the image” to do so. Ironically, “Life” is a something of substance that can easily be brought forth in the verbal, once the vibration with meaning called “life” is present. Yet, once the word, “life” is present, using these vibrations with meaning to collapse all “stories” concerning “life” into the one “story” that is the best story concerning “What Is Life?” is “hard work”; yet, it must be done if we are to understand our “true nature” and the “true nature” of “our lives”.

⁶⁷Frequently, the first question is answered by referring to a “deity”; the “name” of the deity selected depending upon the “tribe” or “community” answering the question. Yet, this answer makes sense only if you are prepared to ask the second question: what is this deity’s “true nature”. In this sense, each answer is “substantive”, meaning that the answer points not only to something of substance that lies beneath the “name” selected but also to a presence that each member of the “tribe” or “community” senses is real. However, no matter what answers are given by any “tribe” or “community”, the fact that the “tribe” or “community” has these answers points to a “verbal process” of agreeing that the answers stated are “true”; a verbal process of agreeing using these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” – this verbal process of agreeing being the only way “anything” can be proved “true”....in the verbal.

⁶⁸In her book, The Balance Within, The Science Connecting Health and Emotions (W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 2001), Esther M. Sternberg, M.D. states: “In clinical settings, the ability to continuously collect minute quantities of blood, combined with new methods of complex mathematics, allows analysis of the thousands of pulses of hormones that drive the rhythms of our bodies. Such levels of analysis help us understand illnesses that might involve perturbations not of amounts or forms of hormones, but of rhythms of their pulse”. Once you recognize that all interacting and interconnecting (“communicating”) are accomplished pursuant to a vibrating interacting process – your vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” being only one expression of this interacting/interconnecting/communicating, it becomes relatively easy, using this new kind of thinking, that all rhythms and pulses are emerging vibrationally and that what is frequently stated to be unmeasurable (i.e. emotions) are measurable vibrationally.

⁶⁹See Footnotes 8, 9 and 11 as well as the text relating to those Footnotes.

⁷⁰In fact, once “your mind” embraces this fact using this new kind of thinking, it does become easier for the mind to embrace these facts: (i) that “the territory” into which “your body/brain” dwells (the “territory” that “you” are now exploring) is a vibrating reality emerging from a vibrating source and substance (Vibration), (ii) that what is called “a map” or “a story” is really a product of this vibrating existential state called “mind” and (iii) that this underlying reality, its source and substance, these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” and each “map/story” that a “mind” produces are actually interconnected, vibrationally – which they are.

⁷¹See Footnote 12. Ultimately, as you continue onward this Journey, Beneath Words, and gradually embrace this new kind of thinking (assuming you choose to do so), “your mind” will gradually grasp the fact that this underlying reality (this “underlying territory”) in which “your body” and “its brain” dwells is really a vibrating reality in which all “bodies/brains” dwell; a single vibrating reality that is always emerging from a single vibrating source and substance (Vibration). Yet, there is always the matter of “proof”, isn’t there. Of proving “true” to the “mind” what “the body” and “its brain” inherently “know” – vibrationally.

⁷²Remember: Vibration is always acting upon itself and through all that it creates; that statement being one of the tenets of this new kind of thinking.

⁷³The vibrational plasticity that exists among these vibrations called “verbal reality/mind”, these vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images”, these vibrations called “body/brain”, the underlying vibrating reality in which these vibrations called “body/brain” dwell and Vibration as their “source and substance” allows for “shifts” to occur, vibrationally, as long as the “story/map” that emerges from the “mind” is coherent with the vibrations that lie beneath the “story/map” and the vibrations that both create and inform the “story/map”. The “shifts” can be thought of and called “shape shifting” – the “story” a “dream”.

See Shape Shifting, Techniques For Global and Personal Transformation, by John Perkins (Destiny Books, 1997)

⁷⁴In his book, The Large, the Small and the Human Mind (Cambridge University Press, 1997) Roger Penrose states “What you do in standard quantum theory is to wheel out of the cupboard something which people do not like to mention too much. It is what is called the collapse of the wavefunction or the reduction of the state vector....You do something completely different from unitary evolution.” In other words, to have two theories (classical and quantum) superposed on each other is contrary to having one theory explaining both theories. By accepting V as the “source and substance” of “all that exists”, at the most basic level of reality, the duality of “what is/what is not” becomes “unitary”....it is as simple as that....yet, it is not that simple for the “mind” since its natural state is a “superposed existential state”.

⁷⁵See Footnote 6. Simply stated, we presences called “human” live in two vibrating realities: a vibrating verbal reality in which “the mind” dwells and a vibrating reality in which “the body” dwells. However, living in these two vibrating realities is acceptable only if a vibrating presence having “body”, a “brain”, a “verbal reality” and a “mind” recognizes that both this vibrating verbal reality and this vibrating reality emerge from a unitary source/substance....that being V....an Underlying Physical Presence that has existed, does exists and always will exist in an existential superposed state (P-/+) until it acts upon itself. Therefore, it seems only logical that a “mind” would adopt this tertiary logic (as opposed to Boolean) since the “mind” is always existing in a superposed vibrating existential state in which, potentially, in any present moment anything stated in the positive using these vibrations with meaning – these sounds/marks with meanings called “words”, “symbols” and “images” – can also be stated in the negative.

⁷⁶This vibrating interacting process – this natural process of renormalizing – this natural selection process – works this way. Each vibration (v), once emerging pursuant to this vibrating interacting process, interacts with each other vibration (v) in its surroundings pursuant to this same vibrating interacting process. It is pursuant to this vibrating interacting process that two of more vibrations as a group (i) combine through vibrating acts called resonance; (ii) separate through vibrating acts called interference or (iii) remain in (p-/+), an existential superposed state until it either combines or separates; each vibration having vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and by which it can be distinguished, vibrationally, through vibrating acts called sensing. Each vibrating act called sensing being a part of this vibrating interacting process – this natural process of renormalizing – this natural selection process....as is each act of selecting a vibration in the form of a “sound” or “mark” by which to identify it. In other words, each vibration identified as a vibrating presence (that can also be identified as a vibrating field or vibrating system or a body) has vibrating characteristics that are unique to it and allow it to be “named” by it or by other vibrating presences....but only after these vibrations with meaning emerge.

⁷⁷You can “think” of it this way: Each vibration with meaning serves as a vibrating linguistic lens through which this vibrating existential state called “mind” views Vibration and each v that emerges from It. It is within “the mind” that these vibrations with meaning equate to “projections”, “measurements” and “thoughts”; each act of “projecting/measuring/thinking” being a vibrating act that collapses the wave function.

⁷⁸In this sense, each specific vibration (v) is a “bit of information”....a specific vibe....that emerges out of a specific vibrating act....pursuant to this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....that “collapses the wave function” represent the Infinite Potential of Vibration (V) and the potential (p) of each vibration (v) that emerges from it.

⁷⁹In this sense, what is now thought of and called “memory” is only a present bodily sensation of previous present moments (the “Past”) out of which other present moments (the “Future”) will emerge.

⁸⁰A presence called “human”....a vibrating presence (v) having vibrating characteristics unique to him or her enters a laboratory to perform what is now thought of and called “applied science”. Through a vibrating act called an act of sensing (also called an “act of observing”) this vibrating presence (v) also called “scientist” senses “something” using his/her “body/brain” and what is now thought of and called a “microscope”, a “telescope” or a “superconducting supercollider” (also called a sense enhancing device)....that “something” really being another vibration (v) having its own unique vibrating characteristics. Once sensed as “something new”, this vibrating presence called “scientist” identifies this “something new” by a “name” or a “number” and, if appropriate, labels this “something new” as a “new species” using the current kind of thinking to do so....this “new something” thereby being labeled through the same vibrating interacting process....the same natural process of renormalizing....the same natural selection process....by which he/she was “named”. See the Appendix for a more specific simulation.

⁸¹Reference is made to the book to which this Appendix is attached. Within the text of that book, you, the listener/reader, have been introduced to a new kind of thinking that embraces the fact that the reality in which “your body” and all “bodies” dwell is a vibrating reality that is always emerging from a vibrating source and substance best simulated by the word, Vibration, and the physical motion (movement) represented by that word. Reference is also made to the Glossary of Terms set forth in Segment Five of the Book, a Glossary of Terms that is attached to this Author’s Note for ease of reference since “the words”, “the symbols” and “the images” set forth in this Glossary of Terms are “terms” that will continuously be referred to in the writings set forth in this Appendix and each of its Appendices.

⁸²Although these Appendices are initially a part of this Book, ultimately this Book will be published in two (or more) volumes; the first volume containing only the Text; the second volume (and perhaps a third) presenting these Appendices (and others) as “chapters”....continuing “chapters” in our journey, Beneath Words.

⁸³See the two previous footnotes. Notwithstanding the fact that the use of these linguistic tools such as quotation marks (“ ”) and bold, italic print makes “your reading” more difficult, until you, the reader of these words, are able to pause and focus on each “noun”, each “verb”, each “phrase” and each “sentence” as being representative of something of substance that lies beneath the “noun”, the “verb”, the “phrase” or the “sentence”, you will continue to skate along the surface of the verbal, missing the “essence” of what lies beneath. A “flower” is more than just a word, as is a “tree”, a “body/brain/mind” or an “event”. And, the “reality” in which your “body/brain/mind” dwells and their “source and substance” is way more interesting than the “verbal reality” superposed upon them.

⁸⁴Simply stated: your journey beneath words and the symbols and images that accompany them does not commence until you sense in your body and in your mind that (i) “words”, “symbols” and “images” are more than just “words”, “symbols” and “images” and (ii) each act of communicating is not only an exchange of information informed by the “word/symbol/image” but also an exchange of information informed by what is occurring beneath the “word/symbol/image”. See Appendix B, The Act of Communicating – Information.

⁸⁵The phrase act of selecting is the subject of Appendix C. For now, simply keep “in mind” that each act of selecting is part of an interacting process – a natural selecting process frequently called “evolution” – a natural process occasionally called “renormalization” – by which what is now thought of and called the “wave function” is collapsed.

⁸⁶See Appendix H, The Emergence of Common Languages, wherein the emergence of a language within a “tribe” or “community” is specifically addressed; that emergence occurring only when a “word/symbol/image” is chosen (act of selecting) and accepted (through agreement) by members of a “tribe” or “community” as being the best word by which to simulate what each of these members are sensing in their bodies in their own unique way.

⁸⁷Although the relationship of interacting to communicating will be more fully developed in Appendix B, The Act of Communicating -- Information, note that the word, “communicating”, is usually associated with the verbal process whereas the word, “interacting” is usually associated with a physical process. The verbal process involves “verbal realty/ mind”: the physical process involves “body/brain”. These two processes are linked: the verbal emerging from the physical; yet, once emerging the verbal impacts the physical. Thus, when a “tribe” or a “community” projects “its creation story” or “its model of reality” onto this underlying reality in which the “body/brain” of its members dwell, there is always a natural tendency for the “minds” of its members to cause their “bodies” to selects bodily acts (acts of selection) consistent with their “verbal reality”....their “story” (See Appendix G, Plasticity). The point: If the “story/model” is not coherent with the physical reality that lies beneath, there will be “problems” and “surprising results”.

⁸⁸As stated in the preceding footnote, the word, “communicating”, is usually associated with a verbal process whereas the word, “interacting” is usually associated with a physical process. Problems and surprising results can arise if the physical process and verbal process are not coherently aligned. Yet, no matter how hard we presences called “human” try, we must remain embedded in this verbal process if we are to explain/describe (simulate) any something of substance that lies beneath it. For example, when a presence called a “scientist” “thinks” he/she is measuring something of substance more basic such as a “force” called “strong”, “weak”, “electro”, “magnetic” or “gravitational” (both “classical” and “quantum”) that informs a “field” or a “system”, he/she must not only remain embedded in the verbal but also remain aware (act of self-reflection) that he/she is in the verbal superposing the verbal on the something of substance the subject of the verbal act. A similar comment proves “true” as to anyone who “thinks” he/she is “measuring” something of substance more basic such as “particles”, then “atoms” and then “fields”----"conditions of space that pervade regions in which electric, magnetic and gravitational forces are exerted”. Or “measuring” these somethings of substance called “light waves” recognized as “self-sustaining oscillations of electric and magnetic fields” or “electrons”----“better described as waves, fitting around the nuclues like sound waves fitting into an organ pipe”. (The quotes, set forth in italics, are the words of Steven Weinberg taken from his book Third Thoughts (Harvard University Press, 2018), more particularly, Chapter 14, styled “The Trouble With Quantum Mechanics”, pages 125-126.) The point: It is the role of “science” to continue to search for and find the best word by which to simulate the underlying reality in which we presences called “human” dwell and its source and substance. More to the point: Until we presences called “human” embrace both “in mind” and “in body” the fact that every something of substance is a vibration (a v having vibrating characteristics unique to it) and that every “word”, “symbol” and “image” is a vibration with meaning, we will continue to skate along the surface of “the word”, “the symbol” and “the image” and miss the vibration that lies beneath them.

⁸⁹Occasionally, it becomes necessary to produce a compound sentence in a downward stair-stepping manner (“linguistic tool”) for the purpose of indicating that what is occurring is a deep dive Beneath Words. This moment is one of those occasions.

⁹⁰This Journey, Beneath Words and the symbols and images that accompany them is “hard work”. Linguistic mechanics such as quotation marks (“ ”), bold/italic print and phrases such as “now thought of and called” are used for the purpose of making this Journey, easier – even though in the short-run it seems to make this Journey harder. For example, if you, the listener/reader of these vibrations with meaning – these sounds and marks with meaning – called “words”, “symbols” and “images” simply listen/read the “words”, “symbols” and “images” that inform this “speaking/writing” without diving beneath “them”, you will miss the essence of the reality that lies beneath them and that reality’s source and substance. In other words, if you read the word, “word” as only being a “word”, then you will miss the essence of the word, “word”, that being it is a vibration with meaning that is produced in the form of a “sound” or a “mark”....a vibration with meaning that (along with all vibrations with meaning) points to a vibrating reality and a vibrating source/substance.

⁹¹The marking tools and smooth surfaces used to produce these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images” are also important to observe. Beginning with a “stick”, or a “stone” or a “finger” or a “twig” as the “marking tool”, “sand”, “dirt” or a “wall” of a “cave” provide the “smooth surface”. Only later emerges the “piece of carbon” or “flow of ink” provided by a “pencil” or a “pen” or a “printing press” or the “keyboard” or a “typewriter” – cutting and pasting being done the old fashion way using “scissors” and “scotch tape”. And, then emerges the computer with its “keyboard” and “screen”; “cutting” and “pasting” becoming easier and easier resulting in documents that were once “short” artfully written by ink on scrolls of parchment or paper becoming “longer” and “longer” – certain documents being composed of page upon page of “information” – some being long enough to fill an entire room.

⁹²Recall the previous “words” presented with respect to “tribes” and “communities” and how each “tribe”/ “community” not only has its own verbal reality – its own view of reality – but also a propensity to verbally (and physically) confront each other over who is right/not right. Weinberg’s words should sound familiar when considered in this context since each “group” he is addressing is a “tribe” or “community” of its own making (act of selecting).

⁹³Reference is once again made to Weinberg’s book, Third Thoughts, previously noted. The first quote can be found at page 138; the second quote can be found at page 140.

⁹⁴Recall that the verbal emerges out of the “body” in a manner coordinated by “its brain” as “the body” is interacting with the underlying vibrating reality in which it dwells in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. So, when trying to capture this underlying vibrating reality and its source and substance “whole”, the best we can do with these vibrations with meaning (their being “parts” of the “whole”) is to simulate what lies beneath them. Recall also that when dwelling in the verbal, the “mind” of each member of this “tribe/community” called Humanity has the potential to produce within his or her “verbal reality” multiple, “stories”, depending upon the “words/symbols/images” chosen (act of selecting). Since there are multiple members of this “tribe/community” called Humanity existing in each present moment, each member of Humanity has the potential to emerge....in each present moment....with multiple “verbal realities”, “multiple minds” and multiple “stories”, each being dependent upon the “words/symbols/images” being chosen (act of selecting) in that moment. Thus, within the verbal the challenge is to produce the best “story” (the best “creation story” – the best “model of reality”) that simulates what lies beneath “words/symbols/images”. The question for you, the listener/reader and all Humanity is whether the Model of Reality presented in this Book is “the best”.

⁹⁵Ernest J. Sternglass, in his book, Before the Big Bang, The Origins of the Universe (Four Wall Eight Windows, New York, 1997) sets forth his model of reality – his “story” concerning the origins of the universe – in this way: that being that the two most fundamental entities are “the electron and its oppositely charged ‘twin’”. Recall that within the verbal what can now be thought of and called “duality” is always emerging since....in the verbal....what can be stated in the positive can always be stated in the negative. Sternglass’ model is based upon a fundamental duality; the question being is his model of reality the best model of reality....a question not yet answered. Yet, the real question remains; that being what is the nature of the “source and substance” from which this “duality” or any “reality” emerges. For each “verbal reality” and “each mind”, this source and substance is vibration or, more particularly, vibrations with meaning. For reality, the “best word” by which to simulate “it” is Vibration; this “word” being chosen (act of selecting) from a menu of all possible words that could be chosen. For you, the listener/reader, the question is do you accept (through agreement) that this word, Vibration, is the best vibration with meaning by which to simulate the “source” and the “substance” of “all that exists”.

⁹⁶Why limit the “source and substance” of “all that exists” to only two the most elementary particles other than it being consistent with the “duality” that emerges in “your mind” once an act of measurement, an act of projecting or an act of thinking (act of selecting) occurs. “Words/symbols/images” are vibrations with meaning that, once creating and informing these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”, serve as vibrating linguistic lenses through which each of we presences called “human” view this single reality in which his/her “body” and “its brain” dwell. Fact is that there are many “particles” and they have emerged out of this natural selecting process....this natural process of renormalizing....that is really a vibrating interacting process by which Vibration (as “source” and as “substance”) acts upon itself.

⁹⁷The definition of elementary particle is taken from Third Thoughts, the book by Steven Weinberg previously referenced; this definition being set forth in the opening of the chapter styled “What Is An Elementary Particle”.

⁹⁸According to the current kind of thinking that exists within the realm of the subject called “physics”, oscillation is a repetitive (iterative) variation typically measured with reference to a central “point” – typically called a “point of equilibrium”; oscillation being the “to and fro” motion....the “tick/tock”.... “tick/tock”....associated with “time pieces” (pendulums -- oscillators) measuring relative states of motion (movement -- vibration) in increments of time (on a Planck’s time -scale – a “chronon”; on a typical clock’s scale – a “second”). The term “vibration” is used when the physicist needs to be more precise about what is really occurring in an “existential vibrating state” called oscillation.

⁹⁹“It is not a word that is difficult to comprehend, but the concept behind the word which the child does not understand. The relation of word to thought, and the creation of new concepts, is a complex, delicate and mysterious process.” Leo Tolstoy, from his Pedagogical Writings (1903), cited in The Hand by Frank R. Wison (Pantheon Books, 1998)

¹⁰⁰This “natural selecting process is the “process” (frequently called an “evolutionary process) that Darwin captured in his own unique “mind” using “words” that were uniquely selected by “him”, thereby collapsing the wave function representing Darwin’s human potential to select from a menu of all possible words, symbols and images then available to “him” in his “verbal reality” and his “mind”, the best “words” by which to capture this “evolutionary process”.

¹⁰¹See Appendix for a more detailed description of the Creative Process and its Historical Bias.

¹⁰²Once again reference is made to the book by Frank R. Wilson styled The Hand (Pantheon Books, New York, 1998) and the fact that in producing these vibrations with meaning the hand is being aided by what are now thought of and called “marking tools” (“stick”, “stone”, “finger”, “pen”, “pencil”, “printing press”, “keyboard”, “computer key”) applied to what are now thought of and called “smooth surfaces” (“sand”, “dirt”, “cave wall”, “parchment”, “paper”, “screen” “computer screen”).

¹⁰³“The word is not the thing”. So stated Krishnamurti in many different ways. On of these ways appearing in THINK on these THINGS, edited by D. Rajagopal (HarperPerennial, 1964).

¹⁰⁴Within the “verbal reality/mind” of a v called a “physicist” – when applying the current kind of thinking in which he/she has been “schooled” – although admittedly quite difficult and requiring an enormous amount of “higher education”....there is the potential for this v called a “physicist” to produce a “theory of emergence” (a “creation story” in the form of a “model of reality”) in which V is an existential state called “Infinite Potential” or “Consciousness” and VUD and VID are, respectively, “existential states” called virtual and real, with no mention of V, specifically other than as “vibrating energy”. See Lothar Schafer, Infinite Potential What Quantum Physics Revels About How We Should Live

(Deepak Chopra Books, 2013). Similarly, another “physicists”....educated in the same way.....can produce a theory of emergence in which initially only two particles emerge: one positive “ + ”; one negative “ – ” (the latter called an “electron”; the former called a “positron”) with no mention of V. See Ernest J. Sternglass, Before the Big Bang The Origins Of The Universe (Four Walls Eight Windows, New York, 1997.

¹⁰⁵Within a “verbal reality” and “mind” grounded in the “science” of E=MC², this “virtual”....not yet actualized state....can be thought of and called “dark matter” or “dark energy; “something of substance” that maintains the “equilibrium state”....the “cosmological constant” that balances out the competing interacting forces of “expanding” (combining) through vibrating resonance and “contracting” (separating) through vibrating interference or remaining in an in potentia existential state of “dissonance/agitation” until “expanding” or “contracting”.

¹⁰⁶What is now thought of and called the “Big Bang” is an outward manifestation (“verbal) of the “something of substance” that is simulated by the “Big Bang”. Yet, this verbal simulation is itself incomplete since a “mind” penetrates this verbal simulation what is discovered is even a more basic “something of substance” evidence by a “Point” (a “Point of Singularity”) which is really more than a “Point”....it be a verbal representation pointing to that “Beginning Point”....that Point of Beginning....when V acted upon itself thereby collapsing the wave function representing its P and started this whole process called “evolution”....it being a “natural selecting process” by which “all that exists”....each “something of substance”....emerges in each present moment called “Now” not only in a vibration called “reality” but also a vibration called “verbal reality”....the latter occurring only after a “body” can produce a vibration and associate that vibration with meaning....a vibration superposed upon a vibration....the latter giving the form “its meaning”.

¹⁰⁷See The Doctrine of Vibration An Analysis of the Doctrines and Practices of Kashmir Shaivism by Mark S.G. Dyczkowski (State University of New York Press, 1987); Vac, The Concept of the word in Selected Hindu Tantras by André Paduox (Sri Satguru Publications – published with permission of State University of New York, 1990); The Doctrine of Recognition by Ksemaraja (State University of New York Press, 1990, translated by Jaideva Singh.

¹⁰⁸Within the context of we systems or fields (we presences) called “human”, we actually produce fields of play and systems of thought; yet, as with all systems of thought and all fields of play it becomes important for we presences called “human” to know what “game” is being “play” on the field and what “story” is being produced in the system.

¹⁰⁹Once birthed, a “baby” must learn to “crawl” using a contralateral movement of “arms” and “legs” before it can “walk” using these contralateral movements. This allows the “baby” to develop a symmetrical pattern to its “crawling” and its “walking”. However, if the “baby” has not been allowed to “crawl”, asymmetrical pattern can develop within the body that can only be changed through mindful acts.

¹¹⁰Recognize that once a presence called “human” has learned to produce his/her words, symbols and images in his/her own unique way, he/she has a “language” that is unique to him/her, meaning that each of these presence, initially, has only his/her unique language. The potential for a “common language” to emerge between or among two or more of these presences called “human” occurs only after these presences called “human” begin interacting (communicating) with each other using their own unique languages. It is through this interacting (communicating) that a “common language” emerges between or among these presences as a “group”....the group having the potential to become a “tribe” or “community” if other presences choose (select) to join this “group”.

¹¹¹See Andrea Moro: (i) Impossible Languages (MIT Press, 2016) and (ii) The Boundaries of Babel: The Brain and the Enigma of Impossible Languages, Second Edition (MIT, 2015). In each book, Moro dives deep into the linguistic structure (syntax) of each language and how the “brain” coordinates this structure; Moro concluding certain language structures are “impossible” due to current human brain structure....a “structural” developmental unique to the “human brain”. Although Moro does not attribute this “developmental uniqueness” specifically to this natural selecting process (called “evolution”), as we will ultimately discover on our journey, Beneath Words, this natural selecting process does seem to be the cause of “Impossible Languages”.

¹¹²In other words, the development of each “common language” is the product of the same natural selecting process (called “evolution) by which “all that exists” emerges; the specific development of each “language” and its “structure/syntax” being no exception. A natural selecting process that is “at work” not only as the “members” of each “group” strive to establish their group’s common language but also as each group strives to interact (communicate) with other “groups” through “common languages” (“common translations”). For a good example of how a common language/common translation develops, see Joseph Mazur, Enlightening Symbols, A Short History of Mathematical Notation and Its Hidden Powers (Princeton University Press, 2014) re: development of a common language called “Algebra”.

¹¹³The Point: The “body” emerges first. These vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” emerge later only after the “body” can produce them in a manner coordinated by “its brain”. As they emerge, these vibrations with meaning create and inform two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” in which anything stated in the positive can be stated in the negative. It is within the “mind” that a presence called “human” has the potential to select (and must select in the present moment) the best verbal statement concerning what is real/not real i.e. concerning what the “body” (“my body”) is sensing in that moment as “it” (“my body”) is interacting with “its surroundings” (“my reality”) in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” (“my brain”). Two or more presences called “human” having a “mind” have the potential to “prove” this verbal statement is “best” by accepting (through verbal agreement) that this verbal statement is “true”. Problem is that if the “proof” does not “cohere” – is not coherent with – what is really occurring in the “body” and the “reality” in which the “body” dwells, then “mistakes” occur since subsequent selected acts based upon this “proof” are not coherent with what is really happening Beneath Words and beneath the “symbols” and “images” that accompany “words”.

¹¹⁴The Point: Once you have a “verbal reality” in which “your mind” dwells, in each present moment called “Now” you have the potential to select from a menu of all possible acts then available to “you” a specific act for your “body” to perform. By selecting this specific act, you “collapse the wave function” represented by all potential acts into this one specific act. Your “mind” selects the specific act of “waking in the park”, “going to a movie”, “going out dancing” or “observing something moving”. The inquiry lies not in the act of selecting, the inquiry lies in sensing what is really occurring in “the mind” and in “the body” as “the body” is interacting (inter-act-ing) with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”.

¹¹⁵The Point: This existential state called “no mind” is the existential state in which the new born “baby” emerges at birth. This “infant” has a “body”, a “brain” and the natural ability to sense (hear/listen/see/read) signs (Semiotics) in the form of “sounds” and “marks” as “its body” is interacting with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) in a manner orchestrated by “its brain”. Yet, it has no “words”, “symbols” and “images” at its disposal; having only the potential to produce these vibrations with meaning that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. For a presence called “human” seeking to enter this existential state called “no mind”, the challenge is to become like a new born “baby” performing an act of sensing “something”, without superposing a “word”, “symbol” or “image” on “it”. For example, really sensing “the sound of running water”....really sensing what lies beneath these five words....in what is called “the body”....as opposed to simply “skating along the surface” of these five words....in what is called “the mind”.

¹¹⁶The Point: Your “brain” orchestrates your interacting with “your surroundings” (vibrating reality) in its own unique way in order to allow “it” and “your body” to survive. For the same purpose, your “brain” coordinates the producing by your “body” of these vibrations with meaning called “words/symbols/images” that both create and inform your “mind” and “your verbal reality”. In this sense, your “mind”....being dependent upon your “brain”....can never really know what is happening in your “body” as your body” interacts with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “your brain” (Neuroplasticity). In this sense, your “brain” is always sensing (“interpreting”)....in its own unique way (Qualia)....the interacting that is occurring between your “body” and the reality in which “it” dwells as your “mind”....in its own unique way (Qualia)....is sensing (“interpreting”) what your “brain” is sensing (“interpreting”) as each “body” (including your “body”) moves in relation to and affects all other “bodies” in “its surroundings” (Relativity, both Special and General).

¹¹⁷The Point: Each “body”....as a vibration (v)....has its own unique “perspective” in this reality in which all “bodies”....each as a vibration (v)....dwell as does (i) each “body” with a “brain” (once that “brain” emerges within “its body”) and (ii) each “body” with a “mind” (once the “mind” emerges within its own unique “verbal reality”). This “verbal reality” is a vibrating existential state (a “vibrating verbal reality”) superposed upon an underlying vibrating reality that is “real” and lies beneath “it”. In this sense, the “mind” while dwelling in this “vibrating verbal reality” is always using the vibrations with meaning that inform “it” and “its verbal reality” as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it views this underlying vibrating reality. The problem: potentially there exists an infinite number of vibrations with meaning and, hence, an infinite number of these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind” that can be superposed on this real vibrating reality in which “the body” dwells, meaning that the “mind” must “collapse this wave function” through an act of selecting.

¹¹⁸The Point: The only way any two or more presences called “human” can use their “minds” to prove “something real” is to accept (through verbal agreement) that the “something” they are sensing....either on his/her own or through a sense enhancing device....is “real” and that it can be identified with a “word”, a “symbol” or an “image”. It works this way: The “body” of each of these presences called “human” senses “something specific”....this “something specific” being a vibration (v), having vibrating characteristics unique to it. Having the benefit of these vibrations with meaning called “words”, “symbols” and “images”, each of their “minds” uses these vibrations with meaning as vibrating linguistic lenses through which it views this “something real”. At that “point”, each of “them” have the potential to select from all possible vibrations with meaning that could be produced to identify this “something real”, the best possible vibration with meaning that can stand in for/represent this “something real”. Once each of them produces this act of selecting, then each of “them” (or, more particularly, each of their “mind”) have “collapsed the wave function”, leading to the potential that each “mind” can “collapse this wave function” in its own unique way, thereby producing its own unique “word”. Ultimately, through an act of agreeing, the “wave function” representing the potential that each of these “unique words” could represent this “something real” is collapsed....the act of agreeing also being an act of selecting.

¹¹⁹The Point: This new kind of thinking is meant to supplement....not replace....the current kind of thinking in which all of we presences called “human” are being “school”; although it is meant to complement what can now be thought of and called “science”, “mathematics” – particularly classical and quantum physics (both theoretical and applied). The goal being to unify “them” (and all ways of “thinking”, “measuring” and “projecting”) into a kind of thinking that is coherent not only with what the “body” is sensing as it interacts with “its surroundings” in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” but also with the reality that really exists beneath whatever orchestrating the “brain” is selecting. Perhaps there is a better kind of thinking....a better way of thinking about what is real/not real....a better way than either the current kind of thinking or this new kind of thinking. Perhaps so....perhaps not so. Yet, that is the beauty of “being human” – we will never know for sure, albeit we may “think” we “know”. So....what about “time” and “space”?

¹²⁰The Point: The word “time” and the word, “space” are vibrations with meaning; their meaning being associated with the sense of “time” and the sense of “space” that naturally emerge within the “body” as the “body”....in a manner orchestrated by “its brain” interacts with “its surroundings” (“its reality”) and either combines through acts called “resonance”, separates through acts called “interference” or remains in a state of potential (“dissonance” – “agitation”). These two vibrations with meaning – the word, “time”, and the word, “space” – are just two of the many vibrations with meaning that both create and inform these two vibrating existential states called “verbal reality” and “mind”. And, these two vibrations with meaning are just two of many “words”, “symbols” and “images” that have been selected by two or “minds” to be associated with this sense of time/space....examples being “Sun rising”, “sun setting”, “night falling”, “moon rising”, “sun/moon moving across sky” giving rise to measuring this sense of time/space with a “clock”, a “measuring rod”, a “calendar”, etc.

¹²¹For V and each v there is only the present moment. However, for each v that is emerging from V, an “Historical Bias” exists as does the “Creative Process”. Historical Bias is “real” both within each vibrating verbal reality and the single vibrating reality that lies beneath. Historical Bias emerges out of the Creative Process, each present moment by each present moment as acts of selecting are made in one present moment....and then in the next present moment based upon previous acts of selection made. This Historical Bias is “real” for each “body”, “brain” and “mind”....we presences called “human” and our “bodies”, “brains” and “minds” being no exceptions. Yet, “Historical Bias” and “Creative Process” are only “phrases” composed of “words” that point to a sense of time and a sense of space that emerge once each of we presences called “human” emerge as a vibration (v) out of Vibration (V) and begin interacting pursuant to this vibrating interacting process....this natural process of renormalizing....this natural selecting process....by which Vibration (V) acts upon itself and through all vibrations (v) that it creates, thereby “collapsing the wave function” represented by its Potential (P) and the potential (p) of each v. This “Historical Bias” has been/can be called by many “names”; the most popular being “genetics” or “epigenetics”, “karma/sin”, “history”, “habit” and “memory”, each “name” being a function of the “mind” doing the selecting based upon its Historical Bias is “real”.